SNOWFLAKE DOCS DIFF
全8428ページ中348ページが改訂され、破壊的変更3件を含む比較的大きな更新日となりました。主な動きは、Snowflake App Runtimeの水平スケーリング、Snowflake Postgresのミラーリング、Clean Roomsのテンプレート機能強化です。加えて、Openflow ConnectorやSnowflake CLIの設定変更、Snowpark Migration Acceleratorの対応拡張など、運用・移行系ドキュメントにも実務的な更新が集中しています。なお、一部のリリースノートやミラー管理の変更は、diffだけでは具体的な仕様・影響が判別できません。
1.36.0(2026年7月23日)で behavior changeとして、get_json_object と json_tuple の入力を STRING に限定し、Spark互換の検証を追加しました。1.37.0〜1.39.0では、Icebergメタデータテーブル・ブランチDDL/DML・VERSION_TAG・spark.addArtifact・Snowflake関数呼び出しなどを追加し、CSV/JSON読み取り、Native Apps、JDK 21、型保持や依存ライブラリの問題を修正しました。
影響: get_json_object または json_tuple にSTRING以外を渡している処理は動作に影響する可能性があり、入力型の確認・修正が必要です。
判定根拠: 追加行に「behavior change」
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowpark-connect-2026+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowpark-connect-2026@@ -9,4 +9,105 @@ For documentation, see [](/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-apache-spark) and [](/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-orchestration).++## 1.39.0 (August 19, 2026)++### %spconnect%++#### Bug fixes++- Fix Scala code bundles failing on warehouse compute with a missing JVM error+- Preserve integer and timestamp types for top-level scalar columns++#### New features++- Support calling native and externally registered Snowflake functions via config+- Support the Iceberg `.partitions` metadata table++#### Other updates++- Update bundled `spark-core` to 3.5.7 and Jackson to address security advisories+- Remove unused Spark web UI assets from bundled dependencies++## 1.38.0 (August 12, 2026)++### %spconnect%++#### Bug fixes++- Fix CSV and JSON stage file reads to honor user reader options and Spark session configs+- Map blank CSV/JSON column names to Spark-style `_c{i}` placeholders+- Apply strict-mode nullable schema normalization for explicit-schema CSV/JSON reads+- Fix stage file reader schema column ordering+- Fix Python UDF/UDTF imports in Native Apps to use version-stage-relative paths+- Fix `mapInPandas` and `applyInPandas` import inheritance in Native Apps+- Fix schema analysis crash on untyped array columns with integral-type emulation++#### New features++- Route CSV and JSON reads through Snowflake stage file reader TVFs when enabled+- Support Iceberg `.all_files` and `.all_delete_files` metadata tables+- Support Iceberg branch DDL (`CREATE BRANCH` / `DROP BRANCH`)+- Support Iceberg write-audit-publish branch DML and DataFrame writes+- Support `spark.addArtifact` for Python files, archives, and data files in Native Apps++## 1.37.0 (August 03, 2026)++### %spconnect%++#### Bug fixes++- Flatten chained `DISTINCT` `UNION` operations to avoid deep nested subqueries+- Fix structured `ARRAY` columns returned as JSON text in stored procedures+- Prefer `SNOWFLAKE_MAIN_FILE_PATH` for default notebook session name+- Route Iceberg `VERSION AS OF` tag and branch reads through `VERSION_REF`+- Fix Python UDTF and pandas UDF inlining in Snowflake Native App mode+- Cache repeated `spark.sql()` plan parsing within a single action++#### New features++- Support Iceberg `.entries`, `.data_files`, and `.delete_files` metadata tables+- Support Iceberg `.all_entries`, `.all_data_files`, and `.all_manifests` metadata tables+- Support `CREATE VERSION_TAG IF NOT EXISTS` and `AS OF TIMESTAMP` for Iceberg+- Support `DROP TABLE ... PURGE` for Iceberg tables in catalog-linked databases++#### Other updates++- Bump `snowpark-python` dependency to 1.54.0++## 1.36.0 (July 23, 2026)++### %spconnect%++#### Behavior changes++- Validate `get_json_object` and `json_tuple` require STRING input to match Spark++#### Bug fixes++- Fix `collect()` and `count()` failures on JDK 21 with an Arrow MemoryUtil shim+- Fix qualified column and correlated subquery resolution in `spark.sql` plans+- Return Spark-compatible columns for Iceberg `.files` metadata table+- Raise a clear error for Iceberg incremental and changelog reads on catalog-linked databases+- Fix `spark.read.text` on external S3 stages with a URL prefix+- Honor `ORDER BY` direction for windowed `collect_list` over a whole partition+- Fix deep plan recursion limit errors on large unmaterialized DataFrame pipelines+- Fail fast and surface the primary error on critical JVM warm-up failure+- Align nullability propagation for collection functions and cast coercion+- Cast non-float `nanvl` arguments to Double for String and mixed-type inputs+- Raise `ParseException` for empty SQL in passthrough mode+- Reject integral-to-binary casts in ANSI mode to match Spark+- Reduce redundant identity casts in `df.to(schema)`++#### New features++- Support Iceberg `check-nullability` and `check-ordering` write options+- Support Iceberg table properties `storage_serialization_policy`, `target_file_size`, and `max-snapshot-age.ms`+- Optimize Python UDF and UDTF execution with a native-type fast path+- Support Iceberg metadata tables `.snapshots`, `.history`, `.refs`, `.manifests`, and `.metadata_log_entries`+- Support `overwrite(condition)` on catalog-linked Iceberg tables++#### Other updates++- Allow pyarrow 14.0.x as a dependency alongside Snowpark Connect ## 1.35.0 (2026-07-16)
変更内容は主に表現・文法の修正と見出し記法の整理です。Node.js対応バージョンやinsecureConnect、disableOCSPChecksなどの既存の破壊的変更自体は変更されておらず、aws-sdkからsmithyへの置換、クエリID露出問題、SSO/MFAトークンキャッシュ、GCPライブラリ表記などの記述が明確化・修正されました。
影響: 機能やAPI仕様の実質的な変更はdiffからは確認できず、既存利用者への運用影響はdiffからは詳細不明です。
判定根拠: 追加行に「behavior change」
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/nodejs-2024+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/nodejs-2024@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ ## Version 2.0.0 (December 11, 2024) -### BCR (Behavior Change Release) changes¶+### BCR (Behavior Change Release) changes Beginning with version 2.0.0, the Node.js driver introduced the following breaking changes: -- Removed support for the Node.js library 14, 16, and 17 versions in the Node.js driver. Node.js no longer officially supports versions lower than 18 of its library. Snowflake encourages everyone using the Node.js versions lower than 18 environments to upgrade to Node.js version 22 (LTS).+- Removed support for the Node.js library 14, 16, and 17 versions in the Node.js driver. Node.js no longer officially supports versions lower than 18 of its library. Snowflake encourages everyone using Node.js versions lower than 18 to upgrade to Node.js version 22 (LTS). - Changed the name of the `insecureConnect` configuration flag that allows skipping OCSP verification to `disableOCSPChecks`. - The Node.js driver considers all types and methods described in the typings file to be part of the driver's public API; other components are treated as internal.@@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ - Implemented GCM encryption algorithms. - Bumped axios to version 1.7.7.-- Replaced aws-sdk by smithy in version 3.2.5.+- Replaced aws-sdk with smithy in version 3.2.5. ### Bug fixes@@ -92,5 +92,5 @@ ### Bug fixes -- Deleted query IDs exposed to users on failed requests.+- Fixed an issue that exposed query IDs to users on failed requests. - Added `axios` error and response sanitization. - Fixed error handling issues in the `getResultsFromQueryId` method.@@ -102,5 +102,5 @@ ### New features and updates -- Added SSO and MFA token caching to the node.js driver .+- Added SSO and MFA token caching to the Node.js driver. - Picked a top-level domain for Snowflake hosts. - Added support for reading the connection information from a file.@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ - Fixed azure-storage-blob version compatibility with node version 14. - Fixed an issue that caused enum type errors when the `isolatedModule` option is set.-- Fixed an issue the type definitions, by adding the missing `cancel` method and set the `complete` field in `StatementOption` as optional in driver types.+- Fixed an issue with the type definitions, by adding the missing `cancel` method and setting the `complete` field in `StatementOption` as optional in driver types. - Fixed an issue with regex expressions in account name validation. @@ -146,5 +146,5 @@ - Fixed an issue with native Okta URL validation. - Fixed the data format in bulk upload `.csv` files.-- Fix validation for short account names.+- Fixed validation for short account names. - Bumped axios to version 1.6.8. @@ -154,5 +154,5 @@ - Added support for setting the log level in a logging configuration file.-- Added the `forceGCPUseDownscopedCredential` flag to force sending a custom HTTP request instead of the one from gcp library. Default: `false`.+- Added the `forceGCPUseDownscopedCredential` flag to force sending a custom HTTP request instead of the one from the GCP library. Default: `false`. - Added proxy support for files operations on AWS S3. - Updated google-cloud version to 7.7.0.
Version 1.52.0(2026-08-20)のリリースノート見出しと、New Features・Bug Fixes・Behavior Changes・Deprecations の各空セクションが追加されました。具体的な機能変更や非推奨項目はdiff からは詳細不明です。 影響: 実務上の具体的な対応事項はdiff からは詳細不明です。
判定根拠: 追加行に「behavior change」
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowpark-ml-2026+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowpark-ml-2026@@ -44,4 +44,14 @@ Use the `imports` argument instead. - The `snowflake.ml.model.models.huggingface_pipeline.HuggingfacePipelineModel` class has been deprecated and will be removed in a future release.++## Version 1.52.0 (2026-08-20)++### New Features++### Bug Fixes++### Behavior Changes++### Deprecations ## Version 1.51.0 (2026-08-12)
preset_tables が追加され、分析実行者が渡す source_table/my_table と異なり、テンプレート作成者がデータセットを事前指定できるようになりました。preset_tables['alias'] または preset_tables.alias で参照し、IDENTIFIER と組み合わせてテーブル名として使用します。また、プリセットテーブルでは予約済みの SQL エイリアス p と c を使用できないことが明記されました。
影響: テンプレートが読むデータセットを固定でき、分析実行時の RUN 呼び出しで source_tables の指定を減らせるため、データ差し替え防止と実行設定の簡素化に役立ちます。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+14/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/custom-templates+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/custom-templates@@ -264,5 +264,6 @@ #### Snowflake-defined variables -All clean room templates have access to the following global variables defined by Snowflake, but passed in by the analysis runner:+All clean room templates have access to the following global variables defined by Snowflake. The analysis runner passes in `source_table`+and `my_table`; the template author defines `preset_tables`. <dl className="field-list">@@ -281,4 +282,13 @@ **Example:** `SELECT col1 FROM IDENTIFIER({{ my_table[0] }}) AS c;`++</dd>+<dt>`preset_tables`<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++A map of datasets that the template author [presets in the template](#label-dcr-template-preset-tables) (preview), rather than the+analysis runner supplying them at run time. Each dataset is keyed by the alias declared in the `preset_tables` block.++**Example:** `SELECT publisher.col1 FROM IDENTIFIER({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher;` </dd>@@ -358,4 +368,7 @@ is, create the aliases `p1`, `p2`, and `p3`, not `p1`, `p2`, and `p4`). +Because `p` and `c` aliases are reserved, a [preset table](#label-dcr-template-preset-tables) (preview) can't use them in the template+body. Give a preset table any other SQL alias that is a valid [Snowflake identifier](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax).+ **Example** @@ -439,4 +452,138 @@ Note that column names can't be ambiguous when testing policies. So if you have columns with the same name in two tables, you must qualify the column name in order to test the policy against that column.++<a id="label-dcr-template-preset-tables"></a>++## Preset tables++Available to all accounts.++An analysis runner chooses every dataset a template reads by passing it in `source_tables` when they call RUN. As a template author,+you can instead preset a dataset in the template, so that the template always reads that dataset and the analysis runner doesn't+supply it. Use a preset table when you want to do either of the following:++- Guarantee which dataset a template reads, so that an analysis runner can't substitute a different one.+- Simplify the RUN call, so that the analysis runner supplies only run-time values such as filters and dimensions, and doesn't need to+ know the provider's dataset names.++A template can preset some datasets and take others from the analysis runner.++### Declare and reference a preset table++Declare each preset table in the [`preset_tables` block](#label-dcr-collaboration-template-yaml)+of the template specification. Each entry maps an `alias` that you choose to the `template_view_name` of the dataset you're presetting,+in the format <code className="samp"><em>collaborator_alias</em>.<em>data_offering_ID</em>.<em>dataset_alias</em></code>. Where the data+offering is already linked into a collaboration, you can copy the value from the TEMPLATE_VIEW_NAME column returned by+VIEW_DATA_OFFERINGS. You can register a template that presets a dataset either before or after the collaboration exists, because a+preset `template_view_name` is resolved when the template is added to a collaboration and again when the analysis runs.++Reference a preset table in the template body by its alias, using either subscript or dot notation. Both forms are equivalent:++- <code className="samp">{{ preset_tables['<em>alias</em>'] }}</code>+- <code className="samp">{{ preset_tables.<em>alias</em> }}</code>++Like `source_table`, a preset table resolves to a string literal, so wrap it in IDENTIFIER to use it as a table name.++The following template presets the publisher's audience dataset and joins it to a table that the analysis runner supplies:++```sqlexample-yaml+CALL SAMOOHA_BY_SNOWFLAKE_LOCAL_DB.REGISTRY.REGISTER_TEMPLATE(+ $$+ api_version: 2.0.0+ spec_type: template+ name: preset_overlap_template+ version: 2026_08_18_V1+ type: sql_analysis+ description: Overlap count against a fixed publisher audience+ methodology: Joins the preset publisher audience to a runner-supplied table on hashed email+ parameters:+ - name: source_tables+ description: The advertiser table to compare against the publisher audience+ required: true++ preset_tables:+ - alias: publisher+ template_view_name: pub.pub_audience_v2.AUDIENCE++ template:+ SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT publisher.hashed_email) AS overlap_count+ FROM IDENTIFIER({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher+ INNER JOIN IDENTIFIER({{ source_table[0] }}) AS p1+ ON publisher.hashed_email = p1.hashed_email;++$$);+```++The analysis runner supplies only the advertiser table, and nothing for the preset publisher dataset:++```sqlexample-yaml+CALL SAMOOHA_BY_SNOWFLAKE_LOCAL_DB.COLLABORATION.RUN( $collaboration_name,+$$+api_version: 2.0.0+spec_type: analysis+template: $template_id++template_configuration:+ view_mappings:+ source_tables:+ - adv.adv_customers_v1.CUSTOMERS++$$ );+```++If a template presets every dataset it reads, the analysis runner omits `source_tables` from the analysis spec entirely. In the+parameter form of RUN, they pass an empty array for `template_view_names` instead.++A template can also pass a preset table to a [custom function](/user-guide/cleanrooms/resources-code-specs) as an argument, the same+way it passes a `source_table` dataset. A preset table resolves to the same view name string that `source_table` resolves to, so pass+it directly:++```sql+SELECT cleanroom.audience_stats$row_count({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher_rows;+```++As with any template that calls a custom function, list the function's code spec in the template's `code_specs` field.++<a id="label-dcr-preset-tables-data-protection"></a>++### Column access and data protection++[DCR policy filters](#label-dcr-template-filters) don't apply to preset tables. You can't apply `join_policy`, `column_policy`, or any+other policy filter to a column of a preset table, because policies are evaluated only against the datasets that the analysis runner+supplies. Policies exist to constrain datasets that the template author doesn't control, and a preset table is chosen by the template+author.++Reference a preset table's columns as ordinary SQL, qualified by the SQL alias you gave the table in the query. Applying a policy+filter to one of those columns doesn't restrict the analysis, it fails it with+`PresetTableUnsupportedReferenceError`:++```sql+-- Supported+SELECT publisher.hashed_email FROM IDENTIFIER({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher;++-- Not supported+SELECT IDENTIFIER({{ publisher.hashed_email | column_policy }}) FROM IDENTIFIER({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher;+```++That leaves the template body as the only control over which columns of a preset table an analysis can read. Keep the following+practices in mind:++- Be careful with column substitution. Snowflake rejects a caller-supplied column that carries a policy filter, but a caller-supplied+ column with no filter is passed through. So if your template applies an unfiltered variable to a preset table, the analysis runner can+ name any column that the data offering exposes. For example,+ `SELECT IDENTIFIER({{ my_col }}) FROM IDENTIFIER({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher;` lets the runner read any exposed+ column of the publisher's dataset. Name the columns you intend to expose in the template body instead.+- If callers must be able to choose a column of a dataset, have the analysis runner supply that dataset in `source_tables` and apply the+ appropriate policy filter to it, rather than presetting it. A template can still apply policy filters to the columns of its+ `source_table` datasets.++### Limitations++In the template body, give a preset table any SQL alias... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+5/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/v2/troubleshooting+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/v2/troubleshooting@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ ``` +</blockquote>+ After REFERENCE_USAGE is successfully granted, the data provider can join the collaboration.--</blockquote> </dd>@@ -125,5 +125,5 @@ </dl> -## API and Permissions+## API and permissions <dl className="field-list">@@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ <dd> -If this is a procedure documented for the DCR Collaboration API, you might have misspelled the procedure.+If this is a procedure documented for the DCR Collaboration API, you might have misspelled the procedure name. If you have not misspelled the procedure name, or if the procedure is a system procedure (that is, it has a `$` in the name), you might-be using an older version of the API and need to upgrade your clean rooms API version.+be using an older version of the API and need to upgrade your Clean Rooms API version. </dd>@@ -211,11 +211,11 @@ <dd> -You are using an older version of the clean rooms API. This issue was fixed in a more recent version.--</dd>-<dt>Solution<span className="colon">:</span></dt>-<dd>--[Update your clean rooms installation.](#label-dcr-updating-cleanrooms-environment)+You are using an older version of the Clean Rooms API. This issue was fixed in a more recent version.++</dd>+<dt>Solution<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++[Update your clean rooms installation](#label-dcr-updating-cleanrooms-environment). </dd>@@ -234,5 +234,5 @@ <dd> -Either you misspelled some part of the fully-qualified procedure name, or you do not have privileges to run this procedure.+Either you misspelled some part of the fully qualified procedure name, or you do not have privileges to run this procedure. </dd>@@ -278,4 +278,124 @@ If you don't get any results, ask an administrator to give you API access to the collaboration.++</dd>+</dl>++## Templates with preset tables++Available to all accounts.++The errors in this section apply to templates that declare [preset tables](#label-dcr-template-preset-tables) in a `preset_tables`+block.++<dl className="field-list">+<dt>Error<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++`SpecValidationError: preset_tables reference(s) use reserved SQL alias(es)`++</dd>+<dt>Cause<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++A preset table may not be given the SQL alias `p`, `c`, or `p` or `c` followed by a number in the template body. Those aliases are+reserved for the `source_table` and `my_table` datasets that the analysis runner supplies.++</dd>+<dt>Solution<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++In the template body, give the preset table any other valid [Snowflake identifier](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax) as its SQL+alias, then register the template again.++</dd>+</dl>++---++<dl className="field-list">+<dt>Error<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++`SpecValidationError: Template references undeclared preset_tables alias(s)`++</dd>+<dt>Cause<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++The template body references `preset_tables['<alias>']` or `preset_tables.<alias>` for an alias that isn't declared in the+template's `preset_tables` block.++</dd>+<dt>Solution<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++Declare the alias in the `preset_tables` block, or correct the alias in the template body so that it matches a declared entry. The two+must agree exactly.++</dd>+</dl>++---++<dl className="field-list">+<dt>Error<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++`PresetTableUnsupportedReferenceError: '<alias>' is pinned by this template via preset_table(s) and cannot be used as a Jinja variable+or given a policy filter.`++</dd>+<dt>Cause<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++The template refers to a preset table in one of two unsupported ways:++- It uses the preset table's alias as a Jinja variable, such as `{{ publisher.hashed_email }}` or+ `{{ publisher.hashed_email | sqlsafe }}`. A preset table is a SQL identifier, not a template variable.+- It applies a policy filter such as `column_policy` or `join_policy` to one of the preset table's columns. Policy filters resolve a+ column's table by position in the runner-supplied `source_table` list, which a preset table is never part of.++</dd>+<dt>Solution<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++Reference the preset table's columns directly by the SQL alias that the preset reference is bound to, with no policy filter.++```sql+-- Supported+SELECT publisher.hashed_email FROM IDENTIFIER({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher;++-- Not supported+SELECT IDENTIFIER({{ publisher.hashed_email | column_policy }}) FROM IDENTIFIER({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher;+```++If the column needs a policy enforced on it, have the analysis runner supply that dataset in `source_tables` instead of presetting it.++</dd>+</dl>++---++<dl className="field-list">+<dt>Error<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++`CollaboratorAliasNotFoundInCollaboration`, `DataProviderWithoutDataOffering`, or `DatasetNotFoundInDataOfferingException`++</dd>+<dt>Cause<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++A preset `template_view_name` doesn't resolve in this collaboration. Either the collaborator alias isn't in the collaboration spec, the+data provider hasn't linked that data offering, or the offering doesn't contain that dataset.++</dd>+<dt>Solution<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++Call VIEW_DATA_OFFERINGS and copy the value from the TEMPLATE_VIEW_NAME column into the template's `preset_tables` block. Confirm that+the collaborator alias matches the one in the `collaborator_identifier_aliases` section of the+[collaboration spec](#label-dcr-collaboration-spec-yaml), and that the data provider has linked the offering. </dd>
「Troubleshooting」から、Postgres instance needs to be refreshed、ミラー名の小文字化、ターゲットデータベース名の再利用不可、snowflake アプリケーションへの USAGE 取り消し、ミラー対象テーブルの列型変更・仮想生成列追加、max_replication_slots 不足時の CREATE MIRROR 失敗に関する既知の制限・回避策が削除された。CREATE MIRROR や ALTER POSTGRES INSTANCE などの構文自体の追加・変更は、diff からは詳細不明。
影響: ミラー管理に関する制限と回避策の公式ドキュメント上の案内がなくなったため、該当エラーの調査や運用時の参照情報が減少するが、機能仕様そのものが変更されたかはdiffからは詳細不明。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+0/-20)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-manage+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-manage@@ -289,131 +289,3 @@ ## Troubleshooting -The following are known limitations, with workarounds.--### Postgres instance needs to be refreshed--`create_mirror` can fail on an existing Postgres instance with an error similar to:--```-Error from Postgres: ERROR: permission denied to create extension-```--This happens when the source instance predates the mirroring feature and doesn't have the-Postgres extensions that mirroring depends on.--**Workaround:** Refresh the instance from the Postgres **Manage** options in Snowsight to install-the latest extensions, then retry `create_mirror`. See-[Prepare your Postgres instance](/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-create#step-1-prepare-your-postgres-instance)-for details.--### Mirror names are folded to lowercase--Mirror names containing uppercase letters are folded to lowercase.--```sql-CREATE_MIRROR(mirror_name => 'UpperMirror', ...)-```--will succeed, but will silently fold the mirror name to `uppermirror`.--**Workaround:** Prefer lowercase characters in mirror names. For example, use `mymirror` instead-of `MyMirror`.--### Target database names can't be reused--Once a database has been used as a mirror target, the same name can't be reused for a new mirror,-even if the mirror is dropped and the database itself is dropped.--**Workaround:** Pick a new `target_database` name when creating a replacement mirror.--### Active mirrors break if usage is revoked from the snowflake application--Apply runs will fail with error `POSTGRES INSTANCE ... does not exist or not authorized` if-the `USAGE` grant on the Postgres instance has been revoked from the `snowflake` application.-This can happen in two ways:--- **Explicit revoke:** `REVOKE USAGE ON POSTGRES INSTANCE ... FROM APPLICATION SNOWFLAKE`-- **Ownership transfer with `REVOKE CURRENT GRANTS`:** Running- `GRANT OWNERSHIP ON POSTGRES INSTANCE ... TO ROLE ... REVOKE CURRENT GRANTS` drops all- existing grants on the instance, including the `USAGE` grant that mirroring depends on.--**Workaround:** Re-grant the privilege:--```sql-GRANT USAGE ON POSTGRES INSTANCE "my_instance" TO APPLICATION SNOWFLAKE;-```--### Changing a column type on a mirrored table fails--`ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... TYPE` is not supported on tables tracked by a mirror. Postgres-rejects the statement with an error:--```-ERROR: cannot alter column type on table "<table_name>"-DETAIL: Table is tracked by snowflake_cdc publication "<mirror_name>".-```--### Adding a virtual generated column to a mirrored table fails--`ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN ... GENERATED ALWAYS AS ...` is not supported on tables tracked by a-mirror. Postgres rejects the statement with an error:--```-ERROR: cannot add generated column on table "<table_name>"-DETAIL: Table "<table_name>" is tracked by a snowflake_cdc publication. ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN does not populate generated columns on the mirror via WAL, so the mirror would diverge from the source.-```--To use a computed value alongside a mirrored table, create the equivalent expression as a view in-Snowflake against the target table rather than as a generated column in Postgres.--<a id="label-replication-slot-limit"></a>--### CREATE MIRROR fails if max_replication_slots is too low--Each mirror uses one PostgreSQL replication slot. When the instance is close to the-`max_replication_slots` limit (default: 10), `CREATE MIRROR` fails with:--```-snowflake_cdc: cannot create publication "<mirror_name>" because the cluster is close to max_replication_slots-```--**Workaround:** Increase `max_replication_slots` and `max_wal_senders` together (the latter should-be set to at least the same value), then restart the instance:--```sql-ALTER POSTGRES INSTANCE "my_instance"- SET POSTGRES_SETTINGS = (- 'max_replication_slots' = '20',- 'max_wal_senders' = '20'- );-```--### Mirroring setup fails on newly created Snowflake accounts--On newly created Snowflake accounts, the `snowflake` application may not be fully provisioned-immediately. Attempting to grant the `postgres_mirror_admin` role too soon fails with:--```-SQL compilation error: Application role 'SNOWFLAKE.POSTGRES_MIRROR_ADMIN' does not exist or not authorized.-```--**Workaround:** Wait up to one hour after account creation before setting up mirroring.--### Dropping the source Postgres database fails while mirrors are active--Postgres blocks dropping a database that has active `snowflake_cdc` replication slots:--```-ERROR: cannot drop database "<database_name>" because it has snowflake_cdc replication slots-HINT: Drop the snowflake_cdc mirrors and publications in database "<database_name>" first.-```--**Workaround:** Drop all mirrors on the database using `drop_mirror`, then drop the database.--### Renaming the source database causes mirrors to fail--Renaming the source Postgres database on a mirrored instance is not supported. Doing-so will cause existing mirrors to fail.--**Workaround:** If you need to rename the database, drop existing mirrors first,-rename the database, then create new mirrors.+For solutions to common issues, see [Troubleshoot mirrors](/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-troubleshooting).
顧客管理ストレージ利用時に、従来のPOSTGRES_EXTERNAL_STORAGEだけでなく、Snowflake SQLアクセス用のEXTERNAL_STAGEストレージ統合も必要になった。S3向けの作成・IAM信頼ポリシー・外部ステージ設定例と、Azure向けの設定例が追加されたが、Azureの詳細手順はdiffからは詳細不明。
影響: 2つのストレージ統合へ明示的にアクセス権を付与し、S3では同一IAMロールの信頼ポリシーに両統合の主体・外部IDを追加する運用が必要になる。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+22/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-pg_lake+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-pg_lake@@ -349,7 +349,17 @@ ## Customer-managed cloud storage -If you need to use your own S3 bucket or Azure Blob Storage container, you can create a-`POSTGRES_EXTERNAL_STORAGE` storage integration and attach it to your Postgres instance. This-gives pg_lake read and write access to your storage location for files and Iceberg tables.+If you need to use your own S3 bucket or Azure Blob Storage container, you can configure pg_lake+to read and write files and Iceberg tables to your storage location. Using customer-managed+storage requires two storage integrations:++| Integration type | Purpose |+| --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- |+| `POSTGRES_EXTERNAL_STORAGE` | Gives pg_lake (Postgres side) read/write access to your storage |+| `EXTERNAL_STAGE` | Gives Snowflake SQL access to the same storage location |++Both integrations can share the same IAM role (S3) or storage container permissions (Azure),+but both must be granted access explicitly.++Jump to setup instructions: [Amazon S3](#label-pg-lake-customer-s3) | [Azure Blob Storage](#label-pg-lake-customer-azure) ### Prerequisites@@ -660,4 +670,102 @@ ``` +### Connect Snowflake to your storage++After attaching the Postgres-side integration, create a second storage integration of type+`EXTERNAL_STAGE` so that Snowflake SQL can read the files and Iceberg tables that pg_lake writes+to your storage. Both integrations can share the same IAM role (S3) or container permissions+(Azure), but each integration has its own service principal that must be granted access.++#### For Amazon S3++Create an `EXTERNAL_STAGE` integration in Snowflake using the same IAM role as the+`POSTGRES_EXTERNAL_STORAGE` integration:++```sql+CREATE STORAGE INTEGRATION my_snowflake_stage_integration+ TYPE = EXTERNAL_STAGE+ STORAGE_PROVIDER = 'S3'+ ENABLED = TRUE+ STORAGE_AWS_ROLE_ARN = 'arn:aws:iam::<account-id>:role/<role-name>'+ STORAGE_ALLOWED_LOCATIONS = ('s3://<bucket-name>/<path>/');+```++Retrieve the IAM principal and external ID for this new integration:++```sql+DESCRIBE STORAGE INTEGRATION my_snowflake_stage_integration;+```++Record the values for `STORAGE_AWS_IAM_USER_ARN` and `STORAGE_AWS_EXTERNAL_ID`, then update+the IAM role's trust policy to include a second statement for this integration alongside the+existing statement for the `POSTGRES_EXTERNAL_STORAGE` integration:++```json+{+ "Version": "2012-10-17",+ "Statement": [+ {+ "Sid": "PostgresIntegration",+ "Effect": "Allow",+ "Principal": { "AWS": "<pg_storage_aws_iam_user_arn>" },+ "Action": "sts:AssumeRole",+ "Condition": { "StringEquals": { "sts:ExternalId": "<pg_storage_aws_external_id>" } }+ },+ {+ "Sid": "SnowflakeIntegration",+ "Effect": "Allow",+ "Principal": { "AWS": "<sf_storage_aws_iam_user_arn>" },+ "Action": "sts:AssumeRole",+ "Condition": { "StringEquals": { "sts:ExternalId": "<sf_storage_aws_external_id>" } }+ }+ ]+}+```++Then create an external stage in Snowflake pointing at the same location:++```sql+CREATE STAGE my_pg_lake_stage+ STORAGE_INTEGRATION = my_snowflake_stage_integration+ URL = 's3://<bucket-name>/<path>/';+```++#### For Azure Blob Storage++Create an `EXTERNAL_STAGE` integration in Snowflake for the same container:++```sql+CREATE STORAGE INTEGRATION my_snowflake_stage_integration+ TYPE = EXTERNAL_STAGE+ STORAGE_PROVIDER = 'AZURE'+ ENABLED = TRUE+ AZURE_TENANT_ID = '<tenant-id>'+ STORAGE_ALLOWED_LOCATIONS = ('azure://<account>.blob.core.windows.net/<container>/<path>/');+```++Retrieve the consent URL and service principal name:++```sql+DESCRIBE STORAGE INTEGRATION my_snowflake_stage_integration;+```++Record the values for `AZURE_CONSENT_URL` and `AZURE_MULTI_TENANT_APP_NAME`, then:++1. Open `AZURE_CONSENT_URL` in a browser and grant consent for the new service principal.+2. In the Azure portal, assign the **Storage Blob Data Contributor** role on your container to+ the service principal named in `AZURE_MULTI_TENANT_APP_NAME`. This is in addition to the+ role assignment already created for the `POSTGRES_EXTERNAL_STORAGE` integration.++Then create an external stage in Snowflake pointing at the same container:++```sql+CREATE STAGE my_pg_lake_stage+ STORAGE_INTEGRATION = my_snowflake_stage_integration+ URL = 'azure://<account>.blob.core.windows.net/<container>/<path>/';+```++You can now query files that pg_lake writes to your storage directly from Snowflake SQL using+this stage.+ ### Configure and use pg_lake @@ -769,5 +877,5 @@ - [Sync Data from Snowflake Postgres to Snowflake with Iceberg and pg_lake](https://www.snowflake.com/en/developers/guides/sync-data-from-postgres-to-snowflake-with-iceberg-and-pg-lake/) — Step-by-step developer guide with incremental sync using pg_incremental-- [Bidirectional Data Movement between SPG and SF with pg_lake - Internal Stage —](https://www.snowflake.com/en/developers/guides/snowflake-postgres-pg-lake-iot-internal-stage/) — End-to-end quickstart using internal stages and pg_lake+- [Bidirectional Data Movement between SPG and SF with pg_lake - Internal Stage](https://www.snowflake.com/en/developers/guides/snowflake-postgres-pg-lake-iot-internal-stage/) — End-to-end quickstart using internal stages and pg_lake - [Bidirectional Data Movement between SPG and SF with pg_lake - External Stage](https://www.snowflake.com/en/developers/guides/snowflake-postgres-pg-lake-iot/) — End-to-end quickstart using customer-managed S3, pg_lake, and Snowflake Cortex for IoT anomaly detection - [](/user-guide/data-load-s3-config-storage-integration) — Similar S3 access workflow to the one described in this topic
Version 2.9.0(2025年9月9日)が追加され、Dataset.union/unionByName のマッピング、broadcast 変換、SparkContext.parallelize と任意型 Dataset の persist がサポートされました。また、Snowpark Python API の対応版が 1.27.0 から 1.33.0 に引き上げられ、randn のステータスが Direct に変更されました。その他は表記修正と Python コードブロックの Markdown 化です。
影響: SMA 利用者は Snowpark Python 1.33.0 対応を前提に、追加された変換・マッピングを利用できるようになります。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+2/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/general/release-notes/README+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/general/release-notes/README@@ -48,5 +48,5 @@ - `pyspark.sql.functions.array` with multiple arguments is now correctly mapped to `snowflake.snowpark.functions.array_construct` instead of `to_array`. Single-argument calls continue mapping to `to_array`. - Session creation is now converted to the standard SCOS pattern.- - E.g. `session.server.init_spark_session()` → `session.init_spark_session()`+ - For example, `session.server.init_spark_session()` → `session.init_spark_session()` ### Desktop Release Notes@@ -789,6 +789,6 @@ - **More Detailed Reporting:** - The SparkUsagesInventory.csv report now includes a new column called `IS_SNOWPARK_CONNECT_TOOL_SUPPORTED`- - This new column is to clearly indicate if a Spark element is supported directly by Snowpark Connect, or supported throught an SMA transformation.- - The Snowpark Connect readiness score calculation has been updated to use the new `IS_SNOWPARK_CONNECT_TOOL_SUPPORTED` column in the SparkUsagesInventory.csv report.+ - This new column is to clearly indicate if a Spark element is supported directly by Snowpark Connect, or supported through an SMA transformation.+ - The Snowpark Connect readiness score calculation has been updated to use the new `IS_SNOWPARK_CONNECT_TOOL_SUPPORTED` column in the SparkUsagesInventory.csv report. - **Next-Generation Notebook Support:** Enhanced support for the VNext Snowflake Notebooks format when converting Databricks or Jupyter notebooks.@@ -955,7 +955,9 @@ - Added support for SQL embedded migration for literal string concatenations assigned to a local variable in the same scope of execution. - Included scenarios now include:- .. code-block:: python++ ```python sqlStat = "SELECT colName " + "FROM myTable" session.sql(sqlStat)+ ``` #### Changed@@ -1044,5 +1046,5 @@ Example:-sqlStat = “SELECT colName FROM myTable"+sqlStat = "SELECT colName FROM myTable" session.sql(sqlStat) @@ -1050,5 +1052,5 @@ Example:-session.sql(“SELECT colName " + "FROM myTable")+session.sql("SELECT colName " + "FROM myTable") #### Changed@@ -1143,4 +1145,28 @@ - Fixed transformations involving PySqlExpr using the new PyLiteralSql to avoid losing Tails. - Resolved internal stability issues to improve tool robustness and reliability.++## Version 2.9.0 (Sep 09, 2025)++### Included SMA Core Versions++- Snowpark Conversion Core 8.0.53++#### Added++- The following mappings are now performed for `org.apache.spark.sql.Dataset[T]`:+ - `org.apache.spark.sql.Dataset.union` is now `com.snowflake.snowpark.DataFrame.unionAll`+ - `org.apache.spark.sql.Dataset.unionByName` is now `com.snowflake.snowpark.DataFrame.unionAllByName`++- Added support for `org.apache.spark.sql.functions.broadcast` as a transformation.++#### Changed++- Increased the supported Snowpark Python API version for SMA from `1.27.0` to `1.33.0`.+- The status for the `pyspark.sql.functions.randn` function has been updated to Direct.++#### Fixed++- Resolved an issue where `org.apache.spark.SparkContext.parallelize` was not resolving and now supports it as a transformation.+- Fixed the `Dataset.persist` transformation to work with any type of Dataset, not just `Dataset[Row]`. ## Version 2.7.7 (Aug 28, 2025)@@ -1210,28 +1236,4 @@ - Fixed bug not parsing multiline grouped operations. -## Version 2.9.0 (Sep 09, 2025)--### Included SMA Core Versions--- Snowpark Conversion Core 8.0.53--#### Added--- The following mappings are now performed for `org.apache.spark.sql.Dataset[T]`:- - `org.apache.spark.sql.Dataset.union` is now `com.snowflake.snowpark.DataFrame.unionAll`- - `org.apache.spark.sql.Dataset.unionByName` is now `com.snowflake.snowpark.DataFrame.unionAllByName`--- Added support for `org.apache.spark.sql.functions.broadcast` as a transformation.--#### Changed--- Increased the supported Snowpark Python API version for SMA from `1.27.0` to `1.33.0`.-- The status for the `pyspark.sql.function.randn` function has been updated to Direct.--#### Fixed--- Resolved an issue where `org.apache.spark.SparkContext.parallelize` was not resolving and now supports it as a transformation.-- Fixed the `Dataset.persist` transformation to work with any type of Dataset, not just `Dataset[Row]`.- ## Version 2.7.6 (Jul 17, 2025) @@ -1339,5 +1341,5 @@ #### Added -The Snowpark Migration Accelerator (SMA) now orchestrates` SnowConvert <[https://docs.snowconvert.com/sc/general/about](https://docs.snowconvert.com/sc/general/about)>` to process SQL found in user workloads, including embedded SQL in Python / Scala code, Notebook SQL cells, `.sql` files, and `.hql` files.+The Snowpark Migration Accelerator (SMA) now orchestrates [SnowConvert](https://docs.snowconvert.com/sc/general/about) to process SQL found in user workloads, including embedded SQL in Python / Scala code, Notebook SQL cells, `.sql` files, and `.hql` files. The SnowConvert now enhances the previous SMA capabilities:@@ -1741,5 +1743,5 @@ ### CLI -- Fixed the year in the CLI screen when showing "–version" or "-v"+- Fixed the year in the CLI screen when showing "--version" or "-v" ### Included SMA Core Versions included-sma-core-versions@@ -2047,5 +2049,5 @@ - `bdb` - `binascii`-- `bitsect`+- `bisect` - `builtins` - `bz2`@@ -2511,5 +2513,5 @@ #### Fixed -- Fixed a bug that was causing some PySpark elements not identified by the tool.+- Fixed a bug that was causing some PySpark elements to not be identified by the tool. - Fixed the mismatch in the ThirdParty identified calls and the ThirdParty import Calls number. @@ -2552,5 +2554,5 @@ #### Fixed -- Fixed the bug the was causing the UserDefined symbols showing in the third party usages inventory.+- Fixed the bug that was causing the UserDefined symbols showing in the third party usages inventory. ## Version 2.4.1 (Dec 4, 2024)@@ -2600,5 +2602,5 @@ **Fixed** -- Fix case-sensitive issues in –sql options.+- Fix case-sensitive issues in --sql options. **Removed**@@ -2661,5 +2663,5 @@ - Added 38 new Pandas elements: - pandas.core.frame.DataFrame.select- - andas.core.frame.DataFrame.str+ - `pandas.core.frame.DataFrame.str` - pandas.core.frame.DataFrame.str.replace - pandas.core.frame.DataFrame.str.upper@@ -2729,6 +2731,6 @@ - Updated some texts to reflect the correct name of the application, ensuring consistency and clarity in all the messages. - Updated the terms of use of the application.-- Updated and expanded the documentation of the CLI to reflect the latests features, enhancements and changes.-- Updated the text that is shown before proceeding with the execution of the SMA to improve+- Updated and expanded the documentation of the CLI to reflect the latest features, enhancements and changes.+- Updated the text that is shown before proceeding with the execution of the SMA to improve the user experience. - Updated the CLI to accept **“Yes”** as a valid argument when prompting for user confirmation. - Allowed the CLI to continue the execution without waiting for user interaction by specifying the argument `-y` or `--yes`.@@ -2902,5 +2904,5 @@ - Fixed Total row added on Spark Usages Summaries when there are not usages-- Bumped of Python Assembly to Version=:code:_1.3.111_+- Bumped of Python Assembly to Version `1.3.111` - Parse trail comma in multiline arguments @@ -2920,5 +2922,5 @@ - Create AST in Scala/Python to emit temporary SQL unit - Create SqlEmbeddedUsages.csv inventory- - Deprecate SqlStatementsInventroy.csv and SqlExtractionInventory.csv+ - Deprecate SqlStatementsInventory.csv and SqlExtractionInventory.csv - Integrate EWI when the SQL literal could not be processed - Create new task to process SQL-embedded code
Scheduling Interval が Ingestion Schedule Interval に改称され、既定値 300 s が明記されました。さらに Max Page Size(既定値 1000、上限 5000)、Merge Task Schedule CRON、Include Formatted Values が追加され、列フィルターの設定先も Column Filter JSON に変更されました。BYOC/KEY_PAIR の説明は文言が整理され、formatted values の説明セクションも追加されています。
影響: 利用者は新しいパラメータ名と設定先へ移行する必要があり、Max Page Size や Merge Task Schedule CRON の調整で取り込み速度・タイムアウト・ウェアハウス稼働時間を制御できます。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+5/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/dataverse/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/dataverse/setup@@ -228,5 +228,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -240,5 +240,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -344,6 +344,6 @@ <tbody> <tr>- <td>Scheduling Interval</td>- <td>Interval to be used as a triggering interval for the processor fetching list of tables and initializing ingestion.</td>+ <td>Ingestion Schedule Interval</td>+ <td>Interval used as the triggering interval for the processor that fetches the list of tables and initializes ingestion. The default is `300 s`.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -358,4 +358,16 @@ <td>Column Filter JSON</td> <td>Optional. A JSON array specifying per-table column filters. Columns can be included or excluded by name (`included`, `excluded`) or by regular expression pattern (`includedPattern`, `excludedPattern`). The `table` value must be the **singular logical entity name** (e.g., `annotation`), not the plural entity set name used in `Source Tables Filter Value` (e.g., `annotations`). For example: `[ {"table": "mytable", "excluded": ["binarycolumn", "binarycolumn_binary"]} ]` excludes large binary columns from `mytable`. See [Replicate a subset of columns in a table](#replicate-a-subset-of-columns-in-a-table) for full details.</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Max Page Size</td>+ <td>Number of records fetched from a Dataverse table in a single request. It can't be larger than 5000. A higher value can increase ingestion speed, but it can also cause timeouts. The default is `1000`.</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Merge Task Schedule CRON</td>+ <td>CRON expression that defines when data is merged from the journal table into the destination table. The default is `* * * * * ?`, which merges continuously. Use a narrower schedule to reduce how long the warehouse runs. For example, `* 0 * * * ?` merges for one minute at the top of every hour.</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Include Formatted Values</td>+ <td>Optional. Whether the connector also fetches Dataverse formatted values and writes them to the `_DATAVERSE_FORMATTED_VALUES` column of the destination table. The default is `false`. See [Include formatted values](#label-include-formatted-values).</td> </tr> </tbody>@@ -382,5 +394,5 @@ The connector can filter the data replicated per table to a subset of configured columns. -To apply filters to columns, modify the Replication Parameters context `Column Filter` property to specify a JSON filter.+To apply filters to columns, set the `Column Filter JSON` parameter in the Dataverse ingestion parameters to a JSON filter. Add an array of configurations, one entry for every table to which you want to apply a filter. @@ -424,4 +436,63 @@ ``` +<a id="label-include-formatted-values"></a>++### Include formatted values++Microsoft Dataverse stores many columns as raw values, such as an option set integer, a+lookup GUID, or an unformatted amount. For those columns, Dataverse can also return a+display value, called a formatted value: the localized label of a choice, yes/no, status,+or status reason column, the primary name of a lookup or owner column, and locale-formatted+numbers, currencies, and dates. For details about which columns have formatted values, see+[Select columns using OData](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/webapi/query/select-columns)+in the Microsoft documentation.++By default, the connector replicates raw values only. To also replicate formatted values,+set the `Include Formatted Values` parameter in the Dataverse ingestion parameters to+`true`, then restart the connector process group so that the change takes effect.++Raw columns are unchanged when you enable this parameter. Instead, the connector adds a+single `_DATAVERSE_FORMATTED_VALUES` column of type `OBJECT` to each replicated table. The+keys of the object are source column names and the values are always strings:++```json+{+ "statuscode": "Active",+ "annualincome": "$80,000.00",+ "_transactioncurrencyid_value": "US Dollar"+}+```++Keep the following in mind when you query the column:++- Lookup and owner columns keep the `_<column>_value` form that Dataverse uses, as shown by+ `_transactioncurrencyid_value` in the preceding example.+- Columns that don't have a formatted value are absent from the object. If a row has no+ formatted values at all, `_DATAVERSE_FORMATTED_VALUES` is `NULL` for that row.+- Rows that were deleted at the source don't carry formatted values. For more information about+ how deletes are replicated, see+ [](/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/dataverse/about#label-dataverse-connector-managed-columns).+- If you enable the parameter for a connector that already replicated data, the column is+ populated from the next ingestion onwards. Rows that were replicated earlier keep `NULL`+ until they change at the source again.+- If a source table already has a column named `_DATAVERSE_FORMATTED_VALUES`, ingestion of+ that table fails.++To read a single formatted value, extract it by key and cast it:++```sql+SELECT+ "statuscode",+ _DATAVERSE_FORMATTED_VALUES:statuscode::STRING AS statuscode_label+ FROM <destination_database>.<destination_schema>.ACCOUNTS;+```++Dataverse column names are lowercase, so quote them in queries. The connector-managed columns+are uppercase and don't need quoting.++Formatted values are display strings that depend on the locale and configuration of your+Dataverse environment, so they can change without the underlying data changing. Use the raw+columns for joins, filters, and calculations, and use formatted values for presentation.+ ### Manage table state
Windows PowerShell 5.x 向けの UTF-8 設定説明が刷新され、[Console]::OutputEncoding、$OutputEncoding、$PSDefaultParameterValues['Out-File:Encoding'] を設定する手順と、影響するリダイレクト・パイプ処理の例が追加された。さらに、utf8 が BOM 付きになる問題への対策として、[System.IO.File]::WriteAllLines による BOM なし UTF-8 ファイル作成と、既存 BOM の除去方法が追加され、従来の個別説明は削除された。
影響: Windows PowerShell 5.x で Snowflake CLI の出力や入力ファイルを扱う場合、UTF-8 設定と BOM 対策が必要になり、PowerShell 7 以降ではこの追加手順をスキップできる。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+6/-4)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/connecting/configure-cli+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/connecting/configure-cli@@ -280,23 +280,4 @@ If you run %sf-cli% inside the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL), you already have a UTF-8 environment and don't need any of the configuration below. -In Windows PowerShell 5, redirecting command output to a file with `>` encodes the output using PowerShell's own code page.-This can cause issues if you redirect %sf-cli% output to a file, even when %sf-cli% emits UTF-8. To force UTF-8, add the following to your PowerShell session or profile (`$PROFILE`):--```powershell-[Console]::OutputEncoding = [Text.UTF8Encoding]::new()-$OutputEncoding = [Text.UTF8Encoding]::new()-```--Redirect encoding can also cause issues if you create a file in PowerShell via redirect and use it as an input for %sf-cli% command.-To force UTF-8 in this scenario, add the following to your PowerShell session or profile (`$PROFILE`) before creating the file:--```powershell-$PSDefaultParameterValues['Out-File:Encoding'] = 'utf8'-```--Alternatively, you can use third party tools (like Notepad++) to convert a file in one encoding to UTF-8 before feeding it to %sf-cli%.--PowerShell 7 and later default to UTF-8 and don't need these steps.- ### Option 1: Enable Python UTF-8 mode @@ -345,4 +326,48 @@ ``` +### Additional step for Windows PowerShell 5.x++This applies to Windows PowerShell 5.x only. Skip this section if you use PowerShell 7 or later, which defaults to UTF-8 without a byte order mark (BOM).++Windows PowerShell has encoding settings of its own that %sf-cli% configuration doesn't reach. `[Console]::OutputEncoding`+controls what the console passes to and from native executables, `$OutputEncoding` controls what PowerShell sends through+the pipeline, and `$PSDefaultParameterValues['Out-File:Encoding']` controls which text encoding `Out-File` and the `>` operator use to write its output to disk.+If any of these is left on a legacy code page, non-ASCII characters are silently corrupted even when %sf-cli% emits UTF-8.+This issue can occur in the following scenarios:++- Saving the output of a %sf-cli% command to a file using the `>` operator.+- Storing the output of a %sf-cli% command in a variable for further processing in a script.+- Passing the output of a %sf-cli% command to another native command using the `|` operator.++To prevent these issues, apart from applying one of the three options described earlier you need to force PowerShell to use UTF-8+by adding the following to your PowerShell session or profile (`$PROFILE`):++```powershell+[Console]::OutputEncoding = [Text.UTF8Encoding]::new()+$OutputEncoding = [Text.UTF8Encoding]::new()+$PSDefaultParameterValues['Out-File:Encoding'] = 'utf8'+```++The `Out-File:Encoding` setting above applies to files you create to capture or read %sf-cli% output. It does not+make it safe to use `>` or `Out-File` to create files you feed *into* a %sf-cli% command because in Windows PowerShell 5.x+the `utf8` encoding always writes a BOM at the start of the file, which %sf-cli% does not strip.+To create BOM-free UTF-8 files in Windows PowerShell 5.x we recommend using `[System.IO.File]::WriteAllLines`:++```powershell+$Path = "C:\Users\<your_username>\<path_to_your_file>\<file_name>"+[System.IO.File]::WriteAllLines($Path, "SELECT 1;")+```++If a file in UTF-8 encoding already has a byte order mark, for example from `Out-File -Encoding utf8`, you can strip it to get BOM-free UTF-8:++```powershell+$Path = "C:\Users\<your_username>\<path_to_your_file>\<file_name>"+$Content = Get-Content -Raw $Path+[System.IO.File]::WriteAllText($Path, $Content)+```++For files created under a different encoding entirely, for example cp932, use a third-party tool (like Notepad++)+to convert to BOM-free UTF-8 instead.+ <a id="label-snowcli-suppress-new-versions"></a>
preset_tables が追加され、テンプレート作成者が固定データセットを指定できるようになりました。各項目に alias と template_view_name を設定し、テンプレート内で {{ preset_tables['alias'] }} として参照できます。また、分析ランナー指定のテーブルのみを使う例と、固定の発行者データセットを組み合わせる例が追加されました。
影響: 分析ランナーから毎回データセットを渡さなくても、テンプレートで常に特定のデータセットを読み取れるようになります。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+3/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/spec-template+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/spec-template@@ -29,4 +29,8 @@ code_specs: # Optional: List of code specs used by this template - <code_spec_id> # One or more code spec IDs.++preset_tables: # Optional: Datasets preset by the template author+ - alias: <dataset_alias> # One or more preset tables...+ template_view_name: <collaborator_alias>.<data_offering_ID>.<dataset_alias> template: | # Required: JinjaSQL template content@@ -106,4 +110,22 @@ </dd>+<dt>`preset_tables` (*Optional*)</dt>+<dd>++Available to all accounts.++Datasets preset by the template author. An analysis runner doesn't pass these datasets when they run the template. Use+`preset_tables` when a template should always read a specific dataset, rather than whichever dataset the analysis runner chooses to+supply. For details, see [](#label-dcr-template-preset-tables). Each item has the following fields:++- `alias`: The name used to reference this dataset in the template body, as <code className="samp">{{ preset_tables['<em>alias</em>'] }}</code>. Must be a valid+ [Snowflake identifier](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax) of up to 255 characters, and must be unique within the template. The SQL+ alias you then give the dataset in the template body can't be `p`, `c`, or `p` or `c` followed by a number, because+ [those aliases are reserved](#label-dcr-required-template-table-aliases) for `source_table` and `my_table` datasets.+- `template_view_name`: The preset table, in the format+ <code className="samp"><em>collaborator_alias</em>.<em>data_offering_ID</em>.<em>dataset_alias</em></code>. Use the value from the+ TEMPLATE_VIEW_NAME column returned by VIEW_DATA_OFFERINGS.++</dd> <dt>`template`</dt> <dd>@@ -118,5 +140,7 @@ </dl> -## Example+## Examples++A template that takes one table from the analysis runner: ```yaml@@ -137,2 +161,29 @@ SELECT 1 FROM IDENTIFIER( {{ source_table[0] }} ) LIMIT {{ row_count }}; ```++A template that pins the publisher's dataset and takes the advertiser's dataset from the analysis runner:++```yaml+api_version: 2.0.0+spec_type: template+name: preset_overlap_template+version: V1+type: sql_analysis+description: Overlap count against a fixed publisher audience.+methodology: Joins the preset publisher audience to a runner-supplied table on hashed email.++parameters:+ - name: source_tables+ description: The advertiser table to compare against the publisher audience+ required: true++preset_tables:+ - alias: publisher+ template_view_name: pub.pub_audience_v2.AUDIENCE++template: |+ SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT publisher.hashed_email) AS overlap_count+ FROM IDENTIFIER({{ preset_tables['publisher'] }}) AS publisher+ INNER JOIN IDENTIFIER({{ source_table[0] }}) AS p1+ ON publisher.hashed_email = p1.hashed_email;+```
MIN_INSTANCES と MAX_INSTANCES パラメータが構文に追加され、アプリケーションサービスの実行インスタンス数の最小・最大値を指定できるようになりました。最小値の既定動作や最大値(1〜10)の制約が説明され、2〜5インスタンスでデプロイする例も追加されています。関連リンクのカンマ表記変更は体裁のみです。 影響: サービスの常時稼働数やスケール上限を SQL で制御できるため、可用性・リソース使用量の設定を明示的に管理できます。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+3/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-application-service+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-application-service@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-service) ,-[](/sql-reference/sql/desc-application-service) ,-[](/sql-reference/sql/drop-application-service) ,+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-service),+[](/sql-reference/sql/desc-application-service),+[](/sql-reference/sql/drop-application-service), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-application-services) @@ -43,4 +43,6 @@ [ AUTO_RESUME = { TRUE | FALSE } ] [ AUTO_SUSPEND_SECS = <num> ]+ [ MIN_INSTANCES = <num> ]+ [ MAX_INSTANCES = <num> ] [ COMMENT = '<string_literal>' ] ```@@ -145,4 +147,29 @@ **DEFAULT:** `0` (disabled)++</dd>+<dt><code className="samp">MIN_INSTANCES = <em>num</em></code></dt>+<dd>++Specifies the minimum number of instances Snowflake keeps running.+Snowflake never runs fewer than this, even if the app is idle.++- Must be at least 1.+- Can't be greater than `MAX_INSTANCES`.++**DEFAULT:** Not set. Defaults to `1` when `MAX_INSTANCES` is set. If both+are unset, Snowflake runs one instance.++</dd>+<dt><code className="samp">MAX_INSTANCES = <em>num</em></code></dt>+<dd>++Specifies the maximum number of instances Snowflake runs. Snowflake+never runs more than this.++- Must be at least 1 and no more than `10`.+- Can't be less than `MIN_INSTANCES`.++**DEFAULT:** Not set. If unset, this matches `MIN_INSTANCES`. </dd>@@ -281,2 +308,12 @@ EXECUTE_AS_ROLE = my_app_role; ```++Deploy with 2 to 5 instances:++```sql+CREATE APPLICATION SERVICE my_app+ FROM ARTIFACT REPOSITORY my_app_repo PACKAGE web_ui+ VERSION LATEST+ MIN_INSTANCES = 2+ MAX_INSTANCES = 5;+```
マニフェストに min_instances と max_instances パラメータが追加され、Snowflake App Runtime の実行インスタンス数の下限・上限を指定できるようになりました。min_instances は1以上かつ max_instances 以下、max_instances は1〜10で min_instances 以上とする制約があり、それぞれ MIN_INSTANCES/MAX_INSTANCES と同等です。
影響: アプリの常時稼働数やスケール上限を app.yml で設定できるため、アイドル時の可用性や実行リソース上限を構成管理しやすくなります。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+4/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/app-yml+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/app-yml@@ -62,4 +62,6 @@ external_access_integrations: - <integration_name>+min_instances: <num>+max_instances: <num> ``` @@ -313,4 +315,36 @@ run [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-application-service). +<a id="label-snowflake-apps-manifest-min-instances"></a>++#### min_instances++Minimum number of instances Snowflake keeps running. Snowflake never+runs fewer than this, even if the app is idle.+Equivalent to setting `MIN_INSTANCES` in+[](/sql-reference/sql/create-application-service).++- Must be at least 1.+- Can't exceed `max_instances`.++```yaml+min_instances: 2+```++<a id="label-snowflake-apps-manifest-max-instances"></a>++#### max_instances++Maximum number of instances Snowflake runs. Snowflake never runs more+than this.+Equivalent to setting `MAX_INSTANCES` in+[](/sql-reference/sql/create-application-service).++- Must be at least 1 and no more than `10`.+- Can't be less than `min_instances`.++```yaml+max_instances: 5+```+ <a id="label-snowflake-apps-manifest-validation"></a>
max_slot_wal_keep_size の既定値は割り当てディスク容量の10分の1で、WAL遅延が上限を超えるとレプリケーションスロットが無効化され、10分後に全テーブルが再スナップショットされる説明が追加されました。また、CREATE_MIRROR に target_table_type => 'ICEBERG' を指定してSnowflake管理のIcebergテーブルへミラーリングできるようになり、外部カタログ・外部ストレージは非対応であることが明記されました。関連トラブルシューティングへのリンク移動と文言修正も行われています。
影響: ディスク容量と適用遅延の監視・設計が重要になり、必要に応じて Icebergターゲットを選択できる一方、WAL遅延による全テーブル再スナップショットの発生に注意が必要です。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+3/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-create+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-create@@ -47,4 +47,10 @@ disk (for example, >250 GB) to absorb load spikes without the mirror falling behind. +Disk size also affects write-ahead log (WAL) retention: `max_slot_wal_keep_size` defaults to one-tenth of the+allocated disk. If apply lag causes the WAL backlog to exceed that limit, Postgres invalidates+the replication slot and mirroring automatically re-snapshots all tables after 10 minutes. See+[Mirror re-snapshots all tables after a WAL-lag spike](/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-manage#mirror-re-snapshots-all-tables-after-a-wal-lag-spike)+for details.+ The BURSTABLE tier isn't supported for mirroring. Use STANDARD or HIGH MEMORY. @@ -54,5 +60,5 @@ which limits the total number of mirrors (and any other logical replication subscribers) on a single instance. If you plan to run many mirrors, see-[CREATE MIRROR fails if max_replication_slots is too low](/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-manage#label-replication-slot-limit)+[CREATE MIRROR fails if max_replication_slots is too low](/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-troubleshooting#label-replication-slot-limit) for how to increase the limit before you reach it. @@ -103,5 +109,5 @@ and replace `"my_role"` with the name of the role that will manage mirrors. -Don't revoke USAGE from the snowflake application as this will cause active mirrors to break.+Don't revoke USAGE from the snowflake application, because doing so breaks active mirrors. ## Step 3: Create the mirror@@ -131,4 +137,23 @@ [create_mirror](/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-reference#label-mirror-management-procedures). +By default, `CREATE_MIRROR` creates standard Snowflake tables as the target. To mirror into+Snowflake-managed Iceberg tables instead, add `target_table_type => 'ICEBERG'`:++```sql+CALL SNOWFLAKE.POSTGRES.CREATE_MIRROR(+ mirror_name => 'orders_mirror',+ postgres_instance => 'mirror-test-sql',+ postgres_database => 'postgres',+ target_database => 'POSTGRESMIRRORTOSNOWFLAKE',+ postgres_tables => ['public.devices', 'public.sensors', 'public.readings'],+ postgres_schemas => NULL,+ refresh_interval => '1 minute',+ target_table_type => 'ICEBERG'+);+```++Iceberg target tables use Snowflake-managed storage. External catalogs and external storage are+not supported.+ **Using the Snowflake UI:** @@ -177,3 +202,3 @@ ## Cloud and region availability -Mirroring is currently available only on Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Microsoft Azure. Mirrors cannot be created between different accounts, regions, or cloud providers.+Mirroring is currently available only on Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Microsoft Azure. Mirrors can't be created between different accounts, regions, or cloud providers.
Application Service に 水平スケーリング機能が追加され、既定では単一インスタンスで実行しつつ、MIN_INSTANCES と MAX_INSTANCES により CPU 使用率に応じたインスタンス増減を設定できるようになりました。app.yml または ALTER APPLICATION SERVICE ... SET MIN_INSTANCES = ... MAX_INSTANCES = ... 構文で指定できます。
影響: CPU 使用率に応じた自動スケーリングを利用して可用性や処理能力を高められますが、実行インスタンス数とクレジット使用量の関係はコスト documentation の確認が必要です。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+5/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/about-snowflake-app-runtime+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/about-snowflake-app-runtime@@ -121,4 +121,34 @@ surface in the same catalog regardless of how they were built. +<a id="label-snowflake-app-runtime-about-horizontal-scaling"></a>++## Horizontal scaling++By default, an Application Service runs as a single instance. Set+`MIN_INSTANCES` and `MAX_INSTANCES` if you want Snowflake to add and remove+instances based on CPU use. For how that scaling works, see+[](/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/scaling-services#label-spcs-working-with-services-enabling-autoscaling).++In `app.yml`:++```yaml+min_instances: 2+max_instances: 5+```++Or change them on a running service with SQL:++```sql+ALTER APPLICATION SERVICE my_db.my_schema.my_app+ SET MIN_INSTANCES = 2 MAX_INSTANCES = 5;+```++Running more instances doesn't necessarily increase credit usage; a new node+is provisioned only when existing nodes are full. See [](/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/cost).++For more information, see+[CREATE APPLICATION SERVICE](/sql-reference/sql/create-application-service) and+[ALTER APPLICATION SERVICE](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-service).+ <a id="label-snowflake-app-runtime-about-related-content"></a>
SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS に任意の instance_id パラメータが追加され、指定したインスタンス(既定値は 0)のログを取得できるようになりました。複数インスタンスのサービスで instance_id を指定する場合は tail_lines も必須です。
影響: 複数インスタンスのアプリケーションサービスでは、tail_lines と instance_id を指定して対象インスタンスのログを取得する必要があります。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+2/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_get_application_service_logs+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_get_application_service_logs@@ -16,5 +16,5 @@ ```sqlsyntax-SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS( '<service_identifier>' [ , <tail_lines> ] )+SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS( '<service_identifier>' [ , <tail_lines> [ , <instance_id> ] ] ) ``` @@ -28,6 +28,13 @@ <dt><code className="samp"><em>tail_lines</em></code></dt> <dd>- Optional integer specifying the number of lines to return from the tail of- the log. The default is `500`.+ Optional number of log lines to return, starting from the end. The default+ is `500`.+</dd>+<dt><code className="samp"><em>instance_id</em></code></dt>+<dd>+ Optional instance number to get logs from. Instances are numbered from `0`.+ The default is `0`. If that instance isn't running, Snowflake returns an+ error that lists the valid IDs, for example:+ `Invalid instance id 3. Valid instance ids: 0, 1`. </dd> </dl>@@ -52,4 +59,6 @@ - The service must be in a running state to return container logs. For a suspended service, the function returns an empty result.+- If the service has more than one instance, pass `instance_id` to choose+ which one. You must also pass `tail_lines`. - For structured logs routed through an active event table, query the event table directly. For more information, see@@ -62,3 +71,9 @@ ```sql SELECT SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS('my_db.my_schema.my_app');++-- Return the last 200 lines+SELECT SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS('my_db.my_schema.my_app', 200);++-- Return logs from instance 1+SELECT SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS('my_db.my_schema.my_app', 500, 1); ```
ALTER APPLICATION SERVICE に MIN_INSTANCES と MAX_INSTANCES の設定・解除構文が追加され、サービスのインスタンス数を変更できるようになりました。MAX_INSTANCES 未設定時は MIN_INSTANCES と同値になり、両方未設定の場合の既定値は 1 インスタンスです。
影響: サービスのスケール範囲を指定でき、両値を同時に変更する場合は同じ SET 句に記述する必要があります。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+6/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-service+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-service@@ -42,4 +42,6 @@ [ EXTERNAL_ACCESS_INTEGRATIONS = ( <integration_name> [ , ... ] ) ] [ QUERY_WAREHOUSE = <warehouse_name> ]+ [ MIN_INSTANCES = <num> ]+ [ MAX_INSTANCES = <num> ] [ COMMENT = '<string_literal>' ] @@ -50,4 +52,6 @@ EXTERNAL_ACCESS_INTEGRATIONS | QUERY_WAREHOUSE |+ MIN_INSTANCES |+ MAX_INSTANCES | COMMENT }@@ -174,4 +178,8 @@ package version (for example with `UPGRADE` or `snow app deploy`) that uses a supported runtime image, then resume the service.+- If `MAX_INSTANCES` isn't set, it matches `MIN_INSTANCES`. If neither is set,+ Snowflake runs one instance.+- To change both values in one statement, include both in the same `SET`+ clause. <a id="label-alter-application-service-examples"></a>@@ -211,2 +219,14 @@ EXTERNAL_ACCESS_INTEGRATIONS = ( my_eai, analytics_eai ); ```++Set instance counts:++```sql+ALTER APPLICATION SERVICE my_app SET MIN_INSTANCES = 2 MAX_INSTANCES = 5;+```++Unset `MAX_INSTANCES` so it matches `MIN_INSTANCES`:++```sql+ALTER APPLICATION SERVICE my_app UNSET MAX_INSTANCES;+```
サービス状態 SUSPENDED の説明が「コンピュートを課金しない」から「コンピュートを消費しない」に変更されました。SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS に 第3引数としてマルチインスタンスサービスのインスタンス番号(0 始まり)を指定できる構文が追加され、既定の取得行数は 500 のままです。
影響: マルチインスタンスサービスでは、インスタンス番号を指定して対象コンテナのログを個別に取得できます。
判定根拠: SQL 構文/コードブロックの増減 (+1/-0)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/observability+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/observability@@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ - `RUNNING`: the service is running and can accept requests. - `SUSPENDING`: a suspend is in progress.-- `SUSPENDED`: the service is stopped and not billing compute.+- `SUSPENDED`: the service is stopped and not consuming compute. - `FAILED`: a container in the service encountered an unrecoverable error. - `FAILING`: the service is transitioning to a failed state.@@ -83,12 +83,14 @@ unconverted values. -You can also read live container logs directly with SQL using+You can also read live container logs with SQL using [SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS](/sql-reference/functions/system_get_application_service_logs).-The function takes the fully qualified service name and, optionally, the number of tail lines to return (the-default is 500):+The second argument limits the number of lines returned (default: 500). For a+multi-instance service, pass a third argument to choose the instance by its+number, starting from 0: ```sql SELECT SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS('my_db.my_schema.my_app'); SELECT SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS('my_db.my_schema.my_app', 1000);+SELECT SYSTEM$GET_APPLICATION_SERVICE_LOGS('my_db.my_schema.my_app', 500, 1); ```
2026年7月24〜27日付で、Billing Entity Deprecation - Account Management SQL and Account View Changes という未バンドルの変更項目が追加されました。詳細な仕様変更の内容は diff からは詳細不明です。 影響: アカウント管理 SQL と Account View に関する非推奨化の確認が必要ですが、具体的な影響や移行手段は diff からは詳細不明です。
判定根拠: 追加行に「deprecated」
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/bcr-bundles/un-bundled/unbundled-behavior-changes+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/bcr-bundles/un-bundled/unbundled-behavior-changes@@ -45,4 +45,10 @@ <tbody> <tr>+ <td>**July 24-27, 2026**</td>+ <td>Billing Entity Deprecation - Account Management SQL and Account View Changes</td>+ <td>[](/release-notes/bcr-bundles/un-bundled/bcr-2399)</td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr> <td>**July 20-27, 2026**</td> <td>Snowflake App Runtime</td>
モデル対応表が更新され、claude-opus-5、claude-opus-4-8/4-7/4-6/4-5、claude-sonnet-4-6、claude-sonnet-4-5、claude-4-sonnet、claude-haiku-4-5、openai-gpt-5.6、openai-gpt-5.5 などの行が追加・整理された。あわせて、アカウント URL の例示表現が e.g. から for example に変更された(体裁上の変更)。
影響: 利用可能なモデルと機能の対応状況が変わっているため、Cortex REST API のリクエストでモデルを選ぶ際は、更新後の対応表で モデル名 と利用可能な機能を確認する必要がある。
変更内容: 本文を更新(163行追加・133行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-rest-api+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-rest-api@@ -75,5 +75,5 @@ Before you begin, you need: -1. Your **Snowflake account URL** (e.g., `https://<account-identifier>.snowflakecomputing.com`).+1. Your **Snowflake account URL** (for example, `https://<account-identifier>.snowflakecomputing.com`). 2. A **Snowflake Programmatic Access Token (PAT)** for authentication. See [](#label-pat-generate). 3. A **model name** to use in requests. See [](#label-cortex-complete-llm-model-availability) for available models.@@ -350,4 +350,79 @@ <tbody> <tr>+ <td>`claude-opus-5`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-8`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-7`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-6`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-5`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr> <td>`claude-sonnet-5`</td> <td>%cm%</td>@@ -365,133 +440,88 @@ </tr> <tr>- <td>`claude-opus-5`</td>+ <td>`claude-sonnet-4-6`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-sonnet-4-5`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-4-sonnet`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-haiku-4-5`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`openai-gpt-5.6`</td> <td>\*</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`openai-gpt-5.5`</td> <td>\*</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>\*</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-opus-4-8`</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>\*</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-opus-4-7`</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>\*</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-sonnet-4-6`</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-opus-4-6`</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-sonnet-4-5`</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-opus-4-5`</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-haiku-4-5`</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-4-sonnet`</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td> <td></td> <td></td>@@ -919,5 +949,5 @@ </div> -***** Indicates a preview function or model. Preview features are not suitable for production workloads.+\* Indicates a preview function or model. Preview features are not suitable for production workloads. You can also use any [fine-tuned](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-finetuning) model in any supported region.@@ -2837,5 +2867,5 @@ | Field | Type | Description | | ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| `model` | string | The model to use (see [](#label-cortex-complete-llm-model-availability)). You may also use the fully-qualified name of any [fine-tuned](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-finetuning) model in the format <code className="samp"><em>database</em>.<em>schema</em>.<em>model</em></code>. |+| `model` | string | The model to use (see [](#label-cortex-complete-llm-model-availability)). You may also use the fully qualified name of any [fine-tuned](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-finetuning) model in the format <code className="samp"><em>database</em>.<em>schema</em>.<em>model</em></code>. | | `messages` | array | An array of message objects representing the conversation. Each message must have a `role` (`system`, `user`, `assistant`, or `tool`) and `content` (string or array of content parts). ... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
description メタデータが削除され、本文では “can not” が “can't” に統一されました。また、SPRKSCL1172 の説明・EWI コメントで StructFiled の誤記を StructField に修正し、文法上の不自然さも改善されています。機能、パラメータ、構文の追加・削除はありません。 影響: 実務上は変換処理への影響はなく、ドキュメントの可読性と記載の正確性が向上します。
変更内容: 本文を更新(53行追加・152行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/issue-analysis/issue-codes-by-source/spark-scala/README+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/issue-analysis/issue-codes-by-source/spark-scala/README@@ -1,11 +1,2 @@-<dl className="field-list">-<dt>description<span className="colon">:</span></dt>-<dd>--org.apache.spark.sql.functions.covar_pop--</dd>-</dl>- # Snowpark Migration Accelerator: Issue Codes for Spark - Scala @@ -532,11 +523,11 @@ ### Description -This issue appears when the SMA detects a SQL-embedded code that can not be processed. Then, the SQL-embedded code can not be converted to Snowflake.--#### Scenario--**Input**--Below is an example of a SQL-embedded code that can not be processed.+This issue appears when the SMA detects a SQL-embedded code that can't be processed. Then, the SQL-embedded code can't be converted to Snowflake.++#### Scenario++**Input**++Below is an example of a SQL-embedded code that can't be processed. ```scala@@ -546,5 +537,5 @@ **Output** -The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1173` to the output code to let you know that the SQL-embedded code can not be processed.+The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1173` to the output code to let you know that the SQL-embedded code can't be processed. ```scala@@ -570,11 +561,11 @@ ### Description -This issue occurs when the current processing element is not a literal, then it can not be evaluated by SMA.--#### Scenario--**Input**--Below is an example when element to process is not a literal and it can not be evaluated by SMA.+This issue occurs when the current processing element is not a literal, then it can't be evaluated by SMA.++#### Scenario++**Input**++Below is an example when element to process is not a literal and it can't be evaluated by SMA. ```scala@@ -585,5 +576,5 @@ **Output** -The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1163` to the output code to let you know that `format_type` parameter is not a literal and it can not be evaluated by the SMA.+The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1163` to the output code to let you know that `format_type` parameter is not a literal and it can't be evaluated by the SMA. ```scala@@ -906,17 +897,17 @@ ## SPRKSCL1172 -Message: Snowpark does not support StructFiled with metadata parameter.--Category: Warning--### Description--This issue appears when the SMA detects that [org.apache.spark.sql.types.StructField.apply](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/scala/org/apache/spark/sql/types/StructField.html) with [org.apache.spark.sql.types.Metadata](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/scala/org/apache/spark/sql/types/Metadata.html) as parameter. This is because Snowpark does not supported the metadata parameter.--#### Scenario--**Input**--Below is an example of the `org.apache.spark.sql.types.StructField.apply` function that generates this EWI. In this example, the `apply` function is used to generate and instance of StructField.+Message: Snowpark does not support StructField with metadata parameter.++Category: Warning++### Description++This issue appears when the SMA detects that [org.apache.spark.sql.types.StructField.apply](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/scala/org/apache/spark/sql/types/StructField.html) with [org.apache.spark.sql.types.Metadata](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/scala/org/apache/spark/sql/types/Metadata.html) as parameter. This is because Snowpark does not support the metadata parameter.++#### Scenario++**Input**++Below is an example of the `org.apache.spark.sql.types.StructField.apply` function that generates this EWI. In this example, the `apply` function is used to generate an instance of StructField. ```scala@@ -929,5 +920,5 @@ ```scala-/*EWI: SPRKSCL1172 => Snowpark does not support StructFiled with metadata parameter.*/+/*EWI: SPRKSCL1172 => Snowpark does not support StructField with metadata parameter.*/ val result = StructField("f1", StringType(), True, metadata) ```@@ -1230,5 +1221,5 @@ ### Description -This issue appears when the SMA detects some statement that cannot correctly read or understand in the code of a file, it is called as **parsing error**, however the SMA can recovery from that parsing error and continue analyzing the code of the file. In this case, the SMA is able to process the code of the file without errors.+This issue appears when the SMA detects some statement that it cannot correctly read or understand in the code of a file — this is called a **parsing error**. However, the SMA can recover from that parsing error and continue analyzing the code of the file. In this case, the SMA is able to process the code of the file without errors. #### Scenario@@ -1407,5 +1398,5 @@ ### Description -This issue appears when the SMA detects a method that is not supported by Snowflake in the SparkBuilder method chaining. Therefore, it might affects the migration of the reader statement.+This issue appears when the SMA detects a method that is not supported by Snowflake in the SparkBuilder method chaining. Therefore, it might affect the migration of the reader statement. The following are the not supported SparkBuilder methods:@@ -1433,5 +1424,5 @@ **Output** -The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1103` to the output code to let you know that master, appName and enableHiveSupport methods are not supported by Snowpark. Then, it might affects the migration of the Spark Session statement.+The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1103` to the output code to let you know that master, appName and enableHiveSupport methods are not supported by Snowpark. Then, it might affect the migration of the Spark Session statement. ```scala@@ -1619,5 +1610,5 @@ **Output** -Since the tool can not determine the value of the variable in runtime, shows the EWI `SPRKSCL1163` indicating that the value is not supported.+Since the tool can't determine the value of the variable in runtime, shows the EWI `SPRKSCL1163` indicating that the value is not supported. ```scala@@ -1877,5 +1868,5 @@ **Output** -Since the tool can not determine the value of the variable in runtime, shows the EWI `SPRKSCL1163` indicating that the value is not supported.+Since the tool can't determine the value of the variable in runtime, shows the EWI `SPRKSCL1108` indicating that the value is not supported. ```scala@@ -1968,5 +1959,5 @@ **Output** -The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1169` to the output code to let you know that load function call is missing on the method chaining and SMA can not analyze the statement.+The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1169` to the output code to let you know that load function call is missing on the method chaining and SMA can't analyze the statement. ```scala@@ -2576,5 +2567,5 @@ **Recommended fix** -Since Snowflake does not supported regex patterns, try to replace the pattern by a not regex pattern string.+Since Snowflake does not support regex patterns, try to replace the pattern by a not regex pattern string. ##### Scenario 3@@ -2601,5 +2592,5 @@ **Recommended fix** -Since Snowflake does not supported split function with more than two parameters, try to use the split function supported by Snowflake.+Since Snowflake does not support split function with more than two parameters, try to use the split function supported by Snowflake. #### Additional recommendations@@ -2721,10 +2712,4 @@ - For more support, you can email us at [sma-support@snowflake.com](mailto:sma-support@snowflake.com) or post an issue [in the SMA](/migrations/sma-docs/user-guide/project-overview/configuration-and-settings).-------description: >--Snowpark and Snowpark Extensions were not added to the project configuration-file. ---@@ -3003,5 +2988,5 @@ **Output** -The SMA adds the EWI `SPRKSCL1104` to the output code to let you know config method is not supported by Snowpark. Then, it is not possible to set options in the Spark Session via config function and it might affects the migration of the ... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
米国政府向けリージョンの説明を整理し、コンプライアンス対応は Business Critical Edition(以上) のアカウントに限られることを明確化しました。表の見出しを「Compliance standards」から Supported Workloads に変更し、FedRAMP を「Class C (Moderate)」へ具体化、FIPS 140-3 と CJIS のリンクを追加しました(一部の SnowGov Regions の変更内容は diff からは詳細不明)。 影響: 政府関連ワークロードで利用するリージョンやコンプライアンス要件を、更新後の Supported Workloads 表とエディション要件に基づいて再確認する必要があります。
変更内容: 本文を更新(49行追加・62行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/intro-regions+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/intro-regions@@ -72,5 +72,5 @@ <td>us-west-2</td> <td>US West (Oregon)</td>- <td>Also supports some U.S. government compliance. See [](#label-us-gov-regions).</td>+ <td>Supports U.S. government compliance (see next section for details).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -82,5 +82,5 @@ <td>us-east-1</td> <td>US East (N. Virginia)</td>- <td>Also supports some U.S. government compliance. See [](#label-us-gov-regions).</td>+ <td>Supports U.S. government compliance (see next section for details).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -130,5 +130,5 @@ <td>southcentralus</td> <td>South Central US (Texas)</td>- <td>Also supports some U.S. government compliance (see next section for details).</td>+ <td>Supports U.S. government compliance (see next section for details).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@  -Snowflake makes the following regions available to customers that require compliance with common U.S. Federal and state government-standards. These regions are only supported for Snowflake accounts on [Business Critical Edition](/user-guide/intro-regions)-(or higher).+Snowflake makes the following regions available to customers that require compliance with common U.S.+Federal and state government standards. Compliance with such standards is only supported for Snowflake accounts+on Business Critical Edition (or higher). If your Snowflake account is in a [U.S. government region](#label-us-gov-regions) and you want to access data products that are@@ -176,5 +176,5 @@ <th>Cloud Region ID</th> <th>Region Name</th>- <th>Compliance standards</th>+ <th>Supported Workloads</th> </tr> </thead>@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ <td> -- [FedRAMP (Moderate)](/user-guide/cert-fedramp)+- [FedRAMP Class C (Moderate)](/user-guide/cert-fedramp) - [GovRAMP (Moderate)](/user-guide/cert-stateramp) - [TX-RAMP (Level 2)](/user-guide/cert-txramp)-- FIPS 140-2-- DOJ Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS) Security Policy - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms+- FIPS 140-2 and 140-3+- NIST 800-171+- [DOJ CJIS Security Policy](/user-guide/cert-cjis) - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms - IRS Publication 1075 - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms-- NIST 800-171 </td>@@ -203,5 +203,7 @@ <td>us-east-1</td> <td>US East (N. Virginia)</td>- <td>- [TX-RAMP (Level 2)](/user-guide/cert-txramp)</td>+ <td>+- [TX-RAMP (Level 2)](/user-guide/cert-txramp)+</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -210,10 +212,11 @@ <td> -- [FedRAMP (Moderate)](/user-guide/cert-fedramp)+- [FedRAMP Class C (Moderate)](/user-guide/cert-fedramp) - [GovRAMP (Moderate)](/user-guide/cert-stateramp) - [TX-RAMP (Level 2)](/user-guide/cert-txramp)-- FIPS 140-2-- DOJ Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS) Security Policy - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms+- FIPS 140-2 and 140-3+- [DOJ CJIS Security Policy](/user-guide/cert-cjis) - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms - IRS Publication 1075 - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms+ - NIST 800-171 @@ -247,18 +250,13 @@ <dd> -Snowflake makes the following SnowGov Regions on AWS GovCloud (US) and Microsoft Azure Government-available to customers who require additional security designed for US government regulated workloads and other types of sensitive data.-These regions are operated by Snowflake personnel who are U.S. persons located within the U.S. Certain features that are available in-Snowflake's commercial regions might not be available or might be different in its SnowGov Regions. Use of and access to Snowflake in any of-the SnowGov Regions are limited solely to U.S. Government Customers or U.S. Government Contractors (unless otherwise agreed upon by-Snowflake in its sole discretion) and are subject to Snowflake's [U.S. SnowGov Region Terms of Service](https://www.snowflake.com/en/legal-gov/terms-of-service/us-snowgov-terms-of-service/). As used here, a-"U.S. Government Customer" means a Snowflake customer that is: (a) a U.S. Federal, state, or local government entity or (b) a tribal-government entity; and a "U.S. Government Contractor" means a commercial entity that is required to process data provided by a U.S.-Government Customer to perform a prime contract or subcontract with or for such entity.--The SnowGov Regions support U.S. government standards, such as FedRAMP, Department of War Impact Levels, GovRAMP, TX-RAMP, FIPS-140-2, and the-International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) among others. As noted in the table below, certain standards require the customer to-accept supplemental contract terms. You must contact Snowflake and agree to the supplemental terms before uploading workloads covered by-these standards.+Snowflake makes the following SnowGov Regions on AWS GovCloud (US) and Microsoft Azure Government available to customers who require additional+security designed for US government regulated workloads and other types of sensitive data. Certain features that are available in Snowflake’s+commercial regions might not be available or might be different in its SnowGov Regions. Use of and access to Snowflake in any of the SnowGov+Regions are limited solely to U.S. Government Customers or U.S. Government Contractors+(unless otherwise agreed upon by Snowflake in its sole discretion) and are subject to Snowflake’s U.S. SnowGov Region Terms of Service.++The SnowGov Regions support U.S. government standards, such as FedRAMP, Department of War (DoW) Impact Levels, GovRAMP, TX-RAMP, FIPS, and+the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) among others. As noted in the table below, certain standards require the customer to+accept supplemental contract terms. You must contact Snowflake and agree to the supplemental terms before uploading workloads covered by these standards. Self-provisioning of initial Snowflake accounts is not available in the SnowGov Regions. To provision an initial account in these regions,@@ -293,6 +291,6 @@ <td> -- [FedRAMP (High)](/user-guide/cert-fedramp)-- [Department of War (DoW) Impact Level 4 (IL4)](/user-guide/cert-dodIL5)+- [FedRAMP Class D (High)](/user-guide/cert-fedramp)+- [DoW Impact Level 4 (IL4)](/user-guide/cert-dodIL5) - [GovRAMP (High)](/user-guide/cert-stateramp) - [TX-RAMP (Level 2)](/user-guide/cert-txramp)@@ -306,6 +304,6 @@ - DFARS 252.204-7012 - DFARS 252.239-7010-- DoJ [CJIS](/user-guide/cert-cjis) Security Policy-- IRS Publication 1075+- [DOJ CJIS Security Policy](/user-guide/cert-cjis) - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms+- IRS Publication 1075 - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms </td>@@ -316,6 +314,6 @@ <td> -- [FedRAMP High](/user-guide/cert-fedramp)-- [DoW IL4](/user-guide/cert-dodIL5)+- [FedRAMP Class D (High)](/user-guide/cert-fedramp)+- [DoW Impact Level 4 (IL4)](/user-guide/cert-dodIL5) - [GovRAMP (High)](/user-guide/cert-stateramp) - [TX-RAMP (Level 2)](/user-guide/cert-txramp)@@ -329,6 +327,6 @@ - DFARS 252.204-7012 - DFARS 252.239-7010-- DoJ [CJIS](/user-guide/cert-cjis) Security Policy-- IRS Publication 1075+- [DOJ CJIS Security Policy](/user-guide/cert-cjis) - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms+- IRS Publication 1075 - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms </td>@@ -339,7 +337,6 @@ <td> -- [DoW IL5](/user-guide/cert-dodIL5)-- BCAP-- FIPS 140-2+- [DoW Impact Level 5 (IL5)](/user-guide/cert-dodIL5)+- FIPS 140-2 and 140-3 - NIST 800-171 - [](/user-guide/cert-itar)@@ -350,6 +347,6 @@ - DFARS 252.204-7012 - DFARS 252.239-7010-- DoJ [CJIS](/user-guide/cert-cjis) Security Policy-- IRS Publication 1075+- [DOJ CJIS Security Policy](/user-guide/cert-cjis) - Requires Supplemental Contract Terms+- IRS Publica... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
主に文法・表現、リンク先、見出しアンカーを修正しました。Default Parameters May Need To Be Reordered は非推奨で、SnowConvert AI が既定パラメータを末尾へ自動移動する現行動作への参照リンクを絶対パスに変更し、BigQuery/Numeric のアンカーや翻訳仕様リンクも修正しています。 影響: 内容上の新機能や構文変更はなく、ドキュメント内リンクの到達性と表現が改善される一方、既定パラメータの自動並べ替えという既存動作を確認しやすくなります。
変更内容: 本文を更新(40行追加・41行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/snowconvert-docs/general/technical-documentation/issues-and-troubleshooting/conversion-issues/generalEWI+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/snowconvert-docs/general/technical-documentation/issues-and-troubleshooting/conversion-issues/generalEWI@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@ #### Example Code -The following example illustrates different parsing error scenarios where invalid syntax is placed in the input. Notice how the message varies between every scenario, these contents may be helpful on isolating and fixing the issue. For more information check "Message Contents" below.+The following example illustrates different parsing error scenarios where invalid syntax is placed in the input. Notice how the message varies between every scenario; these contents may be helpful in isolating and fixing the issue. For more information check "Message Contents" below. ##### Input Code: @@ -99,5 +99,5 @@ Default Parameters May Need To Be Reordered -This EWI is deprecated. SnowConvert AI now automatically reorders default parameters to the end of the parameter list instead of emitting this warning. Please refer to [SSC-FDM-0041](../functional-difference/generalFDM#ssc-fdm-0041) for the updated behavior.+This EWI is deprecated. SnowConvert AI now automatically reorders default parameters to the end of the parameter list instead of emitting this warning. Please refer to [SSC-FDM-0041](/migrations/snowconvert-docs/general/technical-documentation/issues-and-troubleshooting/functional-difference/generalFDM#ssc-fdm-0041) for the updated behavior. ### Severity@@ -215,5 +215,5 @@ #### Description -This error is added because Snowflake does not support date/numeric formats in some functions as is supported in the source language.+This error is added because Snowflake does not support date/numeric formats in some functions as the source language does. The following format elements are the ones that may behave differently in [Snowflake](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions-conversion#label-date-time-format-conversion): @@ -225,11 +225,11 @@ For more information please refer to [PostgreSQL Date/Time formats](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/functions-formatting.html#FUNCTIONS-FORMATTING-DATETIME-TABLE). -The transformation of the TO\_CHAR function supports most of this format elements, for a full list of suppported format elements and their equivalent mappings please refer to the [Translation specification](../../../../translation-references/redshift/redshift-functions#for-datetime-values)--### BigQuery Format <a href="#r_numeric_formating" id="r_numeric_formating"></a>+The transformation of the TO\_CHAR function supports most of these format elements, for a full list of supported format elements and their equivalent mappings please refer to the [Translation specification](/migrations/snowconvert-docs/translation-references/redshift/redshift-functions#for-datetime-values)++### BigQuery Format <a href="#r_bigquery_format" id="r_bigquery_format"></a> Review the [BigQuery format elements reference](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/format-elements). -### Numeric <a href="#r_numeric_formating" id="r_numeric_formating"></a>+### Numeric <a href="#r_numeric_formatting" id="r_numeric_formatting"></a> | Pattern | Description |@@ -339,5 +339,5 @@ #### Description -Currently, there is no support in Snowflake for extended regular expression beyond the [POSIX Basic Regular Expression syntax](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression#POSIX_basic_and_extended).+Currently, there is no support in Snowflake for extended regular expressions beyond the [POSIX Basic Regular Expression syntax](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression#POSIX_basic_and_extended). This EWI is added every time a function call to _REGEX\_SUBSTR, REGEX\_REPLACE,_ or _REGEX\_INSTR_ is transformed to Snowflake to warn the user about possible unsupported regular expressions. Some of the features **not supported** are lookahead, lookbehind, and non-capturing groups. @@ -679,5 +679,5 @@ #### MULTIPLE FUNCTION -Multiple function is not supported for PIVOT clauses, sometimes multiple function queries could be re-written using case statements, see the following Teradata sample for more information [https://docs.teradata.com/r/756LNiPSFdY\~4JcCCcR5Cw/L0kKSOrOeu\_68mcW3o8ilw](https://docs.teradata.com/r/756LNiPSFdY~4JcCCcR5Cw/L0kKSOrOeu_68mcW3o8ilw)+Multiple function is not supported for PIVOT clauses, sometimes multiple function queries could be re-written using case statements. See the following Teradata sample for more information [https://docs.teradata.com/r/756LNiPSFdY\~4JcCCcR5Cw/L0kKSOrOeu\_68mcW3o8ilw](https://docs.teradata.com/r/756LNiPSFdY~4JcCCcR5Cw/L0kKSOrOeu_68mcW3o8ilw) ##### Example Code@@ -960,5 +960,5 @@ #### Best Practices -* If this error happens is because there is no Snowflake equivalent for the node that is being converted. +* If this error happens, it is because there is no Snowflake equivalent for the node that is being converted.  * If you need more support, you can email us at [snowconvert-support@snowflake.com](mailto:snowconvert-support@snowflake.com) @@ -1065,5 +1065,5 @@ #### Best Practices -* Make sure all the dependencies(tables and views) related to the procedure statement are being migrated.+* Make sure all the dependencies (tables and views) related to the procedure statement are being migrated. * If you need more support, you can email us at [snowconvert-support@snowflake.com](mailto:snowconvert-support@snowflake.com) @@ -1394,5 +1394,4 @@ #### Best Practices -* Check if a cast to a Date, Time, or Timestamp is necessary for the binding. Some cases are not necessary because an implicit conversion is done to the value. * If you need more support, you can email us at [snowconvert-support@snowflake.com](mailto:snowconvert-support@snowflake.com) @@ -1442,5 +1441,5 @@ ## SSC-EWI-0029 -External table data format not supported in snowflake+External table data format not supported in Snowflake ### Severity@@ -1856,7 +1855,7 @@ * Please refer to the following links to check the current transformation of the specific function you are trying to convert:- * [Oracle built-in functions](../../../../translation-references/oracle/functions/README)- * [Teradata built-in functions](../../../../translation-references/teradata/sql-translation-reference/teradata-built-in-functions)- * [SQL Server built-in functions](../../../../translation-references/transact/transact-built-in-functions)+ * [Oracle built-in functions](/migrations/snowconvert-docs/translation-references/oracle/functions/README)+ * [Teradata built-in functions](/migrations/snowconvert-docs/translation-references/teradata/sql-translation-reference/teradata-built-in-functions)+ * [SQL Server built-in functions](/migrations/snowconvert-docs/translation-references/transact/transact-built-in-functions) * If you need more support, you can email us at [snowconvert-support@snowflake.com](mailto:snowconvert-support@snowflake.com) @@ -1969,5 +1968,5 @@ #### Best Practices -* Make sure all the dependencies(tables and views) related to the procedure statement are being migrated.+* Make sure all the dependencies (tables and views) related to the procedure statement are being migrated. * If you need more support, you can email us at [snowconvert-support@snowflake.com](mailto:snowconvert-support@snowflake.com) @@ -2031,5 +2030,5 @@ #### Description -_**CHECK**_ constraint is not supported by Snowflake but it does not affect functionally. +_**CHECK**_ constraint is not supported by Snowflake but it does not affect functionality.  #### Example Code@@ -2207,5 +2206,5 @@ The file has an unexpected encoding and was not translated -This `EWI` is deprecated, please refer to [SSC... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
TIMESTAMP_TZ の表記や説明文の重複・誤記を修正し、日数の戻り値を 1〜365(うるう年は366)に明確化しました。また、RESULTCASE の有効値を firstOnly に変更し、区間 UDF が加算にも対応したほか、使用例で DIFF_TIME_PERIOD_UDF を参照するよう更新しています。MINUEND の説明は途中で切れており、詳細は diff からは不明です。
影響: DIFF_TIME_PERIOD_UDF などの関数名・構文や RESULTCASE の指定値を利用している移行コードは、更新内容に合わせた確認・修正が必要です。
変更内容: 本文を更新(30行追加・34行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/code-conversion/function-references/teradata+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/code-conversion/function-references/teradata@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ ### Parameters -`INPUT` TimeSTAMP_TZ+`INPUT` TIMESTAMP_TZ The method to extract the quarter number.@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ ### Returns -A whole number from 1 to 371.+A whole number from 1 to 365 (or 366 in leap years). ### Example@@ -366,5 +366,5 @@ `RESULTCASE` VARCHAR -The format in which the result should be displayed. Valid options are 'uppercase', 'lowercase', or 'capitalized'.+The format in which the result should be displayed. Valid options are 'uppercase', 'lowercase', or 'firstOnly'. ### Returns@@ -490,5 +490,5 @@ The time duration that will be converted into seconds. -`INPUT_VALUE` VARCHAR - The input parameter that accepts text data. - The input parameter that accepts text data.+`INPUT_VALUE` VARCHAR - The input parameter that accepts text data. The time interval type for conversion. Examples include 'DAY', 'DAY TO HOUR', and other valid interval types.@@ -674,5 +674,5 @@ ### Parameters -`TIME` is a data type used to store time values in hours, minutes, seconds, and fractions of seconds. is a data type that represents a time value stored as a text string.+`TIME` is a data type used to store time values in hours, minutes, seconds, and fractions of seconds. The timestamp that will be used as an anchor point.@@ -821,5 +821,5 @@ ### Returns -A `varchar` containing the abbreviated name of a month (e.g., "Jan", "Feb", etc.).+A `varchar` containing the abbreviated name of a month (for example, "Jan", "Feb", and so on). ### Usage example@@ -930,5 +930,5 @@ A user-defined function (UDF) that replicates the P_INTERSECT operator. This function compares two or more time periods and identifies where they overlap, returning the common time interval between them. -Creates a string representation of a period's start and end values (for `TIMESTAMP` represents a data type that stores both date and time information., `TIME`, or `DATE` is a data type used to store calendar dates (year, month, and day) without time information. data types). This function emulates Teradata's period value constructor function. The output string follows Snowflake's default format for `PERIOD` values. To adjust the precision of the output, you can either:+Creates a string representation of a period's start and end values (for `TIMESTAMP`, `TIME`, or `DATE` data types). This function emulates Teradata's period value constructor function. The output string follows Snowflake's default format for `PERIOD` values. To adjust the precision of the output, you can either: - Modify the session parameter `timestamp_output_format`@@ -1102,5 +1102,5 @@ ### Returns -The function returns either 0 or 1.+The function returns a score between 0 (completely different) and 1 (identical). ### Usage example@@ -1365,5 +1365,5 @@ ### Definition -UDFs (User-Defined Functions) that handle subtraction operations between an interval value and a column reference of type interval.+UDFs (User-Defined Functions) that handle addition and subtraction operations between an interval value and a column reference of type interval. ```sql@@ -1401,5 +1401,5 @@ ### Returns -A `varchar` value that represents the result of subtracting two time intervals.+A `varchar` value that represents the result of adding or subtracting two time intervals. ### Migration example@@ -1710,5 +1710,5 @@ ```sql :force:-SELECT ROW_COUNT_UDF(DIFFTTIME_PERIOD('SECONDS','2022-11-26 10:15:20.000*2022-11-26 10:15:25.000'));+SELECT ROW_COUNT_UDF(DIFF_TIME_PERIOD_UDF('SECONDS','2022-11-26 10:15:20.000*2022-11-26 10:15:25.000')); ``` @@ -1801,7 +1801,5 @@ ### Parameters -`MINUEND` A timestamp value that will be subtracted from--Time to be subtracted from the original value.+`MINUEND` The time value from which `SUBTRAHEND` will be subtracted. `SUBTRAHEND` The timestamp value to be subtracted from another timestamp@@ -1900,9 +1898,9 @@ `INPUT` TIMESTAMP_TZ -A date value that will be used to determine the corresponding day of the week.--### Returns--A whole number from 1 to 33 (inclusive).+A date value that will be used to determine the corresponding day of the month.++### Returns++A whole number from 1 to 31 (inclusive). ### Example@@ -1927,5 +1925,5 @@ ### Definition -UDF (User-Defined Function) that processes December 31st and returns the corresponding ISO year. This function is used as a component of the PUBLIC.YEAR_END_IDO_UDF calculation.+UDF (User-Defined Function) that processes December 31st and returns the corresponding ISO year. This function is used as a component of the PUBLIC.YEAR_END_ISO_UDF calculation. ```sql@@ -1970,5 +1968,5 @@ ```sql :force:-PUBLIC.DATE_ADD_UDF(FIRST_DATE DATE, SECOND_DATE DATE)+PUBLIC.DATEADD_UDF(FIRST_DATE DATE, SECOND_DATE DATE) ``` @@ -1982,6 +1980,4 @@ Add the second date value together with first_date.--### ### Returns@@ -2133,5 +2129,5 @@ ### Parameters -`MINUEND` A timestamp value that will be subtracted from represents the timestamp value that will be subtracted from+`MINUEND` The timestamp value from which `SUBTRAHEND` will be subtracted. The date being used as the starting point for subtraction.@@ -2471,5 +2467,5 @@ `OCCURRENCE` DOUBLE - A numeric data type that represents the number of times an event occurs, stored as a double-precision floating-point number. -The position in the text where the search will begin (starting from position 1).+The occurrence number to search for (for example, 2 finds the second match). ### Returns@@ -2602,5 +2598,5 @@ ### Parameters -`SEARCHNAME` VARCHAR - A variable of type VARCHAR used to store search terms or names. - A variable of type VARCHAR used to store search terms or names.+`SEARCHNAME` VARCHAR - A variable of type VARCHAR used to store search terms or names. The name to search for within the key-value pairs.@@ -2671,6 +2667,6 @@ ```sql :force:-SELECT PUBLIC.WEEK_OF_YEAR_UDF(DATE '2024-05-10'),-PUBLIC.WEEK_OF_YEAR_UDF(DATE '2020-01-03')+SELECT PUBLIC.TD_WEEK_OF_YEAR_UDF(DATE '2024-05-10'),+PUBLIC.TD_WEEK_OF_YEAR_UDF(DATE '2020-01-03') ``` @@ -3032,5 +3028,5 @@ ### Definition -Identify the month from a given date.+Identify the week number of the month from a given date. ```sql@@ -3043,9 +3039,9 @@ `INPUT` TIMESTAMP_TZ -The date from which to calculate the month number.--### Returns--A numeric value representing the month (1-12) of a given date.+The date from which to calculate the week of the month.++### Returns++A numeric value representing the week of the month (1-4) for the given date. ### Usage example
TIMESTAMP の参照先アンカーを observed-timestamp から timestamp に変更し、Iceberg Auto Refresh の説明を「automated refresh」に更新しました。また、RECORD 列の説明の英文法を修正しました。
影響: 機能や列仕様の変更は diff からは確認できず、主に文言とアンカーの修正であるため、実務上の動作への影響はありません。
変更内容: 本文を更新(31行追加・31行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/logging-tracing/event-table-columns+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/logging-tracing/event-table-columns@@ -176,12 +176,12 @@ <div className="colwidths-auto"> -| Attribute | Description |-| ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| [TIMESTAMP](#label-event-table-observed-timestamp-column) | The timestamp when the event was created. |-| [RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTES](#label-event-table-resource-attributes-column) | Attributes that identify the Iceberg Auto Refresh event, such as database, schema, table, and catalog names. |-| [RECORD_TYPE](#label-event-table-record-type-column) | The event type `EVENT`. |-| [RECORD](#label-event-table-record-column) | Detailed information about the status of the operation associated with the event, including name and severity. |-| [RECORD_ATTRIBUTES](#label-event-table-record-attributes-event-iceberg) | Attributes associated with the event. |-| [VALUE](#label-event-table-value-column) | Additional information specific to the event. |+| Attribute | Description |+| ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |+| [TIMESTAMP](#label-event-table-timestamp-column) | The timestamp when the event was created. |+| [RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTES](#label-event-table-resource-attributes-column) | Attributes that identify the Iceberg automated refresh event, such as database, schema, table, and catalog names. |+| [RECORD_TYPE](#label-event-table-record-type-column) | The event type `EVENT`. |+| [RECORD](#label-event-table-record-column) | Detailed information about the status of the operation associated with the event, including name and severity. |+| [RECORD_ATTRIBUTES](#label-event-table-record-attributes-event-iceberg) | Attributes associated with the event. |+| [VALUE](#label-event-table-value-column) | Additional information specific to the event. | </div>@@ -203,5 +203,5 @@ ## RECORD column -Provides core information about the event, include the log level for a log event, or the name for trace event (span or span event record).+Provides core information about the event, including the log level for a log event, or the name for a trace event (span or span event record). Attributes, if any, for the record are recorded in the [RECORD_ATTRIBUTES column](#label-event-table-record-attributes-column).@@ -534,8 +534,8 @@ | Attribute | Type | Description | | ---------------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| `code.filepath` | int | The file containing code that generated the message. |+| `code.filepath` | string | The file containing code that generated the message. | | `code.function` | string | The name of the function that generated the message. | | `code.lineno` | int | The line number in code that generated the message. |-| `code.namespace` | int | The namespace of code that generated the messages. |+| `code.namespace` | string | The namespace of code that generated the message. | | `exception.message` | string | The error message from an [unhandled exception](/developer-guide/logging-tracing/unhandled-exception-messages). | | `exception.type` | string | The name of the class for an [unhandled exception](/developer-guide/logging-tracing/unhandled-exception-messages). |@@ -684,5 +684,5 @@ <td> -The row represents a span event. The may be multiple span event records attached to a particular span. Your handler code may create+The row represents a span event. There may be multiple span event records attached to a particular span. Your handler code may create events to fit your needs. The number of span events is limited to 128. @@ -765,5 +765,5 @@ <td>`snow.executable.id`</td> <td>int</td>- <td>The internal/system-generated identifier of the executable (procedure, function, SnowService, etc.) generating the event.</td>+ <td>The internal/system-generated identifier of the executable (procedure, function, SnowService, and so on) generating the event.</td> <td>`12345`</td> </tr>@@ -773,20 +773,4 @@ <td>The name of the executable generating the event. For example, this might be the name of the procedure, function, or Streamlit app.</td> <td>`MY_UDF`</td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`snow.executable.runtime.version`</td>- <td>string</td>- <td>--The executable language's runtime version. This will be a value specific to the language, as described below:--- Java: `11` or `17`-- JavaScript: No value-- Python: From `3.10` to `3.12`-- Scala: `2.12`-- SQL: No value--</td>- <td>`procedure`</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -810,4 +794,20 @@ </tr> <tr>+ <td>`snow.executable.runtime.version`</td>+ <td>string</td>+ <td>++The executable language's runtime version. This will be a value specific to the language, as described below:++- Java: `11` or `17`+- JavaScript: No value+- Python: From `3.10` to `3.12`+- Scala: `2.12`+- SQL: No value++</td>+ <td>`3.11`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr> <td>`snow.owner.id`</td> <td>int</td>@@ -859,5 +859,5 @@ | `db.user` | string | For a function or procedure, the name of the user executing the function or procedure. For a Streamlit app, the name of the user who was viewing the app for a given event. | `MY_USER_NAME` | | `snow.query.id` | string | The ID of the query. | `01a6aeb7-0604-c466-0000-097127d13812` |-| `snow.release.version` | string | The Snowflake release running when event was generated ... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(30行追加・28行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/collaboration/listings/pricing-plans-offers/providers-create-manage-offers+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/collaboration/listings/pricing-plans-offers/providers-create-manage-offers@@ -40,5 +40,5 @@ ## Working with offers -The **Offers** tab shows a list of both standard and private offers that are available for a listing. The table includes the following information about each offer:+The **Offers** tab shows a list of both standard and private offers that are available for a listing. The following details are available for Standard offers:@@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ - Expiration date - Target consumer-- Pricing plan Terms+- Pricing plan terms - Last updated date @@ -109,5 +109,6 @@ 1. Select **Standard offer**. 2. Select the **Purchase type**:- - Select **Self-serve** to allow consumers to see the price and purchase the listing directly+ - Select **Self-serve** to allow consumers to see the price and purchase the listing directly.+ - Select **Sales-led** to require consumers to contact you to purchase the listing. @@ -212,6 +213,6 @@ 4. Select **Next**. - 2. On the **Billings and payments** page, select an existing pricing plan` and enter the following information.- 1. Review the negotiated price details in the **Plan components** table.+ 5. On the **Billing and payments** page, select an existing pricing plan and enter the following information.+ 6. Review the negotiated price details in the **Plan components** table. Optional: Hover on a row in the **Plan components** table and select the **Edit** icon to modify the component details.@@ -220,6 +221,6 @@ - For flat-fee plans, you can edit the access fee price or apply a discount percentage. - 2. Specify the contract type:- - **Limited-time**: This grants access for a fixed period of time, such as 30 days. Consumers can be charged upfront or in installments+ 7. Specify the contract type:+ - **Limited-time**: This grants access for a fixed period of time, such as 30 days. Consumers can be charged upfront or in installments. - **Recurring (Subscription)**: This grants continuous access. Consumers are billed at the chosen frequency for the contract duration, and the subscription auto-renews until the consumer [cancels](#label-pricing-plans-offers-consumer-cancel-purchase) the purchase. @@ -253,10 +254,10 @@ </blockquote> - 3. On the **Access and terms** page, specify the access start date and the terms of service for the offer.+ 2. On the **Access and terms** page, specify the access start date and the terms of service for the offer. The access start date is the date when the consumer can start using the product. You can set this to **When offer accepted** to allow the consumer to start using the product immediately after accepting the offer, or you can configure a specific start date. - 4. Select **Next**.- 5. On the **Summary** page, review the offer details, and then select **Done**.+ 3. Select **Next**.+ 4. On the **Summary** page, review the offer details, and then select **Done**. Upon completion, the offer appears on the **Private offers** tab. The initial status will show **Active**, indicating that the offer is ready to be accepted by the consumer. The consumer can either accept or reject the offer, and the status will be updated accordingly.@@ -353,12 +354,13 @@ 4. Select **Next**. - 2. On the **Billings and payments** page, select **Apple one-time pricing** and enter the following information.- 1. Specify the total contract value.- 2. Specify the contract type:- - **Limited-time**: This grants access for a fixed period of time, such as 30 days. Consumers can be charged upfront or in installments+ 5. On the **Billing and payments** page, select **Apply one-time pricing** and enter the following information.+ 6. Specify the total contract value.+ 7. Specify the contract type:+ - **Limited-time**: This grants access for a fixed period of time, such as 30 days. Consumers can be charged upfront or in installments.+ - **Recurring (Subscription)**: This grants continuous access. Consumers are billed at the chosen frequency for the contract duration, and the subscription auto-renews until the consumer [cancels](#label-pricing-plans-offers-consumer-cancel-purchase) the purchase. - 3. Enter a contract duration to indicate the length of time that the offer is valid for.- 4. Specify payment options for the offer:+ 8. Enter a contract duration to indicate the length of time that the offer is valid for.+ 9. Specify payment options for the offer: - **Require full payment upfront**: The consumer pays the total contract value (TCV) at the start of the contract. - **Accept installments**: Allow the consumer to pay in equal monthly installments or specify custom installment amounts.@@ -366,17 +368,17 @@ If you select the **Accept installments** option, you can specify the number of installments and the installment amount. - 5. Specify the first invoice date.-- The first invoice date is the date when the consumer will be billed for the first time.-- 6. Select whether to require a credit card to be on file.- 7. Select **Next**.-- 3. On the **Access and terms** page, specify the access start date and the terms of service for the offer.+ 10. Specify the first invoice date.++ The first invoice date is the date when the consumer will be billed for the first time.++ 11. Select whether to require a credit card to be on file.+ 12. Select **Next**.++ 2. On the **Access and terms** page, specify the access start date and the terms of service for the offer. The access start date is the date when the consumer can start using the product. You can set this to **When offer accepted** to allow the consumer to start using the product immediately after accepting the offer, or you can configure a specific start date. - 4. Select **Next**.- 5. On the **Summary** page, review the offer details, and then select **Done**.+ 3. Select **Next**.+ 4. On the **Summary** page, review the offer details, and then select **Done**. **SQL:**@@ -481,5 +483,5 @@ ## Edit a private offer -The steps below describe how to edit a private offers. Only private offers that have the following status can be edited:+The steps below describe how to edit a private offer. Only private offers that have the following status can be edited: - DRAFT@@ -566,4 +568,4 @@ 4. Select a paid listing in the list. 5. Click the **Private Offers** tab.-6. Click the %vertical-ellipsis% button for private offer you want to withdraw and then select **Withdraw**.+6. Click the %vertical-ellipsis% button for the private offer you want to withdraw and then select **Withdraw**. 7. Click **Withdraw offer**.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(41行追加・15行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-cli+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-cli@@ -207,9 +207,17 @@ </tr> <tr>- <td>Claude Opus 4.8 (Preview)</td>+ <td>Claude Opus 5</td>+ <td>`claude-opus-5`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Claude Sonnet 5</td>+ <td>`claude-sonnet-5`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Claude Opus 4.8</td> <td>`claude-opus-4-8`</td> </tr> <tr>- <td>Claude Opus 4.7 (Preview)</td>+ <td>Claude Opus 4.7</td> <td>`claude-opus-4-7`</td> </tr>@@ -235,5 +243,5 @@ </tr> <tr>- <td>OpenAI GPT 5.5</td>+ <td>OpenAI GPT 5.5 (Preview)</td> <td>`openai-gpt-5.5`</td> </tr>@@ -290,14 +298,32 @@ <tbody> <tr>- <td>`claude-opus-4-8` (Preview)</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td>%cm%</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- </tr>- <tr>- <td>`claude-opus-4-7` (Preview)</td>+ <td>`claude-opus-5`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-sonnet-5`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-8`</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-7`</td> <td>%cm%</td> <td>%cm%</td>@@ -353,5 +379,5 @@ </tr> <tr>- <td>`openai-gpt-5.5`</td>+ <td>`openai-gpt-5.5` (Preview)</td> <td>%cm%</td> <td></td>@@ -394,5 +420,5 @@ following settings based on your needs: -- **AWS_US**: Recommended for the best experience with **Claude Opus 4.x** models.+- **AWS_US**: Recommended for the best experience with **Claude Opus** models. - **AWS_EU**: Access Claude models from the EU. - **AWS_APJ**: Access Claude models from APJ (may be limited to Claude Sonnet 4.0).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(24行追加・30行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/issue-analysis/issue-codes-by-source/python/README+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/issue-analysis/issue-codes-by-source/python/README@@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ ## SPRKPY1002 -Message**:** < element > is not supported,Spark element is not supported.+Message**:** < element > is not supported. Spark element is not supported. Category**:** Conversion error.@@ -75,5 +75,5 @@ - Even though the option or the element on the message is not supported, this does not mean that a solution cannot be found. It only means that the tool itself cannot find the solution.-- If you have encountered an unsupported element from a pyspark.ml library, consider some alternative approaches. There are additional guides available to walkthrough issues related to ml such as this one from Snowflake.+- If you have encountered an unsupported element from a pyspark.ml library, consider some alternative approaches. There are additional guides available to walk through issues related to ML such as this one from [Snowflake](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark/python/snowpark-python-ml). - Check if the source code has the correct syntax. (You can use the issues.csv file to determine where the conversion error(s) are occurring.) If the syntax is correct, report that you encountered a conversion error on a particular element using the Report an Issue option in the SMA. Include the line of code that was causing the error in the description when you file this issue. - For more support, you can email us at [sma-support@snowflake.com](mailto:sma-support@snowflake.com) or post an issue [in the SMA](/migrations/sma-docs/user-guide/project-overview/configuration-and-settings).@@ -171,5 +171,5 @@ **Input** -In this example there are two context to create a connections to an Spark Cluster+In this example there are two contexts to create connections to a Spark Cluster ```python@@ -182,5 +182,5 @@ **Output** -Because there are no clusters on Snowflake the Context is not required, note that the variables my_sc1 and my_sc2 that contains Spark properties may be not required or it will to be adapted to fix the code.+Because there are no clusters on Snowflake the Context is not required, note that the variables my_sc1 and my_sc2 that contain Spark properties might not be required or will need to be adapted to fix the code. ```python@@ -258,5 +258,5 @@ **Input** -In this example an example to create a connection to an Hive store.+In this example, there is an example showing how to create a connection to a Hive store. ```python@@ -269,5 +269,5 @@ **Output** -In Snowflake there are not Hive stores, so the Hive Context is not required, You can still use parquet files on Snowflake please check this [tutorial](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tutorials/script-data-load-transform-parquet) to learn how.+In Snowflake there are no Hive stores, so the Hive Context is not required. You can still use parquet files on Snowflake please check this [tutorial](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tutorials/script-data-load-transform-parquet) to learn how. ```python@@ -278,9 +278,9 @@ ``` -the sc variable refers to a [Snow Park Session Object](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark/reference/python/1.23.0/snowpark/api/snowflake.snowpark.Session)--**Recommended fix**--For the output code in the example you should add the [Snow Park Session Object](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark/reference/python/1.23.0/snowpark/api/snowflake.snowpark.Session) similar to this code:+the sc variable refers to a [Snowpark Session Object](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark/reference/python/1.23.0/snowpark/api/snowflake.snowpark.Session)++**Recommended fix**++For the output code in the example you should add the [Snowpark Session Object](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark/reference/python/1.23.0/snowpark/api/snowflake.snowpark.Session) similar to this code: ```python@@ -315,5 +315,5 @@ **Input** -It's important understand that Pyspark uses two different approxQuantile functions, here we use the [DataFrame approxQuantile](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/reference/pyspark.sql/api/pyspark.sql.DataFrame.approxQuantile.html) version+It's important to understand that Pyspark uses two different approxQuantile functions, here we use the [DataFrame approxQuantile](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/reference/pyspark.sql/api/pyspark.sql.DataFrame.approxQuantile.html) version ```python@@ -406,5 +406,5 @@ **Output** -SMA returns the EWI SPRKPY1010 over the line where approxQuantile is used, so you can use to identify where to fix. Note that also marks the [setCheckpointDir](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/reference/api/pyspark.SparkContext.setCheckpointDir.html) as unsupported, but a checpointed directory is not required for the fix.+SMA returns the EWI SPRKPY1010 over the line where checkpoint is used, so you can use it to identify where to fix. Note that also marks the [setCheckpointDir](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/reference/api/pyspark.SparkContext.setCheckpointDir.html) as unsupported, but a checkpointed directory is not required for the fix. ```python@@ -484,5 +484,5 @@ **Input** -It's important understand that Pyspark uses two different approxQuantile functions, here we use the [DataFrameStatFunctions approxQuantile](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/reference/pyspark.sql/api/pyspark.sql.DataFrameStatFunctions.approxQuantile.html#pyspark.sql.DataFrameStatFunctions.approxQuantile) version.+It's important to understand that Pyspark uses two different approxQuantile functions, here we use the [DataFrameStatFunctions approxQuantile](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/reference/pyspark.sql/api/pyspark.sql.DataFrameStatFunctions.approxQuantile.html#pyspark.sql.DataFrameStatFunctions.approxQuantile) version. ```python@@ -553,5 +553,5 @@ **Input** -For this example the dataframe df is writed to a Spark table "table".+For this example the dataframe df is written to a Spark table "table". ```python@@ -570,5 +570,5 @@ **Recommended fix** -Use df.write.SaveAsTable() instead.+Use df.write.save_as_table() instead. ```python@@ -1118,10 +1118,4 @@ - For more support, you can email us at [sma-support@snowflake.com](mailto:sma-support@snowflake.com) or post an issue [in the SMA](/migrations/sma-docs/user-guide/project-overview/configuration-and-settings).-------description: >--The `mode` parameter in the methods of CSV, JSON and PARQUET is transformed to-`overwrite` ---@@ -3127,5 +3121,4 @@ ## Output Code from snowflake.snowpark import Session-from snowflake.snowpark import Session def example1():@@ -3268,5 +3261,5 @@ **Output** -Since the tool can not determine the value of the variable in runtime, shows the EWI `SPRKPY1054` indicating that the value "" is not supported.+Since the tool can't determine the value of the variable in runtime, shows the EWI `SPRKPY1054` indicating that the value "" is not supported. ```python@@ -3777,5 +3770,5 @@ ```python #EWI: SPRKPY1062 => pyspark.sql.group.GroupedData.pivot without parameter 'values' is not supported. See documentation for more info.-df.groupBy("date").pivot("category", [v[0] for v in df.select("category").distinct().limit(10000).collect()]]).sum("amount")+df.groupBy("date").pivot("category", [v[0] for v in df.select("category").distinct().limit(10000).collect()]).sum("amount") ``` @@ -3867,5 +3860,5 @@ ```python-#EWI: SPRKPY1062 => pyspark.sql.pandas.functions.pandas_udf has a workaround, see documentation for more info+#EWI: SPRKPY1063 => pyspark.sql.pandas.functions.pandas_udf has a workaround, see documentation for more info @pandas_udf(schema, PandasUDFType.GROUPED_MAP) @@ -4211,5 +4204,5... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(27行追加・27行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/update-app-upgrade+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/update-app-upgrade@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ ``` -This command sets the upgrade date and time to April 6, 2025 at 11:00am.+This command sets the upgrade date and time to April 6, 2025 at 11:00 am. ### Change the upgrade date and time for a custom release directive -1. To change the upgrade date and time for a default release directive:+1. To change the upgrade date and time for a custom release directive: ```sql ALTER APPLICATION PACKAGE hello_snowflake_package@@ -105,5 +105,5 @@ ``` -This command sets the upgrade date and time to April 6, 2025 at 11:00am.+This command sets the upgrade date and time to April 6, 2025 at 11:00 am. ## Start an upgrade@@ -144,5 +144,5 @@ The consumer performs a manual upgrade by running the [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application).-This command initiate the upgrade of an installed version or patch of an app using the release directive+This command initiates the upgrade of an installed version or patch of an app using the release directive specified in the application package. @@ -167,5 +167,5 @@ If a provider publishes a %native-app% using [Cross-Cloud Auto-Fulfillment](/collaboration/provider-listings-auto-fulfillment),-automated upgrades may take a while to upgrade depending on multiple factors, including:+automated upgrades may take some time depending on multiple factors, including: - The value of the refresh schedule.@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@ <div className="colwidths-auto"> -| | Stage | Description |-| - | ------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| 1 | App is disabled? | If the app is disabled, no upgrade is possible. |-| 2 | Set release directive to v2.0 | The provider sets the release directive to v2.0. |-| 3 | Eligible to upgrade | Snowflake performs checks to verify that the app is eligible to upgrade. These checks include verifying that the app is not disabled, that application package is available, that the version and patch is valid for upgrade, the consumer account is valid, etc. |-| 4 | Obtain upgrade slot? | Depending on the number of apps being upgraded, the number of consumer accounts, etc. they may have to wait to begin the upgrade process. |-| 5 | Setup script run successfully? | When the upgrade begins, Snowflake runs setup script. If any uncaught errors occur, the setup script execution stops. Snowflake queues the app for upgrade again based on the number of retries configured. |-| 6 | Is version updated? | Snowflake checks to see if the upgrade is for a version or patch. If the upgrade is for a version, Snowflake performs additional checks and waits until all jobs from the older version of the app have completed. |+| | Stage | Description |+| - | ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |+| 1 | App is disabled? | If the app is disabled, no upgrade is possible. |+| 2 | Set release directive to v2.0 | The provider sets the release directive to v2.0. |+| 3 | Eligible to upgrade | Snowflake performs checks to verify that the app is eligible to upgrade. These checks include verifying that the app is not disabled, that the application package is available, that the version and patch are valid for upgrade, the consumer account is valid, and so on. |+| 4 | Obtain upgrade slot? | Depending on the number of apps being upgraded, the number of consumer accounts, and so on, they may have to wait to begin the upgrade process. |+| 5 | Setup script run successfully? | When the upgrade begins, Snowflake runs the setup script. If any uncaught errors occur, the setup script execution stops. Snowflake queues the app for upgrade again based on the number of retries configured. |+| 6 | Is version updated? | Snowflake checks to see if the upgrade is for a version or patch. If the upgrade is for a version, Snowflake performs additional checks and waits until all jobs from the older version of the app have completed. | </div>@@ -227,12 +227,12 @@ <div className="colwidths-auto"> -| State | Description |-| ------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| DISABLED | The app is disabled and not eligible for upgrade. |-| QUEUED | The app is in the queue to be upgraded based on the number of apps and consumer accounts. |-| UPGRADING | The app is in the process of being upgraded. |-| COMPLETED | The app has upgraded successfully. ... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(49行追加・0行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/dataverse/about+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/dataverse/about@@ -25,4 +25,53 @@ - Integrate data from Microsoft Power Platform and Dynamics 365 applications with Snowflake for holistic business insights++<a id="label-dataverse-connector-managed-columns"></a>++## Connector-managed columns++In addition to the columns replicated from the Dataverse table, every destination table has+the following connector-managed columns:++<div className="colwidths-given">++ <colgroup>+ <col style={{width: "30.0%"}} />+ <col style={{width: "20.0%"}} />+ <col style={{width: "50.0%"}} />+ </colgroup>+ <thead>+ <tr>+ <th>Column</th>+ <th>Type</th>+ <th>Purpose</th>+ </tr>+ </thead>+ <tbody>+ <tr>+ <td>`_SNOWFLAKE_ID`</td>+ <td>`VARCHAR`</td>+ <td>The identifier of the record in Dataverse, taken from the primary key of the source table.</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`_SNOWFLAKE_UPDATED_AT`</td>+ <td>`VARCHAR`</td>+ <td>The time at which the connector last replicated the row, in ISO 8601 format, for example `2026-08-11T15:04:05.123Z`.</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`_SNOWFLAKE_DELETED`</td>+ <td>`BOOLEAN`</td>+ <td>Whether the record was deleted at the source.</td>+ </tr>+ </tbody>++</div>++Deletes are replicated as soft deletes: when a record is deleted in Dataverse, the connector+keeps the row in the destination table and sets `_SNOWFLAKE_DELETED` to `TRUE`. To query only+the records that currently exist in Dataverse, filter on `_SNOWFLAKE_DELETED = FALSE`.++If you enable the `Include Formatted Values` parameter, each destination table also has a+`_DATAVERSE_FORMATTED_VALUES` column of type `OBJECT`. For more information, see+[](/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/dataverse/setup#label-include-formatted-values). ## Rate limiting restrictions
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(24行追加・24行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/personal-databases+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/personal-databases@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ - **Organize personal projects:** Users can organize their own projects in an isolated environment, reducing clutter and potential naming conflicts in shared databases.-- **Easy administrator governance:** All file-related developments are fully governed by RBAC.+- **Governance:** All Personal Database objects are fully governed by RBAC. <a id="label-personal-databases-pdb-object-types"></a>@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@ already possesses. This mirrors the execution environment of a standard Snowflake workspace file. -Personal databases also support personal secrets. [Secret objects](/sql-reference/sql/create-secret) are owned exclusively by the user. This ensures, by default, that the secret+Personal Databases also support personal secrets. [Secret objects](/sql-reference/sql/create-secret) are owned exclusively by the user. This ensures, by default, that the secret remains private, is accessible only to the user, and is not shared unintentionally. @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ - CREATE and OWNERSHIP privileges can't be granted to account roles on PDB objects.-- Privileges on APPLICATION SERVICE objects in a personal database can't be granted to account roles. To share an Application Service with other roles, deploy it to a standard database instead. For details, see [Deploy to a standard database when sharing with other roles](/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/access-control).+- Privileges on APPLICATION SERVICE objects in a Personal Database can't be granted to account roles. To share an Application Service with other roles, deploy it to a standard database instead. For details, see [Deploy to a standard database when sharing with other roles](/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/access-control). <a id="label-personal-databases-feature-policies"></a> -## Use feature policies with personal databases+## Use feature policies with Personal Databases Account administrators can use feature policies to control which object types users are allowed-to create in their personal databases. This lets organizations enforce governance rules across-all personal databases in the account.+to create in their Personal Databases. This lets organizations enforce governance rules across+all Personal Databases in the account. -A feature policy can block the creation of any [object type supported in personal databases](#label-personal-databases-pdb-object-types).+A feature policy can block the creation of any [object type supported in Personal Databases](#label-personal-databases-pdb-object-types). Account-level object types such as WAREHOUSES, COMPUTE POOLS, and DATABASES have no effect-when a feature policy is bound to personal databases. Those types only apply when a feature+when a feature policy is bound to Personal Databases. Those types only apply when a feature policy is bound to native apps. -Feature policies only prevent the creation of new objects. Existing objects are not affected-and will continue to exist. To enforce a policy on objects that already exist, remove them+Feature policies only prevent the creation of new objects. Existing objects are not affected.+To enforce a policy on objects that already exist, remove them manually before or after applying the policy. -### Applying a feature policy to personal databases+### Applying a feature policy to Personal Databases -To create and apply a feature policy to all personal databases in the account, use the+To create and apply a feature policy to all Personal Databases in the account, use the [CREATE FEATURE POLICY](/sql-reference/sql/create-feature-policy) and [ALTER ACCOUNT](/sql-reference/sql/alter-account) commands:@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ ``` -After applying this policy, users can no longer create application services in their personal databases.+After applying this policy, users can no longer create application services in their Personal Databases. -To remove the policy from all personal databases:+To remove the policy from all Personal Databases: ```sql@@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ Roles with the MANAGE GRANTS privilege have visibility into all objects within the account, including personal objects owned by individual-users. For example, roles like ACCOUNTADMIN can view all databases, including personal databases, by default. These roles can also access-details about schemas and their objects within personal databases.+users. For example, roles like ACCOUNTADMIN can view all databases, including Personal Databases, by default. These roles can also access+details about schemas and their objects within Personal Databases. -- To view details for all personal databases within an account, query the [DATABASES Account Usage view](/sql-reference/account-usage/databases):+- To view details for all Personal Databases within an account, query the [DATABASES Account Usage view](/sql-reference/account-usage/databases): ```sql SELECT * FROM SNOWFLAKE.ACCOUNT_USAGE.DATABASES@@ -146,17 +146,17 @@ ``` -- To view the workspaces that exist in a specific personal database, use the following code:+- To view the workspaces that exist in a specific Personal Database, use the following code: ```sql SHOW WORKSPACES IN DATABASE "USER$CMEYER"; ``` -- To view a specific user's personal database, use the following code:+- To view a specific user's Personal Database, use the following code: ```sql SHOW DATABASES LIKE 'USER$BOBR'; ``` - For personal databases, the value in the `kind` column is `PERSONAL DATABASE`.+ For Personal Databases, the value in the `kind` column is `PERSONAL DATABASE`. -- To view objects in a specific personal database, use the following code:+- To view objects in a specific Personal Database, use the following code: ```sqlsyntax SHOW OBJECTS IN DATABASE "USER$<username>";@@ -167,5 +167,5 @@ ### Drop a workspace -- To drop a workspace in a personal database, use the following code:+- To drop a workspace in a Personal Database, use the following code: ```sql DROP WORKSPACE "USER$JSMITH_DROP_WS_TEST".PUBLIC."drop_this_ws";@@ -176,5 +176,5 @@ ## Cost considerations -- Users cannot store data in tables in their PDBs.+- Users can't store data in tables in their PDBs. - Storage costs reflect only the size of the workspace files and associated metadata. @@ -183,5 +183,5 @@ ## Limitations -Administrators cannot perform the following tasks:+Administrators can't perform the following tasks: - View filenames or file contents that belong to other users.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(23行追加・23行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-coding-agent+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-coding-agent@@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ - [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool) -A Coding Agent is a managed agent that brings Snowflake CoCo's coding capabilities into your own applications through the Cortex Agents REST API. You add the `code_toolset_all` tool type to a Cortex Agent, and Snowflake provisions and manages a sandbox backed by the same runtime that powers CoCo — bash, file read/write/edit, grep, glob, web search, SQL execution, and skills — executes the tools, and streams results back to your application, so you don't build or host an agent loop yourself. Any query that requires code generation, SQL execution, data transformation, or pipeline automation is handled inside the sandboxed runtime.+A Coding Agent is a managed agent that brings Snowflake CoCo's coding capabilities into your own applications through the Cortex Agents REST API. You add the `code_toolset_all` tool type to a Cortex Agent, and Snowflake provisions and manages a sandbox backed by the same runtime that powers CoCo (bash, file read/write/edit, grep, glob, web search, SQL execution, and skills), executes the tools, and streams results back to your application, so you don't build or host an agent loop yourself. Any query that requires code generation, SQL execution, data transformation, or pipeline automation is handled inside the sandboxed runtime. Use `code_toolset_all` when you want an autonomous coding agent with the full suite of development tools. It differs from two related surfaces: -- **`code_execution` tool** — a single Python sandbox tool you add alongside other agent tools (Cortex Analyst, Cortex Search). Use it when your agent's primary function is not code generation. See [Cortex Agent code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool).-- **Cortex Code CLI** — the `cortex code` command-line client that runs locally on your machine. A Coding Agent exposes the same toolset as a hosted agent you call over the API instead.--`code_toolset_all` and `code_execution` are **mutually exclusive** — a single request can declare at most one of them. Specifying both returns an error.+- **`code_execution` tool**: a single Python sandbox tool you add alongside other agent tools (Cortex Analyst, Cortex Search). Use it when your agent's primary function is not code generation. See [Cortex Agent code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool).+- **Cortex Code CLI**: the `cortex code` command-line client that runs locally on your machine. A Coding Agent exposes the same toolset as a hosted agent you call over the API instead.++`code_toolset_all` and `code_execution` are **mutually exclusive**: a single request can declare at most one of them. Specifying both returns an error. ## Included tools@@ -49,5 +49,5 @@ ``` -No `tool_resources` entry is required for basic usage — the sandbox is provisioned automatically when this tool type is present. The remaining sections describe optional configuration.+No `tool_resources` entry is required for basic usage: the sandbox is provisioned automatically when this tool type is present. The remaining sections describe optional configuration. ## Example request@@ -99,5 +99,5 @@ ``` -Skills are declared in the top-level `skills` array (not under `tool_resources`), matching how skills are attached to a persistent agent. Sandbox behavior — permission policy, workspace mounts, and disabled skills — is configured under `tool_resources.code_toolset_all`.+Skills are declared in the top-level `skills` array (not under `tool_resources`), matching how skills are attached to a persistent agent. Sandbox behavior (permission policy, workspace mounts, and disabled skills) is configured under `tool_resources.code_toolset_all`. ## Sandbox permission policy@@ -160,5 +160,5 @@ | Field | Description | | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| `name` | Fully-qualified Snowflake workspace name (e.g., `USER$.PUBLIC.DEFAULT$`). Required. |+| `name` | Fully qualified Snowflake workspace name (for example, `USER$.PUBLIC.DEFAULT$`). Required. | | `type` | Mount type. Use `workspace` for Snowflake workspaces. Defaults to `workspace` if omitted. | | `mount_path` | Container filesystem path where the workspace is mounted. Defaults to `/workspace` if omitted. |@@ -185,5 +185,5 @@ The workspace must exist and have a live version before it can be mounted. Workspaces are mounted read-write at version `live` by default. Skills defined in the mounted workspace (under `.snowflake/cortex/skills/`) are automatically attached to the agent session. -The `mount_path` must be a **top-level** absolute path (e.g., `/workspace`, `/project`, `/data`). Nested paths like `/workspace/mydata` are not supported — the sandbox runtime creates a symlink at the specified path but does not create intermediate parent directories. Each workspace requires a unique top-level mount path.+The `mount_path` must be a **top-level** absolute path (for example, `/workspace`, `/project`, `/data`). Nested paths like `/workspace/mydata` are not supported: the sandbox runtime creates a symlink at the specified path but does not create intermediate parent directories. Each workspace requires a unique top-level mount path. The `name` must be a Snowflake **workspace** object (created with `CREATE WORKSPACE`), not a regular internal stage. Regular stages cannot be mounted as workspaces.@@ -193,9 +193,9 @@ The sandbox exposes skills to the agent from three sources: -- **Bundled skills** — Snowflake-provided skills (such as charting and dashboard skills) are included in every `code_toolset_all` sandbox by default. Use `disabled_skills` to remove ones you don't want.-- **Workspace skills** — skills under `.snowflake/cortex/skills/` in a mounted workspace are attached automatically (see [Attaching a workspace](#attaching-a-workspace)).-- **Stage-based skills** — skills stored in a Snowflake named stage or Git repository, attached through the agent's `skills` list.--Stage-based skills use the same mechanism documented in [Agent skills](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-skills): store each skill folder (with its `SKILL.md` and any scripts) in a named stage, then reference it in the top-level `skills` array. When the request also includes `code_toolset_all`, Snowflake mounts each referenced stage skill read-only into the sandbox and the agent can invoke it like any bundled skill — including running the skill's Python scripts, since the sandbox provides the code execution environment those skills require.+- **Bundled skills**: Snowflake-provided skills (such as charting and dashboard skills) are included in every `code_toolset_all` sandbox by default. Use `disabled_skills` to remove ones you don't want.+- **Workspace skills**: skills under `.snowflake/cortex/skills/` in a mounted workspace are attached automatically (see [Attaching a workspace](#attaching-a-workspace)).+- **Stage-based skills**: skills stored in a Snowflake named stage or Git repository, attached through the agent's `skills` list.++Stage-based skills use the same mechanism documented in [Agent skills](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-skills): store each skill folder (with its `SKILL.md` and any scripts) in a named stage, then reference it in the top-level `skills` array. When the request also includes `code_toolset_all`, Snowflake mounts each referenced stage skill read-only into the sandbox and the agent can invoke it like any bundled skill, including running the skill's Python scripts, since the sandbox provides the co... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(22行追加・24行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-python-api/snowflake-python-managing-tasks+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-python-api/snowflake-python-managing-tasks@@ -124,5 +124,5 @@ ## Performing task operations -You can perform common task operations—such as executing, suspending, and resuming tasks—with a `TaskResource` object.+You can perform common task operations (such as executing, suspending, and resuming tasks) with a `TaskResource` object. Code in the following example executes, suspends, resumes, and drops the `my_task` task:@@ -156,4 +156,5 @@ ```python+from datetime import timedelta from snowflake.core.task import StoredProcedureCall from snowflake.core.task.dagv1 import DAG, DAGTask, DAGOperation@@ -212,27 +213,24 @@ return "task3" -try:- with DAG(- "my_dag",- schedule=Cron("10 * * * *", "America/Los_Angeles"),- stage_location="@mystage",- packages=["snowflake-snowpark-python"],- use_func_return_value=True,- ) as dag:- task1 = DAGTask(- "task1",- task_handler,- warehouse=test_warehouse,- )- task1_branch = DAGTaskBranch("task1_branch", task_branch_handler, warehouse=test_warehouse)- task2 = DAGTask("task2", task_handler, warehouse=test_warehouse)- task3 = DAGTask("task3", task_handler, warehouse=test_warehouse, condition="1=1")- task1 >> task1_branch- task1_branch >> [task2, task3]- schema = root.databases["my_db"].schemas["my_schema"]- op = DAGOperation(schema)- op.deploy(dag, mode=CreateMode.or_replace)-finally:- session.close()+with DAG(+ "my_dag",+ schedule=Cron("10 * * * *", "America/Los_Angeles"),+ stage_location="@mystage",+ packages=["snowflake-snowpark-python"],+ use_func_return_value=True,+) as dag:+ task1 = DAGTask(+ "task1",+ task_handler,+ warehouse="test_warehouse",+ )+ task1_branch = DAGTaskBranch("task1_branch", task_branch_handler, warehouse="test_warehouse")+ task2 = DAGTask("task2", task_handler, warehouse="test_warehouse")+ task3 = DAGTask("task3", task_handler, warehouse="test_warehouse", condition="1=1")+ task1 >> task1_branch+ task1_branch >> [task2, task3]+schema = root.databases["my_db"].schemas["my_schema"]+op = DAGOperation(schema)+op.deploy(dag, mode=CreateMode.or_replace) ```
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(21行追加・21行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/native-apps/bundle-app+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/native-apps/bundle-app@@ -20,23 +20,23 @@ entities: codegen_nativeapp_pkg:- type: application package- manifest: root_files/_manifest.yml- artifacts:- - src: root_files/README.md- dest: README.md- - src: root_files/_manifest.yml- dest: manifest.yml- - src: root_files/setup_scripts/*- dest: setup_scripts/- - src: python/user_gen/echo.py- dest: user_gen/echo.py- - src: python/cli_gen/*- dest: cli_gen/- processors:- - snowpark+ type: application package+ manifest: root_files/_manifest.yml+ artifacts:+ - src: root_files/README.md+ dest: README.md+ - src: root_files/_manifest.yml+ dest: manifest.yml+ - src: root_files/setup_scripts/*+ dest: setup_scripts/+ - src: python/user_gen/echo.py+ dest: user_gen/echo.py+ - src: python/cli_gen/*+ dest: cli_gen/+ processors:+ - snowpark codegen_nativeapp:- type: application- from:- target: codegen_nativeapp_pkg+ type: application+ from:+ target: codegen_nativeapp_pkg ``` @@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ ``` -3. Verify the contents of the output or deploy directory match the rules you specified in the snowflake.yml. file. If you invoked Snowpark annotation processing in your Python files, you can see the generated code in the amended setup script in the directory.+3. Verify the contents of the output/deploy directory match the rules you specified in the snowflake.yml file. If you invoked Snowpark annotation processing in your Python files, you can see the generated code in the amended setup script in the directory. For more information, see the [snow app bundle](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/bundle-app) command.@@ -114,5 +114,5 @@ @udf(name="echo_fn") def echo_fn(data) -> str:- return 'echo_fn: ' + str+ return 'echo_fn: ' + data ``` @@ -150,5 +150,5 @@ - You can't use any `Session` objects in these files, as %sf-cli% executes these Python files in a sandbox environment with no connection to Snowflake. As a result, any reference of a Snowpark `Session` results in an error.-- You can use only the `@udf`, `@sproc`, `@udaf` and `@udtf` Snowpark Python decorators.+- You can use only the `@udf`, `@sproc`, `@udaf`, and `@udtf` Snowpark Python decorators. - You can't use these decorators as regular functions to register your code as a Snowflake object. Only code explicitly annotated with the supported decorators is recognized. Therefore, the Python function must be a named function. Lambda functions are not supported. - %sf-cli% always generates CREATE OR REPLACE statements, as recommended by Snowflake, for creating functions and procedures in your setup scripts.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(20行追加・20行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/use-cases/migration-lab/pipeline-conversion+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/use-cases/migration-lab/pipeline-conversion@@ -27,5 +27,5 @@ Let’s start with the pipeline script file, and get to the notebook in the next section. -## Resolve Issues+## Resolve issues Let’s open our source and our output code in a code editor. You can use any code editor of your choice, but as has been mentioned multiple times, Snowflake would recommend using **VS Code with the Snowflake Extension**. Not only does the Snowflake Extension help navigate through the issues from SnowConvert, but can also run **Snowpark Checkpoints** for Python, which would help with testing and root cause analysis (though just barely out of scope for this lab).@@ -47,5 +47,5 @@  -Since I have not filtered the results, the listing of this error code in the **issues.csv** also comes up in the search and the **AssessmentReport.json** that is used to build the **AssessmentReport.docx** summary assessment report. This is the main report that users will navigate through to understand a large workload, but we did not look at it in this lab. ([More info on the this report can be found in the SMA documentation](https://docs.snowconvert.com/sma/user-guide/assessment/output-reports/curated-reports).) Let’s choose where this EWI shows up in the **pipeline_dimcustomer.py** file as shown above.+Since I have not filtered the results, the listing of this error code in the **issues.csv** also comes up in the search and the **AssessmentReport.json** that is used to build the **AssessmentReport.docx** summary assessment report. This is the main report that users will navigate through to understand a large workload, but we did not look at it in this lab. ([More info on this report can be found in the SMA documentation](https://docs.snowconvert.com/sma/user-guide/assessment/output-reports/curated-reports).) Let’s choose where this EWI shows up in the **pipeline_dimcustomer.py** file as shown above. You can see that this line of code was present at the bottom of the source code.@@ -61,5 +61,5 @@ ``` -Looks like this parsing error was because of… “some rogue code that doesn’t make any sense!”. This line of code is at the bottom of the pipeline file. This is not unusual to have extra characters or other elements in a code file as part of an extraction from a source. Note have the SMA detected that this was not valid Python code, and it generated the parsing error.+Looks like this parsing error was because of… “some rogue code that doesn’t make any sense!”. This line of code is at the bottom of the pipeline file. This is not unusual to have extra characters or other elements in a code file as part of an extraction from a source. Note how the SMA detected that this was not valid Python code, and it generated the parsing error. You can also see how the SMA inserts both the error code and the description into the output code as a comment where the error occurred. This is how all error messages will appear in the output.@@ -86,5 +86,5 @@ This is the write call to the spark jdbc driver to write the output dataframe into SQL Server. Since this is part of the “resolve all inputs/outputs” step that we are going to deal with after we address our issues, we’ll leave this for later. Note, however, that this error must be resolved. The previous one was just a warning and may still work with no change being made. -## Resolving the Session Calls+## Resolving the session calls The session calls are converted by the SMA, but you should pay special attention to them to make sure they are functional. In our pipeline script, this is the before and after code:@@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ ``` -Might as well convert it to a single line. The SMA couldn’t be sure we didn’t need that driver (although that seems logical), so it did not remove it. But now that we have our session call is complete.+Might as well convert it to a single line. The SMA couldn’t be sure we didn’t need that driver (although that seems logical), so it did not remove it. But now our session call is complete. (Note that the SMA also adds a “query tag” to the session. This is to help troubleshoot issues with this session or query later on, but this is completely optional to leave or remove.) -### Notes on the Session Calls+### Notes on the session calls Believe it or not that is all that we need to change in the code for the session call, but that’s not all we need to do to create the session. This refers back to the original question that a lot of this depends on where you want to run these files. These original spark session calls used a configuration that was setup elsewhere. If you look at the original Spark session call it’s looking for a config file that is being read into a pandas dataframe location at the start of this script file (this is actually true for our notebook file as well).@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Now it's time for the most critical component of this migration, resolving any input/output references. -## Resolving the Inputs and Outputs--So let’s resolve our inputs and outputs now. Note that this is going to diverge based on whether you’re running the files locally or Snowflake. for the python script, Let’s make sure what we gain/lose by running directly inside of Snowsight: **you cannot run the whole operation in Snowsight** (at least not currently). The local csv file is not accessible from Snowsight. You will have to load the .csv file into a stage manually. This will likely not be an ideal solution, but we can test the conversion by doing this.+## Resolving the inputs and outputs++So let’s resolve our inputs and outputs now. Note that this is going to diverge based on whether you’re running the files locally or in Snowflake. For the python script, let’s make sure what we gain/lose by running directly inside of Snowsight: **you cannot run the whole operation in Snowsight** (at least not currently). The local csv file is not accessible from Snowsight. You will have to load the .csv file into a stage manually. This will likely not be an ideal solution, but we can test the conversion by doing this. So we’ll first prep this file to be run/orchestrated locally, and then to be run in Snowflake.@@ -183,5 +183,5 @@ - access a local file - load the result into SQL Server (but now Snowflake)-- moves the file to make way for the next one+- moving the file to make way for the next one Simple enough. So we need to replace each component of the code that does those things. Let’s start with accessing the local file.@@ -191,5 +191,5 @@ We have options to do this, but we will create an internal stage and move the file into the stage with the script. We would then need to move the file in the local file system, and also move it in the stage. This can all be done with Snowpark. Let’s break it down: -- accessing a local file: Create an internal stage (it one doesn’t exist already) -> Load the file into the stage -> Read the file into a dataframe+- accessing a local file: Create an internal stage (if one doesn’t exist already) -> Load the file into the stage -> Read the file into a dataframe - loading the result into SQL Server: Load the transformed data into a table in Snowflake - moves the file to make way for the next one: Move the local file -> Move the file in the stage.@@ -197,5 +197,5 @@ Let’s look at code that can do each of these things. -### Access a Locally Accessible File+### Access a locally accessible file This source code in Spark looks like this:@@ -215,5 +215,5 @@ We can replace that with this with code that does the steps above: -1. Create an internal stage (if one does not exist already). We will create a stage called 'LOCAL_LOAD_STAGE' and go through a few steps to make sure that the stage is r+1. Create an internal stage (i... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(20行追加・20行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/virtualization/aim-virtualization-overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/virtualization/aim-virtualization-overview@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@-# **Snowflake AIM for Virtualization of Teradata**+# Snowflake AIM for Virtualization of Teradata **Generally Available**@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ --- -## **1\. Product Overview**+## 1. Product Overview This is an overview of Snowflake AIM for the Virtualization of Teradata, along with key requirements to run the software. -Snowflake AIM's virtualization capabilities enables existing Teradata-based applications to maintain native functionality on Snowflake, minimizing the need for any SQL modifications or code rewrites. By translating SQL in real-time, Snowflake AIM allows existing applications to run natively on Snowflake with identical results, interoperability, and minimal switching costs.+Snowflake AIM's virtualization capabilities enable existing Teradata-based applications to maintain native functionality on Snowflake, minimizing the need for any SQL modifications or code rewrites. By translating SQL in real time, Snowflake AIM allows existing applications to run natively on Snowflake with identical results, interoperability, and minimal switching costs. @@ -17,22 +17,22 @@ --- -## **2\. Core Architecture**+## 2. Core Architecture -Snowflake AIM for the Virtualization of Teradata is a gateway situated between the enterprise's existing applications (on-premises or in-cloud) and the Snowflake AI Data Cloud. Snowflake AIM for Virtualization, can be deployed on premises or in a customer's cloud subscription. Snowflake AIM is available as a RPM for the customer to deploy and manage on a Red Hat-compatible Linux VM.+Snowflake AIM for the Virtualization of Teradata is a gateway situated between the enterprise's existing applications (on-premises or in-cloud) and the Snowflake AI Data Cloud. Snowflake AIM for Virtualization can be deployed on premises or in a customer's cloud subscription. Snowflake AIM is available as an RPM for the customer to deploy and manage on a Red Hat-compatible Linux VM.  -### **2.1\. System Requirements**+### 2.1. System Requirements * 32 - 64 core VM (the product scales both horizontally and vertically)-* 2 VM for production workloads, behind a standard load balancer designed for failover+* 2 VMs for production workloads, behind a standard load balancer designed for failover * Red Hat Linux 8.x or 9.x compatible * 500GB of SSD data disk * Inbound port 1025 for existing client tools-* Inbound port 22 for operators of the virtual machine to install, test, run.+* Inbound port 22 for operators of the virtual machine to install, test, and run the software. -### **2.2\. Deployment**+### 2.2. Deployment -* **Architecture:** Snowflake AIM for Virtualization is a stateless database virtualization engine, deployed within the customer's environment \- on-premises or in-cloud.+* **Architecture:** Snowflake AIM for Virtualization is a stateless database virtualization engine, deployed within the customer's environment: on-premises or in-cloud. * **Scalability:** Snowflake AIM for Virtualization scales vertically with CPU resources and horizontally across multiple VMs using a standard load balancer. * **Self-Contained:** Snowflake AIM for Virtualization has no external dependencies; all auxiliary metadata is stored directly within Snowflake.@@ -40,5 +40,5 @@ --- -## **3\. XTRA Engine**+## 3. XTRA Engine Central to Snowflake AIM for Virtualization is the **XTRA (Extensible Relational Algebra)** engine. Snowflake AIM for Virtualization performs a deep semantic analysis of every SQL request.@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ --- -## **4\. Metadata Management**+## 4. Metadata Management -For features where no direct mapping exists between Teradata and Snowflake (e.g., SET Tables, Global Temporary Tables), Snowflake AIM for Virtualization utilizes a specialized **Metadata Store** which stores Teradata-specific properties. These are consulted at run time for translation and emulation of SQL and the conversion of results.+For features where no direct mapping exists between Teradata and Snowflake (for example, SET Tables, Global Temporary Tables), Snowflake AIM for Virtualization utilizes a specialized **Metadata Store** which stores Teradata-specific properties. These are consulted at run time for translation and emulation of SQL and the conversion of results. * **Metadata Store:** A collection of objects stored within a dedicated Snowflake schema.@@ -61,5 +61,5 @@ --- -## **5\. Supported Application Types**+## 5. Supported Application Types * All commonly used SQL and protocols associated with Teradata 14.0 and higher are supported.@@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ --- -## **6\. Supported Data Types and Formats**+## 6. Supported Data Types and Formats * Snowflake AIM for Virtualization supports all data types and formats commonly used in Teradata SQL, including data types not natively available in Snowflake.@@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ --- -## **7\. Supported Syntax**+## 7. Supported Syntax While there are no technical limits to virtualization, Snowflake AIM for Virtualization supports primarily commonly used SQL and APIs. In practice, Snowflake AIM for Virtualization provides an average of at least **99.5% syntax coverage** for typical Teradata workloads.@@ -88,5 +88,5 @@ --- -## **8\. Implementation Workflow: Repoint, Test, Transition**+## 8. Implementation Workflow: Repoint, Test, Transition The transition to Snowflake follows a non-disruptive, phased approach which allows IT leaders to:@@ -96,11 +96,11 @@ * **Repoint:** Update application connection strings (JDBC/ODBC) to the Snowflake AIM for Virtualization endpoint. * **Verify:** Execute dual-run testing to confirm parity between Teradata and Snowflake results.-* **Transition:** Cut over production traffic (e.g., by changing a central DNS record) and decommission the legacy Teradata system.+* **Transition:** Cut over production traffic (for example, by changing a central DNS record) and decommission the legacy Teradata system. --- -## **9\. Pricing & Cost Considerations**+## 9. Pricing & Cost Considerations -Use of the Snowflake AIM for Virtualization software is subject to the price terms in your Order Form. AIM for Virtualization connects to the Snowflake Service. Queries routed to and run on the Snowflake Service will incur costs as described in the Snowflake Service Consumption table, found at https://www.snowflake.com/legal-files/CreditConsumptionTable.pdf.+Use of the Snowflake AIM for Virtualization software is subject to the price terms in your Order Form. AIM for Virtualization connects to the Snowflake Service. Queries routed to and run on the Snowflake Service will incur costs as described in the [Snowflake Service Consumption table](https://www.snowflake.com/legal-files/CreditConsumptionTable.pdf). ---
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(18行追加・18行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-warehouse+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-warehouse@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/create-warehouse) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-warehouse) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-warehouse) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-warehouses)+[](/sql-reference/sql/create-warehouse), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-warehouse), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-warehouse), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-warehouses) </dd>@@ -179,20 +179,20 @@ the number of credits consumed while the warehouse is running. -For more information see [](#label-resizing-a-warehouse).--<dl className="field-list">-<dt>Valid values<span className="colon">:</span></dt>-<dd>--- `XSMALL` , `'X-SMALL'`+For more information, see [](#label-resizing-a-warehouse).++<dl className="field-list">+<dt>Valid values<span className="colon">:</span></dt>+<dd>++- `XSMALL`, `'X-SMALL'` - `SMALL` - `MEDIUM` - `LARGE`-- `XLARGE` , `'X-LARGE'`-- `XXLARGE` , `X2LARGE` , `'2X-LARGE'`-- `XXXLARGE` , `X3LARGE` , `'3X-LARGE'`-- `X4LARGE` , `'4X-LARGE'`-- `X5LARGE` , `'5X-LARGE'`-- `X6LARGE` , `'6X-LARGE'`+- `XLARGE`, `'X-LARGE'`+- `XXLARGE`, `X2LARGE`, `'2X-LARGE'`+- `XXXLARGE`, `X3LARGE`, `'3X-LARGE'`+- `X4LARGE`, `'4X-LARGE'`+- `X5LARGE`, `'5X-LARGE'`+- `X6LARGE`, `'6X-LARGE'` </dd>@@ -635,5 +635,5 @@ <dd> -Object parameter that specifies the concurrency level for SQL statements (i.e. queries and DML) executed by a warehouse cluster. When+Object parameter that specifies the concurrency level for SQL statements (that is, queries and DML) executed by a warehouse cluster. When the level is reached: @@ -658,5 +658,5 @@ <dd> -Object parameter that specifies the time, in seconds, a SQL statement (query, DDL, DML, etc.) can be queued on a warehouse before it is+Object parameter that specifies the time, in seconds, a SQL statement (query, DDL, DML, and so on) can be queued on a warehouse before it is canceled by the system. @@ -673,5 +673,5 @@ <dd> -Object parameter that specifies the time, in seconds, after which a running SQL statement (query, DDL, DML, etc.) is canceled by the system.+Object parameter that specifies the time, in seconds, after which a running SQL statement (query, DDL, DML, and so on) is canceled by the system. For a detailed description of this parameter, see [](#label-statement-timeout-in-seconds).@@ -925,5 +925,5 @@ -- Resuming a Snowpark-optimized virtual warehouse may take longer than standard warehouses.+- Resuming a Snowpark-optimized virtual warehouse may take longer than for standard warehouses. - Snowpark-optimized warehouses don't support [Query Acceleration](/user-guide/query-acceleration-service). - Specifying the `IF EXISTS` clause requires the role in use or a role in the active role hierarchy to have the appropriate
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(18行追加・18行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/connectors/google/gard/gard-connector-managing+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/connectors/google/gard/gard-connector-managing@@ -135,21 +135,21 @@ The connector upgrades are managed automatically by the provider of the application. -## Scaling the Connector--You should start your work with the Connector using a `X-Small` as it will most likely give you a sufficient performance.-However, if you are experiencing any Connector slowdowns, you may want to try gradually increasing the warehouse size and evaluating-whether you see any performance boosts at each step. Whether the Connector gains anything from scaling the warehouse depends on+## Scaling the connector++You should start your work with the connector using an `X-Small` as it will most likely give you sufficient performance.+However, if you are experiencing any connector slowdowns, you may want to try gradually increasing the warehouse size and evaluating+whether you see any performance boosts at each step. Whether the connector gains anything from scaling the warehouse depends on a few factors, such as the number of properties or the amount of data each of them has. -For insights on how to resize the warehouse see Resizing a warehouse in [](/user-guide/warehouses-tasks).+For insights on how to resize the warehouse, see Resizing a warehouse in [](/user-guide/warehouses-tasks). If you are constantly experiencing ingestion errors related to insufficient memory and are already using a `LARGE` or `X-LARGE` warehouse, then you can try to resolve this issue by decreasing the `MAX_CONCURRENCY_LEVEL` parameter on a warehouse from 8 (default) to 4. -## Changing the warehouse for the Connector+## Changing the warehouse for the connector It is possible to change the warehouse that the %gard% uses for its internal tasks without reinstalling the connector.-First, make sure that the Connector is paused. It can be done either via UI or using the `PAUSE_CONNECTOR` procedure.-Then, you need to grant the Connector access to the new warehouse:+First, make sure that the connector is paused. It can be done either via the UI or using the `PAUSE_CONNECTOR` procedure.+Then, you need to grant the connector access to the new warehouse: ```sqlsyntax@@ -160,14 +160,14 @@ ```sqlsyntax-CALL UPDATE_WAREHOUSE('<new_warehouse_name');+CALL UPDATE_WAREHOUSE('<new_warehouse_name>'); ``` <a id="label-re-authentication-of-the-connector"></a> -## Re-authentication of the Connector+## Re-authentication of the connector In order to change the secret, external access integration or the security integration used by the connector without re-installation, you need to execute the `UPDATE_CONNECTION` procedure defined in the `PUBLIC` schema.-Ensure, that all of the new objects are defined as described in [](/connectors/google/gard/gard-connector-configuring-sql) and that the connector has all of the required grants.+Ensure that all of the new objects are defined as described in [](/connectors/google/gard/gard-connector-configuring-sql) and that the connector has all of the required grants. ```sqlsyntax@@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ ## Automatically disabling inaccessible Google Analytics properties -The Connector has a mechanism to automatically disable inaccessible Google Analytics properties in order to prevent unnecessary-costs caused by attempting ingestions for data which does not exist indefinitely and alarm you that data is not being ingested anymore.+The connector has a mechanism to automatically disable inaccessible Google Analytics properties in order to prevent unnecessary+costs caused by attempting ingestions indefinitely for data that does not exist, and to notify you that data is not being ingested anymore. The property is considered inaccessible and might be automatically disabled if data ingestions have been failing for the last 7 days. @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ set up the **sink database failover** to a replica account. For details, see [](/user-guide/database-failover-config). -Moreover, after an outage you need to manually install the %gard% on your replica account, because the connector itself can not be replicated.+Moreover, after an outage you need to manually install the %gard% on your replica account, because the connector itself can't be replicated. After the installation it will synchronize itself with the replicated sink database. -In order to prevent data corruption you can not have two connector instances, one on a primary account and one on a replica account+In order to prevent data corruption, you can't have two connector instances, one on a primary account and one on a replica account ingesting data to the sink database at the same time. @@ -214,6 +214,6 @@ - `DISABLE_AUTO_RELOADS` - Disables auto reloading data. For more details about auto reload see [](/connectors/google/gard/gard-connector-data-ingestion-model). Setting this value to `TRUE` can reduce credit consumption, but late data won't be ingested into Snowflake. This property- cannot be set to `true` for the `FRESH_DAILY` export type. The default value is `FALSE`.-- `ENABLED_EXPORT_TYPES` - A list of export types, which connector will try to ingest data for. Possible values are: `DAILY`, `FRESH_DAILY`, `INTRADAY`, `USERS` and `PSEUDONYMOUS_USERS`.+ cannot be set to `TRUE` for the `FRESH_DAILY` export type. The default value is `FALSE`.+- `ENABLED_EXPORT_TYPES` - A list of export types that the connector will try to ingest data for. Possible values are: `DAILY`, `FRESH_DAILY`, `INTRADAY`, `USERS` and `PSEUDONYMOUS_USERS`. </blockquote>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(18行追加・18行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-about+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-about@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ - [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-responsibility) -## Definition — from a consumer's perspective+## Definition: from a consumer's perspective A Snowflake Native App is a data application published by a third party that is installed and runs entirely inside your Snowflake account. Unlike a web application you log into, or a connected tool-that extracts your data to process it elsewhere, a Native App lives where your data already lives —+that extracts your data to process it elsewhere, a Native App lives where your data already lives: inside your Snowflake environment, under your governance, accessible through the same interface and controls you already use.@@ -28,5 +28,5 @@ **Access is controlled by the same Snowflake roles and policies you already use.** You grant the app-access to the data it needs using standard Snowflake Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) — the same+access to the data it needs using standard Snowflake Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), the same mechanisms your team already uses. Your existing masking policies, row-access policies, and governance controls continue to apply inside the app's scope.@@ -36,5 +36,5 @@ upgrades. Uninstalling is fully under your control. -## Native App vs. Connected App vs. SaaS — which model fits your needs?+## Native App versus Connected App versus SaaS: which model fits your needs? **A Native App brings the app to your data, not your data to the app.**@@ -48,5 +48,5 @@ | Data egress | You control it (explicit grants) | App vendor controls (connection creds) | Vendor controls (replication) | -**Connected apps** — such as a BI charting tool connecting via ODBC — run outside your Snowflake+**Connected apps**, such as a BI charting tool connecting via ODBC, run outside your Snowflake security perimeter. They retrieve your data to process it elsewhere and return results. Your data leaves your account, carrying compliance and governance implications that must be managed separately.@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ **Three patterns show where Native Apps have a clear advantage:** -**Pattern 1 — Data ingestion (example: Salesforce connector)**+**Pattern 1: Data ingestion (example: Salesforce connector)** A connector that pulls data from Salesforce into your Snowflake account needs to run close to the-data destination — your account. The app uses an External Access Integration (EAI) that you+data destination: your account. The app uses an External Access Integration (EAI) that you explicitly authorize to make the outbound call to Salesforce. The data flows in; it does not flow out. With a traditional connected connector, your Snowflake credentials and Salesforce credentials@@ -66,5 +66,5 @@ your control. -**Pattern 2 — Pure computation (example: knowledge graph builder)**+**Pattern 2: Pure computation (example: knowledge graph builder)** An app that builds a knowledge graph from your relational data runs inside your account as a@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ the vendor's system for processing. -**Pattern 3 — Data collaboration (example: identity resolution)**+**Pattern 3: Data collaboration (example: identity resolution)** An identity resolution app brings the provider's proprietary identity graph and joins it with your customer data inside your account. Neither party's raw data crosses the boundary: the provider's identity graph is protected from you (provider IP protection); your customer data never leaves-Snowflake (consumer data protection). Only the derived results — better-matched customer records —+Snowflake (consumer data protection). Only the derived results (better-matched customer records) are visible. This pattern cannot be done safely with a connected app, which would require sending your customer data to the vendor's infrastructure where the identity graph also lives.@@ -86,5 +86,5 @@ and there is no separate data silo to manage or reconcile (unlike a SaaS app). -## The consumer lifecycle — a guide to this guide+## The consumer lifecycle Working with a Native App follows five stages. Each stage maps to a section of this guide.@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@  -**Stage 1 — Evaluation**+**Stage 1: Evaluation** Before committing to procurement, many organizations run a Proof-of-Concept (PoC) or Proof-of-Value (PoV) with the provider to establish business value. This phase typically involves lighter-weight security and procurement review. Even at this stage, be deliberate about what access-you grant — only what the PoC genuinely requires. See [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-evaluate)+you grant, only what the PoC genuinely requires. See [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-evaluate) for evaluation guidance and [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-access) for access decisions. -**Stage 2 — Procurement**+**Stage 2: Procurement** Once business value is established, the app goes through a full procurement process covering@@ -108,5 +108,5 @@ [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-responsibility) for the formal shared-responsibility framework. -**Stage 3 — Installation and initial configuration**+**Stage 3: Installation and initial configuration** An account admin or their delegate installs the app. At this stage the app presents its privilege@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-access) for access configuration. -**Stage 4 — Active use**+**Stage 4: Active use** The app delivers business value. Upgrades happen automatically via patches (high compatibility) or new versions (two-version compatibility window). During active use, the app may occasionally request-additional privileges or new App Spec approvals — these deserve the same scrutiny as at installation.+additional privileges or new App Spec approvals. These deserve the same scrutiny as at installation. See [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-upgrades) for upgrades and [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-monitor) for monitoring. -**Stage 5 — Uninstallation**+**Stage 5: Uninstallation** If the app is no longer needed, transfer ownership of any objects the app created outside its own
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(17行追加・17行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-access+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-access@@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ Access is structured into three distinct categories, described below. Understanding the categories-helps you make informed decisions at installation time and throughout the app's lifecycle — because+helps you make informed decisions at installation time and throughout the app's lifecycle, because apps may request additional access not just at installation, but during upgrades and during active use. -## Category 1 — Automatically grantable privileges+## Category 1: Automatically grantable privileges Six privileges are available for the app to request. These allow the app to create operational-resources in your account. They do not, by themselves, grant the app access to your data — that+resources in your account. They do not, by themselves, grant the app access to your data. That happens only through Category 3. @@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ If the app requests new Category 1 privileges during an upgrade, the provider must disclose this to-you in advance. These additional requests do not appear silently — you will be notified before the+you in advance. These additional requests do not appear silently. You will be notified before the upgrade proceeds. @@ -62,5 +62,5 @@ Category 3 grants. These are operational resource grants only. -## Category 2 — Application Specifications (App Specs)+## Category 2: Application Specifications (App Specs) Some apps need to do things that carry higher risk than creating operational resources: making@@ -76,5 +76,5 @@ You can approve none, some, or all of an app's App Specs. Each is an independent decision. If you-are not comfortable with a particular App Spec, you can decline it — the app will not have access+are not comfortable with a particular App Spec, you can decline it. The app will not have access to that capability. Some app functionality may be limited or unavailable if certain App Specs are not approved, but the app will not receive the capability without your approval.@@ -98,5 +98,5 @@ **External Access Integration (EAI):** the app will make outbound network calls to a specific named-external endpoint. The endpoint is defined in the integration — you are approving access to that+external endpoint. The endpoint is defined in the integration. You're approving access to that specific destination, not open-ended internet access. Verify that the endpoint is a legitimate destination for this type of app (for example, a known ERP or CRM API endpoint for a connector app).@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ [](/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-app-spec). -## Category 3 — Explicitly granted privileges+## Category 3: Explicitly granted privileges Category 3 is how the app gets access to your data. Nothing in Categories 1 or 2 touches your-data. Category 3 may be app-requested but is entirely consumer-controlled — you choose what to+data. Category 3 may be app-requested but is entirely consumer-controlled. You choose what to grant, when, and to what scope. Everything is revocable at any time. @@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ References are an object-level mechanism where the app pre-declares a named reference "slot" (for example, "I need a table matching this shape" or "I need a table with an ID column") and you bind a-specific object to that slot. References work at the level of individual named objects only — there+specific object to that slot. References work at the level of individual named objects only. There is no database-level reference, and references do not cover objects created in the future (for example, new views added to a database after the reference is established). **Direct object grants:**-You grant the app access to specific named objects — individual views, tables, schemas, or stored+You grant the app access to specific named objects: individual views, tables, schemas, or stored procedures. This is the most explicit and auditable approach. Grant only what the app needs. @@ -148,5 +148,5 @@ data. -**Database role grants (database scope — use deliberately):**+**Database role grants (database scope, use deliberately):** Grant a database role to the app. Database role grants typically apply at the database level and can cover future objects created in that database scope after the grant is made. Use this level of@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ You may grant additional privileges to an app at any point after installation. For example, a data quality assurance app working against one database could be reconfigured later to cover additional-databases at your discretion. Regardless, you control access to your database objects — at+databases at your discretion. Regardless, you control access to your database objects, at installation and throughout the app's lifecycle. For full instructions, see [](/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-granting-privs). -## Feature policies — limiting what the app can create+## Feature policies: limiting what the app can create Feature policies give you a governance lever that is orthogonal to the three access categories: you@@ -181,11 +181,11 @@ Restricted Callers Rights (RCR) enables a different mode: the app runs with the rights of the-caller — the Snowflake user currently executing a request. The app can only access what that user+caller, the Snowflake user currently executing a request. The app can only access what that user can access, further bounded by the restrictions defined in the RCR grant. For example, an app may be allowed access to all that a user can access but only in a specific database. An account admin can choose to allow caller's rights by imposing no restrictions, but use such elevated privileges-carefully — especially if highly privileged users intend to use the app.+carefully, especially if highly privileged users intend to use the app. -This model is appropriate for apps where per-user data access is the intended design — for example,+This model is appropriate for apps where per-user data access is the intended design, for example, a notebook-style app where different users should see different data based on their own Snowflake roles. It is not appropriate for apps that should run under a consistent, predictable access
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(17行追加・17行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-exchange-marketplace-privileges+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-exchange-marketplace-privileges@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ | [](#label-modify-on-data-exchange-listing) | LISTING | Role with the OWNERSHIP privilege on the listing. | Grants the ability to modify listing properties. | | [](#label-usage-on-data-exchange-listing) | LISTING | Role with the OWNERSHIP privilege on the listing. | Grants the ability to view a listing. |-| [](#label-ownership-on-data-exchange-listing) | LISTING | Role with the OWNERSHIP privilege on the listing. | Transfer the OWNERSHIP privilege on the listing. |+| [](#label-ownership-on-data-exchange-listing) | LISTING | Role with the OWNERSHIP privilege on the listing. | Grants the ability to transfer the OWNERSHIP privilege on the listing. | | [](#label-modify-on-provider-profile) | PROVIDER PROFILE | Role with the OWNERSHIP privilege on the profile. | Grants the ability to modify properties for a provider profile. |-| [](#label-ownership-on-provider-profile) | PROVIDER PROFILE | Role with the OWNERSHIP privilege on the profile. | Transfer the OWNERSHIP privilege on the profile. |+| [](#label-ownership-on-provider-profile) | PROVIDER PROFILE | Role with the OWNERSHIP privilege on the profile. | Grants the ability to transfer the OWNERSHIP privilege on the profile. | ### Account-level privileges@@ -80,5 +80,5 @@ - [](#label-create-data-exchange-listing-on-account) - [](#label-create-share-on-account)-- [](#label-import-share-privilege)+- [](#label-import-share-on-account) <a id="label-create-data-exchange-listing-on-account"></a>@@ -90,5 +90,5 @@ - Create listings.-- Modify listings properties.+- Modify listing properties. - View listings. - View incoming listing requests.@@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ 4. Locate the listing that you want to modify and select the row to open the listing details. 5. In the listing details page, select **Settings**.-6. In the **Privileges** section, select the pencil icon next to the **Modify Listing** privilege.-7. Select **Add Role** and add required roles.-8. Save your changes.--To grant the MODIFY privilege on a listing in a data exchange:+6. In the **Privileges** section, select the pencil icon next to the **Usage** privilege.+7. Select **Add Role** and add required roles.+8. Save your changes.++To grant the MODIFY privilege on a listing in a Data Exchange: 1. Sign in to %sf-web-interface-link%.@@ -206,5 +206,5 @@ 4. Locate the listing that you want to modify and select the row to open the listing details. 5. In the listing details page, select **Settings**.-6. In the **Privileges** section, select the pencil icon next to the **Modify Listing** privilege.+6. In the **Privileges** section, select the pencil icon next to the **Usage** privilege. 7. Select **Add Role** and add required roles. 8. Save your changes.@@ -224,9 +224,9 @@ 4. Locate the listing that you want to modify and select the row to open the listing details. 5. In the listing details page, select **Settings**.-6. In the **Privileges** section, select the pencil icon next to the **Modify Listing** privilege.-7. Select **Add Role** and add required roles.-8. Save your changes.--To grant the USAGE privilege on a listing in a data exchange:+6. In the **Privileges** section, select the pencil icon next to the **Ownership** privilege.+7. Select **Add Role** and add required roles.+8. Save your changes.++To grant the USAGE privilege on a listing in a Data Exchange: 1. Sign in to %sf-web-interface-link%.@@ -235,5 +235,5 @@ 4. Locate the listing that you want to modify and select the row to open the listing details. 5. In the listing details page, select **Settings**.-6. In the **Privileges** section, select the pencil icon next to the **Modify Listing** privilege.+6. In the **Privileges** section, select the pencil icon next to the **Ownership** privilege. 7. Select **Add Role** and add required roles. 8. Save your changes.@@ -260,5 +260,5 @@ 8. Save your changes. -To grant the OWNERSHIP privilege on a listing in a data exchange:+To grant the OWNERSHIP privilege on a listing in a Data Exchange: 1. Sign in to %sf-web-interface-link%.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(16行追加・18行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/tutorials/getting-started-tutorial+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/tutorials/getting-started-tutorial@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ The %naf% allows providers to build, sell, and distribute a %native-app% within the Snowflake Data Cloud. Providers can create apps that leverage core Snowflake functionality to share data-and application logic with consumers. The logic of %native-app% can include features such as stored procedures,+and application logic with consumers. The logic of a %native-app% can include features such as stored procedures and user-defined functions (UDFs). Providers can share their applications with consumers through listings in the Snowflake Marketplace or through private listings.@@ -17,5 +17,5 @@ with other Snowflake accounts. -The tutorial uses both %sf-cli% and the %sf-web-interface% web interface.+The tutorial uses both %sf-cli% and %sf-web-interface%. ### What you learn in this tutorial@@ -138,5 +138,5 @@ ## Create a Snowflake CLI connection for the tutorial -To run the %sf-cli% commands in this tutorial, you must setup a %sf-cli% connection for the tutorial.+To run the %sf-cli% commands in this tutorial, you must set up a %sf-cli% connection for the tutorial. To create a connection:@@ -258,5 +258,5 @@ This line is a placeholder because the setup script cannot be empty. -This tutorial refers a particular structure and filename for the setup+This tutorial refers to a particular structure and filename for the setup script. However, when building your own app you can choose your own name and directory structure for this file.@@ -375,5 +375,5 @@ Note that the name of the stage is specified as a schema-qualified name. This schema is created inside the application package. This named stage is used to store the files required by the-%naf%. This stage must include any files you want available to the setup script of your app setup+%naf%. This stage must include any files you want available to the app's setup script or at runtime. @@ -395,5 +395,5 @@ In this section you learned that an application package is a container for the resources used by an-app. You also learned the how to set the fields in the project definition file.+app. You also learned how to set the fields in the project definition file. ## Add application logic and install your first app@@ -474,5 +474,5 @@ This command performs the following tasks: -1. Create an application package name `hello_snowflake_package` with schema `stage_content` and+1. Create an application package named `hello_snowflake_package` with schema `stage_content` and stage `hello_snowflake_stage`. 2. Upload all required files to the named stage.@@ -641,5 +641,5 @@ This uploads all the edited files to the stage, runs the `scripts/shared_content.sql` script,- and upgrade the app using those files on the stage.+ and upgrades the app using those files on the stage. 2. To verify that the view works correctly, run the following command:@@ -731,5 +731,5 @@ ``` - Similar to the previous example, these statement create a Python UDF in a schema and grants+ Similar to the previous example, these statements create a Python UDF in a schema and grant privileges on the function to the application role. However, this example contains an IMPORTS clause that refers to an external Python file that you create and include in@@ -848,5 +848,5 @@ ``` - This statement creates a STREAMLIT object in the core schema.+ This statement creates a STREAMLIT object in the code_schema schema. 2. Add the following statement at the end of the `setup_script.sql` file to allow the APP_PUBLIC role to@@ -976,6 +976,5 @@ ``` -12. Grant the ACCOUNTADMIN role with the privilege to attach a listing for the HELLO_SNOWFLAKE_PACKAGE application package:- following command:+12. Grant the ACCOUNTADMIN role the privilege to attach a listing for the HELLO_SNOWFLAKE_PACKAGE application package by running the following command: ```sql@@ -1004,5 +1003,5 @@ In this section, you publish your app by creating a private listing that uses the application package as the data content. After creating the listing,-you login to another account to install the listing.+you log in to another account to install the listing. ### Set the release channel@@ -1029,5 +1028,5 @@ This command displays the versions and patches defined for the application package. -2. To attach the previously created version to the `default` release channel , run the following command:+2. To attach the previously created version to the `default` release channel, run the following command: ```snowcli@@ -1122,6 +1121,5 @@ ## Learn more -Congratulations! Not only have you finished this tutorial, but you have worked through-development and publishing life cycle of an app using the %naf%.+Congratulations! Not only have you finished this tutorial, but you have worked through the development and publishing life cycle of an app using the %naf%. Along the way, you:@@ -1145,5 +1143,5 @@ - Added logic to your app using stored procedures and UDFs written in Python. - Refer to [](/developer-guide/native-apps/adding-application-logic) for information- on using stored procedures, UDFs, and external function in the %naf%.+ on using stored procedures, UDFs, and external functions in the %naf%. - Refer to [](/developer-guide/snowpark/index), [](/developer-guide/extensibility) and [](/sql-reference/external-functions) for general information on each type of@@ -1163,5 +1161,5 @@ separate Snowflake account. - Refer to [Sharing an App with Consumers](https://other-docs.snowflake.com/en/native-apps/provider-publishing-app-package)- for information on publish a listing containing an application package.+ for information on publishing a listing containing an application package. - Refer to [Installing an App from a Listing](https://other-docs.snowflake.com/en/native-apps/consumer-installing) for information on how consumers install an app from a listing.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(17行追加・17行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/code-conversion/function-references/general+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/code-conversion/function-references/general@@ -17,5 +17,5 @@ `INPUT_PART` VARCHAR -The format of the operation. E.g.: `DAY`, `HOUR TO SECOND,` `YEAR TO MONTH`.+The format of the operation. For example: `DAY`, `HOUR TO SECOND`, `YEAR TO MONTH`. `INPUT_VALUE` VARCHAR@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ `INPUT_MULT` INTEGER -The time to multiply the interval of time.+The factor by which to multiply the interval. ### Returns@@ -104,5 +104,5 @@ `INPUT_PART` VARCHAR -The related type of the second parameter. E.g. `DAY`, `DAY TO HOUR`, `HOUR`, `MINUTE`.+The related type of the second parameter. For example, `DAY`, `DAY TO HOUR`, `HOUR`, `MINUTE`. `INPUT_VALUE` VARCHAR@@ -187,5 +187,5 @@ `INPUT_PART` VARCHAR -The related type of the second parameter. E.g. `DAY`, `DAY TO HOUR`, `HOUR`, `MINUTE`, `MINUTE TO SECOND`.+The related type of the second parameter. For example, `DAY`, `DAY TO HOUR`, `HOUR`, `MINUTE`, `MINUTE TO SECOND`. `INPUT_VALUE` VARCHAR@@ -195,5 +195,5 @@ ### Returns -Returns+Returns a varchar representing the converted time interval. ### Usage example@@ -351,5 +351,5 @@ `D2` TIME -The input time to converts into a separate interval.+The input time to convert into a separate interval. ### Returns@@ -419,5 +419,5 @@ ```sql :force:-DATEADD_UDF(INTERVAL_VALUE STRING,D TIMESTAMP)+DATEDIFF_UDF(INTERVAL_VALUE STRING, D TIMESTAMP) ``` @@ -468,5 +468,5 @@ `INPUT_PART` VARCHAR -The related type of the second parameter. E.g. `YEAR TO MONTH`, `YEAR`, `MONTH`.+The related type of the second parameter. For example, `YEAR TO MONTH`, `YEAR`, `MONTH`. `INPUT_VALUE` VARCHAR@@ -476,5 +476,5 @@ ### Returns -Returns a varchar with the input value transform to an interval.+Returns a varchar with the input value transformed to an interval. ### Usage example@@ -633,5 +633,5 @@ `INPUT_PART1` VARCHAR -The time type of the _`INPUT_VALUE1`_. E.g.: `HOUR`.+The time type of the _`INPUT_VALUE1`_. For example: `HOUR`. `INPUT_VALUE2` VARCHAR@@ -641,5 +641,5 @@ `INPUT_PART2` VARCHAR -The time type of the _`INPUT_VALUE2`_. E.g.: `HOUR`.+The time type of the _`INPUT_VALUE2`_. For example: `HOUR`. `OP` CHAR@@ -720,5 +720,5 @@ ```sql :force:-TRUNC_UDF(INPUT TIMESTAMP_LTZ)+TRUNC_UDF(DATE_TO_TRUNC TIMESTAMP_LTZ) ``` @@ -794,9 +794,9 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined store procedure (UDP) is used to log messages using the Snowflake [SYSTEM$LOG](/developer-guide/logging-tracing/logging-snowflake-scripting) functions.--```sql-:force:-DATEADD_UDF(D TIMESTAMP, INTERVAL_VALUE STRING)+This user-defined stored procedure (UDP) is used to log messages using the Snowflake [SYSTEM$LOG](/developer-guide/logging-tracing/logging-snowflake-scripting) functions.++```sql+:force:+LOG_INFO_UDP(MESSAGE VARCHAR) ```
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(16行追加・17行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/inference/real-time-inference-rest-api+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/inference/real-time-inference-rest-api@@ -34,5 +34,5 @@ - Version 1.8.0 or later of the snowflake-ml-python Python package.-- A model logged into [Snowflake Model Registry](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/model-registry/overview).+- A model logged in [Snowflake Model Registry](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/model-registry/overview). - An understanding of [compute pools](/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/working-with-compute-pool) and related privileges on SPCS.@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ The following limitations apply to online model serving in Snowpark Container Services. -- Table functions aren't supported. Your model must have a table function to be deployed to Snowflake.+- Table functions aren't supported. Your model must NOT have a table function to be deployed to Snowflake. - Models developed using Snowpark ML modeling classes can't be deployed to environments that have a GPU. As a workaround, you can extract the native model and deploy that. For more information,@@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ <a id="label-real-time-inference-invoking-deployed-model"></a> -## Invoking deployed model+## Invoking a deployed model <a id="label-real-time-inference-http-endpoints"></a>@@ -159,5 +159,5 @@ predict-proba in the URL. -To simplify things, in Python, list_services() API can be called on ModelVersion object:+To simplify things, in Python, the list_services() API can be called on a ModelVersion object: ```python@@ -166,5 +166,5 @@ ``` -It outputs both public endpoint (`inference_endpoint`) and internal endpoint (`internal_endpoint`).+It outputs both the public endpoint (`inference_endpoint`) and the internal endpoint (`internal_endpoint`). <a id="label-real-time-inference-authentication"></a>@@ -173,9 +173,8 @@ Snowflake supports multiple authentication protocols.-Simplest of all is to use [Programmatic Access Tokens (PAT)](/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens)-where token can be passed simply to the request header as <code className="samp">Authorization: Snowflake Token="<em>your_pat_token</em>"</code>--All authorization failures such as an incorrect token or lack of network route to the service result in a 404 error. As of today, there is-no way to distinguish authentication errors from invalid URLs.+The simplest of all is to use [Programmatic Access Tokens (PAT)](/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens)+where the token can be passed simply to the request header as <code className="samp">Authorization: Snowflake Token="<em>your_pat_token</em>"</code>++All authorization failures such as an incorrect token or lack of network route to the service result in a 404 error. There is no way to distinguish authentication errors from invalid URLs. <a id="label-real-time-inference-authorization"></a>@@ -190,8 +189,8 @@ ## Request body (or protocol or data format) -Snowflake supports two types of data formats for REST requests. They are inspired by Pandas dataframe particularly because they are well-known in the industry and verifiable by customers using simple Python scripts with a Pandas Dataframe.--**Method-to-URL Mapping:** When constructing your request URL, note that underscores (`_`) in your model's method names are+Snowflake supports two types of data formats for REST requests. They are inspired by the Pandas DataFrame, particularly because DataFrames are well+known in the industry and verifiable by customers using simple Python scripts with a Pandas DataFrame.++**Method-to-URL mapping:** When constructing your request URL, note that underscores (`_`) in your model's method names are automatically replaced by dashes (`-`). For example, if your model method is `predict_proba`, the endpoint URL path becomes `/predict-proba`.@@ -229,5 +228,5 @@ - `data`: A list of rows, where each row is a list of values aligned with the columns. -Example `cURL` Request:+Example `cURL` request: ```bash@@ -256,5 +255,5 @@ The request body wraps this list under the `dataframe_records` key: -Example `cURL` Request:+Example `cURL` request: ```bash@@ -522,5 +521,5 @@ <a id="label-real-time-inference-next-steps"></a> -## Next Steps+## Next steps Explore these detailed guides to optimize and manage your inference services:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(28行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code-agent-sdk/cortex-code-agent-sdk+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code-agent-sdk/cortex-code-agent-sdk@@ -468,16 +468,32 @@ </tr> <tr>+ <td>Claude Opus 5</td>+ <td>`claude-opus-5`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Claude Opus 4.8</td>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-8`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Claude Opus 4.7</td>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-7`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr> <td>Claude Opus 4.6</td> <td>`claude-opus-4-6`</td> </tr> <tr>+ <td>Claude Opus 4.5</td>+ <td>`claude-opus-4-5`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Claude Sonnet 5</td>+ <td>`claude-sonnet-5`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr> <td>Claude Sonnet 4.6</td> <td>`claude-sonnet-4-6`</td> </tr> <tr>- <td>Claude Opus 4.5</td>- <td>`claude-opus-4-5`</td>- </tr>- <tr> <td>Claude Sonnet 4.5</td> <td>`claude-sonnet-4-5`</td>@@ -486,4 +502,12 @@ <td>Claude Sonnet 4.0</td> <td>`claude-4-sonnet`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>OpenAI GPT 5.5 (Preview)</td>+ <td>`openai-gpt-5.5`</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>OpenAI GPT 5.4</td>+ <td>`openai-gpt-5.4`</td> </tr> <tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(16行追加・16行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/code-conversion/function-references/oracle+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/code-conversion/function-references/oracle@@ -87,5 +87,5 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined function (UDF) transforms from Gregorian date to Julian date (The number of days since January 1, 4712 BC.).+This user-defined function (UDF) transforms from Gregorian date to Julian date (the number of days since January 1, 4712 BC). ```sql@@ -164,5 +164,5 @@ ### Usage example -To review the lines in the file, there are two ways: Downloading the file from the Snowflake CLI or briefly review the information with `SELECT * FROM UTL_FILE.FOPEN_TABLES_LINES;` but only if the file has not been closed.+To review the lines in the file, there are two ways: Downloading the file from the Snowflake CLI or briefly reviewing the information with `SELECT * FROM UTL_FILE.FOPEN_TABLES_LINES;` but only if the file has not been closed. Input:@@ -233,5 +233,5 @@ ### Usage example -The `UTL_FILE.FOPEN_UDF` allows to open a .csv file. To access the file it is required to create a `stage` for the file and use the Snowflake CLI to upload it.+The `UTL_FILE.FOPEN_UDF` allows you to open a .csv file. To access the file it is required to create a `stage` for the file and use the Snowflake CLI to upload it. Input:@@ -364,5 +364,5 @@ The timestamp number that is going to be added with the second float parameter. -`SECOND_PARAM` DATE+`SECOND_PARAM` TIMESTAMP The float number to be added with the timestamp in the first parameter.@@ -537,5 +537,5 @@ `FIRST_PARAM` DATE -The date over the subtraction is done.+The date on which the subtraction is performed. `SECOND_PARAM` TIMESTAMP@@ -884,5 +884,5 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined function (UDF) is+This user-defined function (UDF) is used to support the Oracle `REGEXP_LIKE` functionality with a match parameter for case sensitivity. ```sql@@ -903,9 +903,9 @@ MATCHPARAM STRING -The match parameter that will determine whether the case-sensitive or not.--### Returns--Returns+The match parameter that will determine whether the match is case-sensitive or not.++### Returns++Returns a boolean expression. True if the pattern matches the string; otherwise, false. ### Usage example@@ -1115,5 +1115,5 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined function (UDF) is used to pen a cursor without bindings.+This user-defined function (UDF) is used to open a cursor without bindings. ```sql@@ -1410,5 +1410,5 @@ `DATESTR` STRING -The date as a `string` to be formatted. The format should be '`YYYY-MM-DD"T"HH24:MI:SS.FF'` e.g. `'2024-01-25T23:25:11.120'`.+The date as a `string` to be formatted. The format should be `'YYYY-MM-DD"T"HH24:MI:SS.FF'` e.g. `'2024-01-25T23:25:11.120'`. Please review the following information about formatting [here](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/date-time-input-output#timestamp-formats).@@ -1562,5 +1562,5 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined function (UDF) transforms from date to oracle RR datetime format date+This user-defined function (UDF) transforms from date to Oracle RR datetime format ```sql@@ -1602,5 +1602,5 @@ ```sql :force:-PUBLIC.CONVERT_DATE_WITH_RR_FORMAT_UDF(TO_DATE('17-NOV-30','DD-MON-YY')) as A from DUAL;+PUBLIC.DATE_TO_RR_FORMAT_UDF(TO_DATE('17-NOV-30','DD-MON-YY')) as A from DUAL; ``` @@ -2094,5 +2094,5 @@ ### Usage example -The `UTL_FILE.FOPEN_UDF` allows to open a .csv file. To access the file it is required to create a `stage` for the file and use the Snowflake CLI to upload it.+The `UTL_FILE.FOPEN_UDF` allows you to open a .csv file. To access the file it is required to create a `stage` for the file and use the Snowflake CLI to upload it. Input:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(24行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/show-application-services+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/show-application-services@@ -133,12 +133,4 @@ </tr> <tr>- <td>`execute_as_role`</td>- <td>- For a service in a personal database, the role that owner's rights- queries run as, set with `EXECUTE_AS_ROLE`. Empty for a service in a- standard database.- </td>- </tr>- <tr> <td>`created_by`</td> <td>Name of the user who created the service.</td>@@ -191,4 +183,28 @@ </td> </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`execute_as_role`</td>+ <td>+ For a service in a personal database, the role that owner's rights+ queries run as, set with `EXECUTE_AS_ROLE`. Empty for a service in a+ standard database.+ </td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`min_instances`</td>+ <td>+ Minimum instance count. `1` when not set.+ </td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`max_instances`</td>+ <td>+ Maximum instance count. Matches `MIN_INSTANCES` when not set.+ </td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>`current_instances`</td>+ <td>Current number of running instances.</td>+ </tr> </tbody>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(16行追加・16行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/manifest-reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/manifest-reference@@ -107,5 +107,5 @@ This field includes a single `databases` field and an optional `required_databases` field: -- `shared_content.databases` (List, required): A list of named database instances and the underlying objects to share.+- `shared_content.databases` (list, required): A list of named database instances and the underlying objects to share. <a id="label-dsna-manifest-databases"></a>@@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ Each named schema supports the following name value pairs: -- `tables` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named tables, which can include [dynamic tables](/user-guide/dynamic-tables/overview) and [Apache Iceberg tables](/user-guide/tables-iceberg).-- `views` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named views.-- `semantic_views` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named semantic views.-- `functions` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named user-defined functions (UDFs).-- `procedures` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named stored procedures.-- `cortex_agents` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named [Cortex Agents](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents).+- `tables` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named tables, which can include [dynamic tables](/user-guide/dynamic-tables/overview) and [Apache Iceberg tables](/user-guide/tables-iceberg).+- `views` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named views.+- `semantic_views` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named semantic views.+- `functions` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named user-defined functions (UDFs).+- `procedures` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named stored procedures.+- `cortex_agents` (list, <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>): A list of named [Cortex Agents](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents). - `roles` (list, optional): A list of app roles that the objects in the schema can use, for example, `[SALES, MARKETING]`. When this field is empty (`[]`) or omitted, then only app owners and roles with [granted IMPORTED PRIVILEGES](#label-dsna-share-access-to-all-data) receive access. The included roles must be defined in the [top-level roles field](#label-dsna-manifest-roles-top). @@ -164,5 +164,5 @@ #### `tables.{named table}` field -Each named standard table, [dynamic table](/user-guide/dynamic-tables/overview), and [Apache Iceberg table](/user-guide/tables-iceberg) (List, required <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a> ) supports the following name value pair:+Each named standard table, [dynamic table](/user-guide/dynamic-tables/overview), and [Apache Iceberg table](/user-guide/tables-iceberg) (list, required <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a> ) supports the following name value pair: - `roles` (list, optional): A list of app roles that can access the table; for example, `[SALES]`. When this field is empty (`[]`) or omitted, then only app owners and roles with [granted IMPORTED PRIVILEGES](#label-dsna-share-access-to-all-data) receive access. The included roles must be defined in the [top-level roles field](#label-dsna-manifest-roles-top) and included in the [\{named schema\}.roles](#label-dsna-manifest-schemas) field.@@ -176,5 +176,5 @@ #### `views.{named view}` field -Each named view (List, required <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a> ): supports the following name value pair:+Each named view (list, required <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>) supports the following name value pair: - `roles` (list, optional): A list of app roles that can access the view; for example, `[MARKETING]`. When this field is empty (`[]`) or omitted, then only app owners and roles with [granted IMPORTED PRIVILEGES](#label-dsna-share-access-to-all-data) receive access. The included roles must be defined in the [top-level roles field](#label-dsna-manifest-roles-top) and included in the [\{named schema\}.roles](#label-dsna-manifest-schemas) field.@@ -186,5 +186,5 @@ #### `semantic_views.{named semantic view}` field -Each named semantic view (List, required <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a> ): supports the following name value pair:+Each named semantic view (list, required <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a>) supports the following name value pair: - `roles` (list, optional): A list of app roles that can access the semantic view; for example, `[SALES]`. Note that, when sharing a semantic view, its referenced tables or views must be shared as well. When this field is empty (`[]`) or omitted, then only app owners and roles with [granted IMPORTED PRIVILEGES](#label-dsna-share-access-to-all-data) receive access. The included roles must be defined in the [top-level roles field](#label-dsna-manifest-roles-top) and included in the [\{named schema\}.roles](#label-dsna-manifest-schemas) field.@@ -194,5 +194,5 @@ #### `functions.{named function}` field -Each named function (List, required <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-OneOfRequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">[</span>OneOfRequired<span class="fn-bracket">]</span></a> ): supports the following name value pair:+Each named function (list, required <a class="footnote-reference brackets" href="#citation-oneofrequired" role="doc-noteref"><span class="fn-bracket">... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(15行追加・15行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/snowconvert-docs/general/release-notes/release-notes/README+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/snowconvert-docs/general/release-notes/release-notes/README@@ -4008,5 +4008,5 @@ ### IBM DB2 Stored Procedures & User-Defined Functions Support -SnowConvert AI now supports the conversion of DB2 stored procedures to Snowflake equivalents, enabling seamless migration of procedural code. This feature includes support for variable operations, and control flow statements. Also, DB2 user-defined functions will be converted to Snowflake Scripting UDFs when possible.+SnowConvert AI now supports the conversion of DB2 stored procedures to Snowflake equivalents, enabling seamless migration of procedural code. This feature includes support for variable operations and control flow statements. Also, DB2 user-defined functions will be converted to Snowflake Scripting UDFs when possible. ### New Features 🚀@@ -4549,5 +4549,5 @@ ### Fixes - Fixed issue with retrieving access codes from SnowConvert due to certificate handling problems.-- Added Data Validation manual execution instruction and scripts.+- Added Data Validation manual execution instructions and scripts. ## Version 1.15.1 (Aug 6, 2025)@@ -4635,24 +4635,24 @@ * **General support**:- * Transformation for ```SELECT INTO``` variables inside stored procedures.- * Transformation for ```CASE``` statements without ELSE clauses.- * Transformation of ```RETURN``` statement in Redshift.- * Support of ```RAISE``` for logging, warnings, and exceptions.+ * Transformation for `SELECT INTO` variables inside stored procedures.+ * Transformation for `CASE` statements without ELSE clauses.+ * Transformation of `RETURN` statement in Redshift.+ * Support of `RAISE` for logging, warnings, and exceptions. * **Variable Binding**: * Support for binding variables in stored procedures. * Handling positional arguments for binding variables.- * Variable bindings in the ```OPEN cursor``` statement.+ * Variable bindings in the `OPEN cursor` statement. * **Transaction Support**:- * Initial support for ```COMMIT```, ```ROLLBACK```, and ```TRUNCATE``` statements.+ * Initial support for `COMMIT`, `ROLLBACK`, and `TRUNCATE` statements. * **Cursor Operations**:- * Support for the ```FETCH``` statement.- * Transformation for ```refcursor variable declaration```.+ * Support for the `FETCH` statement.+ * Transformation for `refcursor variable declaration`. * **DML Operations**:- * Transformations for ```INSERT```, ```UPDATE```, ```MERGE```, ```SELECT INTO``` statements.-* ```**Control Flow Statements**```:+ * Transformations for `INSERT`, `UPDATE`, `MERGE`, `SELECT INTO` statements.+* **Control Flow Statements**: * Support for basic control flows statements. * Transformations of Labels Stats against loops. * **DDL Operations**:- * Support for ```CREATE TABLE AS``` statement.+ * Support for `CREATE TABLE AS` statement. ### Breaking Changes ⛓️💥@@ -4708,5 +4708,5 @@ * **Free** access for anyone with a corporate email. * **Redshift** conversion is now supported under preview.-* Remove assessment step. Assessment and conversion are now completed in only one step.+* Removed assessment step. Assessment and conversion are now completed in only one step. * Introduction of the new Code Completeness Score and Code Unit Methodology. * Improved messages like Functional Difference Messages (FDMs), Performance Reviews (PRFs) and EWIs (error, warnings, and issues).@@ -4743,5 +4743,5 @@ * TERA mode without COLLATE. * Support parsing of GENERATED TIMECOLUMN column option.-* Support parsing of TD\_NORMALIZE\_MEET function.\+* Support parsing of TD\_NORMALIZE\_MEET function. #### Fixed
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・19行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/use-cases/sma-checkpoints-walkthrough/snowpark-checkpoints-execution-guide/validation+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/use-cases/sma-checkpoints-walkthrough/snowpark-checkpoints-execution-guide/validation@@ -1,11 +1,2 @@-<dl className="field-list">-<dt>description<span className="colon">:</span></dt>-<dd>--This page outlines the step-by-step process for the validation procedure.--</dd>-</dl>- # Snowpark Migration Accelerator: Validation @@ -20,25 +11,25 @@ 3. Generate checkpoints using the `checkpoints.json` file. -To generate checkpoints you can do one of the following actions:+ To generate checkpoints you can do one of the following actions: -- Generate them by accepting the suggested message:+ - Generate them by accepting the suggested message: -.png)+ .png) -- Execute "Snowflake: Load All Checkpoints command"+ - Execute the "Snowflake: Load All Checkpoints" command -.png)+ .png) -Once all checkpoints are loaded, your files should appear as follows:+ Once all checkpoints are loaded, your files should appear as follows: -.png)+ .png) -1. Run the Python file to execute the checkpoints validation process.+4. Run the Python file to execute the checkpoints validation process. -When running a python file that contains validation checkpoints, the validation results are going to be shown in the copied "snowpark-checkpoints-output" folder as "checkpoints_validation_results.json":+When running a Python file that contains validation checkpoints, the validation results will be shown in the copied "snowpark-checkpoints-output" folder as "checkpoints_validation_results.json": .png) -The "checkpoints_validation_results.json" contains the unified results of the collection process+The "checkpoints_validation_results.json" contains the unified results of the validation process. ```json
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(14行追加・14行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ Agents bring your structured and unstructured data together in a single governed workflow. They generate SQL over structured data using %cortex-analyst% semantic views and use Cortex Search to retrieve insights from unstructured sources, then reason over the combined results. You can extend what an agent can do with several types of tools: -- A built-in code execution tool (Private Preview) that, when enabled, runs Python in a secure, isolated sandbox to process data and perform calculations.+- A built-in [code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool) that, when enabled, runs Python in a secure, isolated sandbox to process data and perform calculations. - A Data to Chart tool that generates visualizations from data. - Custom tools built from stored procedures and user-defined functions (UDFs) to call backend systems or implement your own business logic.@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ 1. **Plan**: The agent parses the request and decides how to answer it. It can disambiguate a vague question (for example, "Tell me about Acme Supplies" might refer to products, location, or sales personnel), split a complex request into subtasks (for example, "What are the differences between contract terms for Acme Supplies and Acme Stationery?"), and choose which tool to use for each part.-2. **Use tools**: The agent calls the tools it selected, such as %cortex-analyst% for structured data, Cortex Search for unstructured data, or the code execution tool to process results.+2. **Use tools**: The agent calls the tools it selected, such as %cortex-analyst% for structured data, Cortex Search for unstructured data, or the [code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool) to process results. 3. **Reflect and respond**: The agent evaluates the results from each tool to decide what to do next, whether that's asking a clarifying question, calling another tool, or generating a final response. This loop lets the agent handle complex, multi-step questions. @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ Cortex Agents is built around the following concepts: -| Concept | Description |-| ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |-| **Agent** | A schema-level object that bundles the agent's model, tools, orchestration settings, and instructions. Create it once and reuse it across interactions and applications. |-| **Tools** | How the agent acts on your data and systems: %cortex-analyst%, Cortex Search, code execution, custom tools, and more. See [Tools](#label-cortex-agents-tools). |-| **Orchestration** | The LLM-driven plan, use tools, reflect loop the agent runs to answer a request. You shape it with natural-language planning and response instructions. |-| **Thread** | Persisted conversation context across turns, so your client application doesn't manage state. Create a thread object and reference its ID in agent interactions. |-| **Run** | A single request to an agent through the `agent:run` API. The agent emits events throughout the run that surface its reasoning, tool calls, and reflections. |+| Concept | Description |+| ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |+| **Agent** | A schema-level object that bundles the agent's model, tools, orchestration settings, and instructions. Create it once and reuse it across interactions and applications. |+| **Tools** | How the agent acts on your data and systems: %cortex-analyst%, Cortex Search, [code execution](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool), custom tools, and more. See [Tools](#label-cortex-agents-tools). |+| **Orchestration** | The LLM-driven plan, use tools, reflect loop the agent runs to answer a request. You shape it with natural-language planning and response instructions. |+| **Thread** | Persisted conversation context across turns, so your client application doesn't manage state. Create a thread object and reference its ID in agent interactions. |+| **Run** | A single request to an agent through the `agent:run` API. The agent emits events throughout the run that surface its reasoning, tool calls, and reflections. | <a id="label-cortex-agents-models"></a>@@ -64,6 +64,6 @@ | Provider | Model | Status | Cross Cloud (any region) | AWS US | AWS US Gov | AWS EU | AWS APJ | AWS AU | Azure US | Azure EU | Google Cloud US | | --------- | -------------------------- | -------------- | ------------------------ | ------ | ---------- | ------ | ------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | --------------- |-| Anthropic | `claude-opus-5` | Public preview | %cm% | %cm% | | %cm% | %cm% | %cm% | | | |-| Anthropic | `claude-opus-4-8` | Public preview | %cm% | %cm% | | %cm% | %cm% | %cm% | | | |+| Anthropic | `claude-opus-5` | GA | %cm% | %cm% | | %cm% | %cm% | %cm% | | | |+| Anthropic | `claude-opus-4-8` | GA | %cm% | %cm% | | %cm% | %cm% | %cm% | | | | | Anthropic | `claude-opus-4-7` | GA | %cm% | %cm% | | %cm% | %cm% | %cm% | | | | | Anthropic | `claude-opus-4-6` | GA | %cm% | %cm% | | %cm% | %cm% | %cm% | | | |@@ -135,6 +135,6 @@ </tr> <tr>- <td>Code execution (Private Preview)</td>- <td>Runs Python in a secure, isolated sandbox to process data and perform calculations. See [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool).</td>+ <td>[Code execution](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool)</td>+ <td>Runs Python in a secure, isolated sandbox to process data and perform calculations.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -168,5 +168,5 @@ ## Access control and authentication -Calling an agent requires the SNOWFLAKE.CORTEX_USER or SNOWFLAKE.CORTEX_AGENT_USER database role, privileges on the agent object, and privileges on the objects used by the agent's tools. Cortex Agents determines session permissions from the querying user's default role. Requests to the Cortex Agents API must include an authorization token.+Calling an agent requires the SNOWFLAKE.CORTEX_USER or SNOWFLAKE.CORTEX_AGENT_USER database role, privileges on the agent object, and privileges on the objects used by the agent's tools. If the user's role is missing privileges on a tool, ... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(14行追加・14行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/connecting/configure-connections+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/connecting/configure-connections@@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ ``` -For MacOS and Linux systems, %sf-cli% requires the `config.toml` file to limit its file permissions to read and write for the file owner only. To set the file required file permissions execute the following commands:+For macOS and Linux systems, %sf-cli% requires the `config.toml` file to limit its file permissions to read and write for the file owner only. To set the required file permissions, execute the following commands: ```snowcli@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ ``` -If the command finishes with an error, such as if the `--private_key_file` option references a non-existing file, the connection is not saved in the `config.toml` configuration file.+If the command finishes with an error, such as if the `--private-key-file` option references a non-existing file, the connection is not saved in the `config.toml` configuration file. By default, the `snow connection add` command prompts for optional parameters if they are not specified on the command line. If you want to add connections without specifying some optional parameter, like `account`, and skip the interactive prompts, you can use the `--no-interactive` option, as shown:@@ -178,5 +178,5 @@ ```snowcli-snow connection test -c myconnection2 --enable-diag --diag-log-path $(HOME)/report+snow connection test -c myconnection2 --enable-diag --diag-log-path $HOME/report ``` @@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ ### Use a private key file for authentication -To use private key file for authentication, your connection configuration requires you to set the `authenticator`-parameter to `SNOWFLAKE_JWT` and provide path to file with your private key similar to the following:--- Specify the `--private_key-file` option in the `snow connection add` command, as shown:+To use a private key file for authentication, your connection configuration requires you to set the `authenticator`+parameter to `SNOWFLAKE_JWT` and provide the path to the file with your private key similar to the following:++- Specify the `--private-key-file` option in the `snow connection add` command, as shown: ```snowcli snow connection add \@@ -492,5 +492,5 @@ ### Use OAuth authentication -To use connect using OAuth, you can do either of the following:+To connect using OAuth, you can do either of the following: - Specify the `--token-file-path` option in the `snow connection add` command, as shown:@@ -556,5 +556,5 @@ - If you want use the passcode in the password for authentication, after executing the first `snow` command, you can no longer provide the passcode as long as the token in valid. You must do the following:+ If you want to use the passcode in the password for authentication, after executing the first `snow` command, you can no longer provide the passcode as long as the token is valid. You must do the following: - Remove the passcode from the password.@@ -587,5 +587,5 @@ You can use your browser to authenticate your %sf-cli% connection with any SAML 2.0 compliant identity provider (IdP), such as Okta or Active Directory Federation Services. -The `externalbrowser` authenticator is only supported in terminal windows that have web browser access. For example, a terminal window on a remote machine accessed through a SSH (Secure Shell) session might require additional setup to open a web browser.+The `externalbrowser` authenticator is only supported in terminal windows that have web browser access. For example, a terminal window on a remote machine accessed through an SSH (Secure Shell) session might require additional setup to open a web browser. If you don't have access to a web browser, but your IdP is Okta, you can use native Okta by setting the authenticator to `https://<okta_account_name>.okta.com`.@@ -612,5 +612,5 @@ Programmatic Access Token (PAT) is a Snowflake-specific authentication method. The feature must be enabled for the account before usage (see the [](#label-pat-prerequisites) for more information). Authentication with PAT doesn't involve any human interaction. -To use PAT with the connection, set `authenticator` to `PROGRAMMATIC_ACCESS_TOKEN` and `token_file_path` to point the file with token, as shown:+To use PAT with the connection, set `authenticator` to `PROGRAMMATIC_ACCESS_TOKEN` and `token_file_path` to point to the file with the token, as shown: ```toml@@ -665,6 +665,6 @@ snow connection add \ --connection-name my_wif_conn \- --account <account>- --authenticatior WORKLOAD_IDENTITY \+ --account <account> \+ --authenticator WORKLOAD_IDENTITY \ --workload-identity-provider <provider type> ```@@ -683,5 +683,5 @@ </blockquote> -When using OIDC as a provider, you need to retrieve the token from your environment and provide it to cli. You can provide retrieved token via+When using OIDC as a provider, you need to retrieve the token from your environment and provide it to the CLI. You can provide the retrieved token via - `--token` parameter
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(13行追加・13行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-warehouse+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-warehouse@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-warehouse) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-warehouse) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-warehouse) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-warehouses)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-warehouse), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-warehouse), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-warehouse), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-warehouses) </dd>@@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ <tr> <td>`XXLARGE`</td>- <td>`X2LARGE` , `'2X-LARGE'`</td>+ <td>`X2LARGE`, `'2X-LARGE'`</td> </tr> <tr> <td>`XXXLARGE`</td>- <td>`X3LARGE` , `'3X-LARGE'`</td>+ <td>`X3LARGE`, `'3X-LARGE'`</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -272,5 +272,5 @@ </dl> -`RESOURCE_CONSTRAINT = { STANDARD_GEN_1 | STANDARD_GEN_2 | MEMORY_1X| MEMORY_1X_x86 | MEMORY_16X | MEMORY_16X_x86 | MEMORY_64X | MEMORY_64X_x86 }`+`RESOURCE_CONSTRAINT = { STANDARD_GEN_1 | STANDARD_GEN_2 | MEMORY_1X | MEMORY_1X_x86 | MEMORY_16X | MEMORY_16X_x86 | MEMORY_64X | MEMORY_64X_x86 }` <blockquote>@@ -479,5 +479,5 @@ - `STANDARD`: Minimizes queuing by starting clusters.-- `ECONOMY`: Conserves credits by favoring keeping running clusters fully-loaded.+- `ECONOMY`: Conserves credits by favoring keeping running clusters fully loaded. For a more detailed description, see [](#label-mcw-scaling-policies).@@ -504,8 +504,8 @@ Any integer `0` or greater, or `NULL`: -- The background process that suspends a warehouse runs approximately every 30 seconds and therefore, the setting for+- The background process that suspends a warehouse runs approximately every 30 seconds and, therefore, the setting for this property isn't intended for enabling precise control over warehouse suspension. - Setting a value less than 30, or a value that isn't a multiple of 30, is allowed but might not result in the expected- behavior due to the 30 second poll interval for warehouse suspension.+ behavior due to the 30-second poll interval for warehouse suspension. - Setting a `0` or `NULL` value means the warehouse never suspends. @@ -692,5 +692,5 @@ <dd> -Object parameter that specifies the concurrency level for SQL statements (i.e. queries and DML) executed by a warehouse cluster.+Object parameter that specifies the concurrency level for SQL statements (that is, queries and DML) executed by a warehouse cluster. For a detailed description of this parameter, see [](#label-max-concurrency-level).@@ -700,5 +700,5 @@ <dd> -Object parameter that specifies the time, in seconds, a SQL statement (query, DDL, DML, etc.) can be queued on a warehouse before it is+Object parameter that specifies the time, in seconds, a SQL statement (query, DDL, DML, and so on) can be queued on a warehouse before it is canceled by the system. @@ -709,5 +709,5 @@ <dd> -Object parameter that specifies the time, in seconds, after which a running SQL statement (query, DDL, DML, etc.) is canceled by the system.+Object parameter that specifies the time, in seconds, after which a running SQL statement (query, DDL, DML, and so on) is canceled by the system. For a detailed description of this parameter, see [](#label-statement-timeout-in-seconds).@@ -814,5 +814,5 @@ - Existing policies or tags can't be altered by a CREATE OR ALTER WAREHOUSE statement and remain unchanged. -## Billing and Pricing+## Billing and pricing For information on Snowpark-optimized warehouse credit consumption, see@@ -874,5 +874,5 @@ WAREHOUSE_TYPE = 'SNOWPARK-OPTIMIZED' WAREHOUSE_SIZE = 'X-LARGE'- RESOURCE_CONSTRAINT = 'MEMORY_16X_X86'+ RESOURCE_CONSTRAINT = 'MEMORY_16X_x86' AUTO_RESUME = TRUE COMMENT = 'Snowpark warehouse for ingestion';@@ -881,5 +881,5 @@ WAREHOUSE_TYPE = 'SNOWPARK-OPTIMIZED' WAREHOUSE_SIZE = 'X-LARGE'- RESOURCE_CONSTRAINT = 'MEMORY_16X_X86'+ RESOURCE_CONSTRAINT = 'MEMORY_16X_x86' AUTO_RESUME = FALSE COMMENT = 'Snowpark warehouse for ingestion (disabled for auto-resume)';
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(13行追加・13行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/connector-sdk/getting_started+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/connector-sdk/getting_started@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ This directory contains the actual %snsdkforconn% source code and tests.-Because of the nature of the native app inside Snowflake source code is not only Java code,-but also bundled SQL code with database objects definitions.+Because of the nature of the native app inside Snowflake, source code is not only Java code,+but also bundled SQL code with database object definitions. -The Java code is inside `src/main` directory as for any regular Java library. The same for the unit tests located inside `src/test`.+The Java code is inside the `src/main` directory as for any regular Java library. Unit tests are located inside `src/test`. Additionally, inside `src/` directory you can find `intTest` and `appTest` directories.-Those are respectively integration and application tests. Both of those test types require connection to a Snowflake account.+Those are respectively integration and application tests. Both of those test types require a connection to a Snowflake account. The former ones test the SDK components using standalone database objects, while the latter deploy an actual application and run tests using it. @@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ - `connectors-native-sdk-test` -This directory contains helper library designed to enable easier unit testing of the Connector based on the %snsdkforconn%.+This directory contains a helper library designed to enable easier unit testing of the Connector based on the %snsdkforconn%. It provides mock implementations for some of the database objects, specially designed test builders that allow overwriting parts of the code not available for customization and some custom assertions based on the [AssertJ library](https://assertj.github.io/doc/).@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@ Currently, installation and usage of the %snsdkforconn% requires the developer to perform some manual actions. -The %snsdkforconn% library is available via Maven Central+The %snsdkforconn% library is available via Maven Central. ```text@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ The %snsdkforconn% is designed to be used with the %naf%. This means that deployment and installation is happening the same way-as it does for any other native app. This mean that first the Application Package needs to be created and all the files need to be uploaded into stage,+as it does for any other native app. This means that first the Application Package needs to be created and all the files need to be uploaded into a stage, recommendation is to create stage inside the Application Package. If the above example script was used then all the required files from the %snsdkforconn% should be already present in the target build directory of the Connector.-This means that its up to the developer to make sure that the custom code of the Connector and any Streamlit files are also there.+This means that it's up to the developer to make sure that the custom code of the Connector and any Streamlit files are also there. For more information check [](/developer-guide/native-apps/creating-app-package). @@ -133,15 +133,15 @@ The %snsdkforconn% provides objects and procedures that handle common use cases for each Connector application. This includes things like configuration, lifecycle, ingestion definition, and so on. To review the full list of features, see the SDK reference.-Some parts of the predefined features can be customized, for more information on that check Stored procedures and handlers customization.+Some parts of the predefined features can be customized. For more information, check Stored procedures and handlers customization. ## Testing -As mentioned before Connectors Native SDK contains different types of tests.-This includes unit tests, integration tests and so called application tests.+As mentioned before, Connectors Native SDK contains different types of tests.+This includes unit tests, integration tests and so-called application tests. The unit tests use features provided in the aforementioned `connectors-native-sdk-test`. As for integration and application tests they require connection to Snowflake. Connection details can be defined using the `.env/snowflake_credentials` file.-Application tests directory also contains an empty connector application in resource.-That application is deployed during the test suite execution+The application tests directory also contains an empty connector application in resources.+That application is deployed during the test suite execution. Additional resources:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(11行追加・15行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-search/tutorials/cortex-search-tutorial-2-chat+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-search/tutorials/cortex-search-tutorial-2-chat@@ -27,12 +27,10 @@ You will use a sample dataset hosted on Kaggle for this tutorial.-The Books dataset is a collection of book name, title and descriptions. You can download the dataset from the following link:--The complete dataset can be found on+The Books dataset is a collection of book names, titles, and descriptions. The complete dataset can be found on [Kaggle](https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/elvinrustam/books-dataset/data). In a non-tutorial setting, you would bring your own data, possibly already in a Snowflake table. -### Creating the database, schema, stage and warehouse+### Creating the database, schema, and warehouse Run the following SQL code to set up the necessary database, schema, and warehouse:@@ -72,15 +70,15 @@ 4. Select your schema `public`. 5. Select **Stages** and select `books_data_stage`.-6. On the top right, Select the **+ Files** button.+6. On the top right, select the **+ Files** button. 7. Drag and drop files into the UI or select **Browse** to choose a file from the dialog window.-8. Select **Upload** to upload your file, `BooksDatasetClean.csv`+8. Select **Upload** to upload your file, `BooksDatasetClean.csv`. 9. Select the three dots on the right of the file and select **Load into table**. 10. Name the table `BOOKS_DATASET_RAW` and select **Next**.- <img src="/static/images/cortex-search/basic_chatbot_tutorial_add_data.png" alt="" style={{width: "600"}} />+ <img src="/static/images/cortex-search/basic_chatbot_tutorial_add_data.png" alt="" style={{width: "600px"}} /> 11. In the left panel of the load data dialog, choose **First line contains header** from the **Header** menu. 12. Then select **Load**. -## Step 3: Build the Chunks Table+## Step 3: Build the chunks table Retrieval accuracy with Cortex Search tends to be higher when documents are shorter.@@ -133,5 +131,5 @@ ## Step 5: Create a Streamlit app -You can query the service with Python SDK (using the `snowflake` Python package). This tutorial+You can query the service with the Python SDK (using the `snowflake` Python package). This tutorial demonstrates using the Python SDK in a %sis% application. @@ -301,5 +299,5 @@ prompt = f""" [INST]- Based on the chat history below and the question, generate a query that extend the question+ Based on the chat history below and the question, generate a query that extends the question with the chat history provided. The query should be in natural language. Answer with only the query. Do not add any explanation.@@ -355,7 +353,7 @@ If the user asks a generic question which cannot be answered with the given context or chat_history,- just say "I don't know the answer to that question.-- Don't saying things like "according to the provided context".+ just say "I don't know the answer to that question."++ Don't say things like "according to the provided context". <chat_history>@@ -427,6 +425,4 @@ ## Step 7: Clean up -### Clean up (optional)- Execute the following [](/sql-reference/sql/drop) commands to return your system to its state before you began the tutorial:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(13行追加・13行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/kafka-connector-ts+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/kafka-connector-ts@@ -160,5 +160,5 @@ </dl> -5. Create a temporary table with two variant columns for testing purposes. The table is only used to validate staged data file. No data is loaded into the table. The table is dropped automatically when the current user session ends:+5. Create a temporary table with one variant column for testing purposes. The table is only used to validate staged data files. No data is loaded into the table. The table is dropped automatically when the current user session ends: ```sql@@ -300,6 +300,6 @@ ### Failure in Streaming Channel Offset Migration Response Error Code: 5023 -When upgrading to the v2.1.0 (or higher) connector version, there was a change introduced in Snowpipe Streaming Channel name format. As a result, the logic detecting information about previously committed offsets-will not find any information about previously committed ones.+When upgrading to the v2.1.0 (or higher) connector version, a change was introduced in the Snowpipe Streaming Channel name format. As a result, the logic detecting information about previously committed offsets+will not find any information about them. This will manifest as the following exception: @@ -325,5 +325,5 @@ ### Configuring connector to support multiple topics -We have encountered an issue with a single kafka connector instance supporting a large number of topics, each having multiple partitions. The connector's configuration, even though seemed to be valid, resulted in endless re-balance cycle without possibility to ingest any data into the Snowflake.+We have encountered an issue with a single Kafka connector instance supporting a large number of topics, each having multiple partitions. The connector's configuration, even though it seemed to be valid, resulted in an endless re-balance cycle without the possibility of ingesting any data into Snowflake. The issue was specific to Snowpipe Streaming ingestion mode (`snowflake.ingestion.method=SNOWPIPE_STREAMING`), but guidelines are also applicable to Snowpipe ingestion mode (`snowflake.ingestion.method=SNOWPIPE`). The issue manifests itself in the log file by repeatedly logging this log message:@@ -338,5 +338,5 @@ <dd> -Configure partition assignment strategy to tasks as `org.apache.kafka.clients.consumer.CooperativeStickyAssignor` - this will cause even distribution of ingested channels to available tasks, reducing the risk of re-balancing. Note that `CooperativeStickyAssignor` requires Kafka Connect version 3.0.1 or later because of [this known issue](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/KAFKA-12487).+Configure partition assignment strategy to tasks as `org.apache.kafka.clients.consumer.CooperativeStickyAssignor`. This causes even distribution of ingested channels to available tasks, reducing the risk of re-balancing. Note that `CooperativeStickyAssignor` requires Kafka Connect version 3.0.1 or later because of [this known issue](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/KAFKA-12487). </dd>@@ -344,5 +344,5 @@ <dd> -The number of instantiated tasks per connector shouldn't exceed number of available CPUs - the underlying driver implements throttling mechanism based on the available CPUs. Increasing number of concurrent requests will increase memory pressure on your system, but also will result in longer insert processing times, directly leading to missing connector's heartbeats.+The number of instantiated tasks per connector shouldn't exceed the number of available CPUs; the underlying driver implements a throttling mechanism based on the available CPUs. Increasing the number of concurrent requests will increase memory pressure on your system and will result in longer insert processing times, directly leading to missing connector's heartbeats. </dd>@@ -355,5 +355,5 @@ <dd> -Defines how often the monitor thread (there is one associated with each task) will send heartbeat to Kafka. Default is `3000` ms, but in case of higher system load - you can experiment with increasing it to `5000` ms.+Defines how often the monitor thread (there is one associated with each task) will send a heartbeat to Kafka. Default is `3000` ms, but if system load is higher, you can experiment with increasing it to `5000` ms. </dd>@@ -367,5 +367,5 @@ <dd> -Defines the maximum interval between call to `poll()` from underlying Kafka. The time spent between the polls basically maps to the connector processing batch of data (including upload to Snowflake and committing). In scenarios when you have multiple tasks processing data, underlying Snowflake Connection may start throttling requests, resulting in longer processing times. Depending on your scenario, you can increase this value to even 20 minutes (`1200000` ms) - especially when you start the connector with a large initial record count to be ingested.+Defines the maximum interval between calls to `poll()` from the underlying Kafka. The time spent between the polls basically maps to the connector processing batch of data (including upload to Snowflake and committing). In scenarios when you have multiple tasks processing data, underlying Snowflake Connection may start throttling requests, resulting in longer processing times. Depending on your scenario, you can increase this value to even 20 minutes (`1200000` ms), especially when you start the connector with a large initial record count to be ingested. </dd>@@ -373,5 +373,5 @@ <dd> -When re-balance happens, in a scenario with large number of channels per task, there is a lot of underlying logic per channel to figure out where to resume processing. This code is executed sequentially, so the more channels per task, the longer initial setup will last. Configure this property to value large enough, to give each channel to complete its initialization. Value of 3 minutes (`180000` ms) is a good starting point.+When re-balance happens, in a scenario with a large number of channels per task, there is a lot of underlying logic per channel to figure out where to resume processing. This code is executed sequentially, so the more channels per task, the longer initial setup will last. Configure this property to a value large enough to give each channel time to complete its initialization. A value of 3 minutes (`180000` ms) is a good starting point. </dd>@@ -380,5 +380,5 @@ It is also important to be aware of available heap memory for the connector. This is especially important in scenarios, where there are multiple connectors running simultaneously or you have one connector ingesting data from multiple topics. Each topic’s partition maps to a single channel and as such, requires memory. -Make sure you adjust your Kafka connect process memory settings via Xmx setting. One way of doing that is to define the+Make sure you adjust your Kafka Connect process memory settings via the Xmx setting. One way of doing that is to define the `KAFKA_OPTS` environment variable and set it accordingly (that is, `KAFKA_OPTS=-Xmx4G`). @@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ If your configuration doesn't have the `snowflake.topic2table.map` entry or there is a 1:1 mapping between the topic and the table, this issue doesn’t apply. -The Kafka connector is generating files with records to be uploaded to a stage. These files are formatted according to the following pattern:-`snowflake_kafka_connector_<connector-name>_stage_<table-name>/<connector-name>/<table-name>/<partition-id>/<low-watermark>_<high-watermark>_<timestamp>.json.gz`. The issue is located in the `<partition-id>`: if multiple topics load data into a single table, duplicates are likely on the `partition-id` value. This is not a problem in a normal connector operation. However, if the connector restarts or rebalances, the cleaner process might inaccurately associate files loaded to stage (but not yet ingested) with the wrong partition and decide to delete th... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(12行追加・13行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-granting-privs+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-granting-privs@@ -99,5 +99,5 @@ The account level permissions requested by the app appear under- **Account level privileges**+ **Account level privileges**. 6. In the **Account level privileges** pane, select the **Edit** icon and then move the slider for each privilege that you want to grant.@@ -211,5 +211,5 @@ communicate this requirement to the consumer, for example, in the README file of the app. -To grant the IMPORT privilege on the SNOWFLAKE database, run the following command:+To grant the IMPORTED PRIVILEGES privilege on the SNOWFLAKE database, run the following command: ```sql@@ -352,5 +352,5 @@ ### Security and cost considerations -When allowing an app to accesses an external or Iceberg table, consumers+When allowing an app to access an external or Iceberg table, consumers should be aware of the following: @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Providers can configure the app to display a dialog to all consumers to allow an app to access-an external or Iceberg tables.--To allow an app to access to an external or Iceberg table:+an external or Iceberg table.++To allow an app to access an external or Iceberg table: 1. Sign in to %sf-web-interface-link%.@@ -379,13 +379,12 @@ To enable access to external and Iceberg tables by using SQL use the-SET_APPLICATION_RESTRICTED_FEATURE_ACCESS system function as shown in the following+SYSTEM$SET_APPLICATION_RESTRICTED_FEATURE_ACCESS system function as shown in the following example: ```sql-SELECT SYSTEM$SET_APPLICATION_RESTRICTED_FEATURE_ACCESS(hello_snowflake_app, 'external_data', '{"allowed_cloud_providers" : "all"}');-```--This command allows the `hello_snowflake_app` app to access the external or Iceberg tables in the-that the app uses.+SELECT SYSTEM$SET_APPLICATION_RESTRICTED_FEATURE_ACCESS('hello_snowflake_app', 'external_data', '{"allowed_cloud_providers" : "all"}');+```++This command allows the `hello_snowflake_app` app to access the external or Iceberg tables in the share that the app uses. To determine if external and Iceberg tables have been enabled for an app, use the@@ -397,3 +396,3 @@ This system function returns a JSON object that indicates if external and Iceberg tables are allowed-the for the `hello_snowflake_app`.+for the `hello_snowflake_app`.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(12行追加・12行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-query+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-query@@ -84,5 +84,5 @@ ## Query changes with the `$changes` table -Each mirrored table has a companion `$changes` table (e.g. `orders_db.public.orders$changes`). It is a rolling **7-day change feed**: every insert, update, and delete that happens on the+Each mirrored table has a companion `$changes` table (for example, `orders_db.public.orders$changes`). It is a rolling **7-day change feed**: every insert, update, and delete that happens on the source PostgreSQL table shows up here as a queryable row, with a `_change_type` column (`I` for insert, `D` for delete; updates appear as a delete/insert pair). @@ -91,5 +91,5 @@ ### Snapshotting -When a table is **added to a mirror for the first time** — whether by creating the mirror, adding a table explicitly, or creating a new table inside a schema that is already mirrored — the mirror needs a full baseline copy of any existing rows before the change feed can start. During this period the table shows as `SNAPSHOTTING` in `list_mirrored_tables`. No changes are lost; the feed starts automatically once the copy completes.+When a table is **added to a mirror for the first time,** whether by creating the mirror, adding a table explicitly, or creating a new table inside a schema that is already mirrored, the mirror needs a full baseline copy of any existing rows before the change feed can start. During this period the table shows as `SNAPSHOTTING` in `list_mirrored_tables`. No changes are lost; the feed starts automatically once the copy completes. This is the only situation that triggers a full data copy. No DDL on an already-mirrored table causes a re-snapshot.@@ -107,5 +107,5 @@ In other words: **after a column change, `$changes` only contains rows that were written after the DDL**. Any rows from before the column change are gone from the feed. The new `$changes` table's `_data_version` carries forward from the previous table's last value rather than resetting to 1, so consumers that use `_data_version` to detect a fresh start should treat any increase as a signal to reset state. -The underlying data files from before the DDL are not immediately deleted — they continue to exist for up to 7 days before being cleaned up — but they are no longer exposed through `$changes`.+The underlying data files from before the DDL are not immediately deleted; they continue to exist for up to 7 days before being cleaned up, but they are no longer exposed through `$changes`. If you have a pipeline or query that reads `$changes` and depends on seeing the full 7-day history, be aware that a column DDL will truncate that window back to zero at the moment it is applied.@@ -113,14 +113,14 @@ ## Check row version with `_data_version` -Every row in `$changes` carries a `_data_version` integer. Unlike the column DDL case above, these operations do not replace `$changes` with a new empty table — the feed keeps running and all existing rows remain visible. However, they still mark a new generation in the system: the `_data_version` value increments at the boundary, signalling that rows before and after that point should not be treated as part of the same continuous sequence. Consumers should treat a version bump as a cue to reset their bookmarks or deduplication state.+Every row in `$changes` carries a `_data_version` integer. Unlike the column DDL case above, these operations do not replace `$changes` with a new empty table; the feed keeps running and all existing rows remain visible. However, they still mark a new generation in the system: the `_data_version` value increments at the boundary, signaling that rows before and after that point should not be treated as part of the same continuous sequence. Consumers should treat a version bump as a cue to reset their bookmarks or deduplication state. -| PostgreSQL DDL | What happens |-| --------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| `TRUNCATE` | All existing rows on the source were wiped. `_data_version` bumps to mark the clean-slate boundary. |-| `ALTER TABLE ... ADD PRIMARY KEY` | The table gains the ability to accept updates and deletes (it was insert-only before). `_data_version` bumps to separate the two eras. |-| `ALTER TABLE ... DROP CONSTRAINT ... (primary key)` | The table reverts to insert-only mode. Same version bump. |-| `ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO` | The table — and its `$changes` companion — is renamed on Snowflake. `_data_version` bumps to keep change batches from before and after the rename from being confused with each other. |-| `ALTER TABLE ... SET SCHEMA` | Same as a rename but the table moves to a different schema. |-| `ALTER SCHEMA ... RENAME TO` | All tables in the renamed schema are renamed on Snowflake simultaneously, each with a `_data_version` bump. |+| PostgreSQL DDL | What happens |+| --------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |+| `TRUNCATE` | All existing rows on the source were wiped. `_data_version` bumps to mark the clean-slate boundary. |+| `ALTER TABLE ... ADD PRIMARY KEY` | The table gains the ability to accept updates and deletes (it was insert-only before). `_data_version` bumps to separate the two eras. |+| `ALTER TABLE ... DROP CONSTRAINT ... (primary key)` | The table reverts to insert-only mode. Same version bump. |+| `ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO` | The table and its `$changes` companion are renamed on Snowflake. `_data_version` bumps to keep change batches from before and after the rename from being confused with each other. |+| `ALTER TABLE ... SET SCHEMA` | Same as a rename but the table moves to a different schema. |+| `ALTER SCHEMA ... RENAME TO` | All tables in the renamed schema are renamed on Snowflake simultaneously, each with a `_data_version` bump. | ## Use Cortex Search on mirrored tables
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(12行追加・12行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/setup-connector+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/setup-connector@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ connectors on Small only when each source is genuinely light. - Moderate workload (approximately 1,000 to 5,000 events per second, hundreds- of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime, typically running 5 to 8+ of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime can typically host 5 to 8 connectors. - Heavy workload (approximately 5,000 to 15,000 events per second, hundreds to- low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime, typically- running 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split+ low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime can typically host+ 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split across two Medium runtimes instead. @@ -291,5 +291,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -303,5 +303,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data is persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -389,5 +389,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Provide the user name used to connect to the Snowflake instance.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Provide the username used to connect to the Snowflake instance. </td>@@ -460,5 +460,5 @@ Comma-separated list of fully-qualified table paths.-Tables must be specified using fully qualified database, schema and table name format: DATABASE_NAME.SCHEMA_NAME.TABLE_NAME.+Tables must be specified using fully-qualified database, schema, and table name format: DATABASE_NAME.SCHEMA_NAME.TABLE_NAME. For example: `MYPDB.SALES.CUSTOMERS, MYPDB.SALES.ORDERS`@@ -543,5 +543,5 @@ Snowflake recommends using this option if database objects aren't expected to have mixed case names. -<p><span className="emph">Option 2: case-sensitive.</span></p>+<p><span className="emph">Option 2: Case-sensitive.</span></p> - **Transformation**: Case is preserved.@@ -603,5 +603,5 @@ JDBC URL of the database connection to the DB. The URL must specify the target container (PDB or CDB) that contains the data to be replicated.-For example `jdbc:oracle:thin@<host>:<port>/YOUR_DB_NAME` where YOUR_DB_NAME is the name of your PDB or CDB.+For example `jdbc:oracle:thin:@<host>:<port>/YOUR_DB_NAME` where YOUR_DB_NAME is the name of your PDB or CDB. When SSL is enabled, use the TCPS protocol, for example@@ -654,5 +654,5 @@ <tr> <td>Oracle Database Processor Multiplier</td>- <td>Core Processor Licensing Factor as described in [Oracle Processor Core Factor Table](https://www.oracle.com/contracts/docs/processor-core-factor-table-070634.pdf)</td>+ <td>Core Processor Licensing Factor as described in [Oracle Processor Core Factor Table](https://www.oracle.com/contracts/docs/processor-core-factor-table-070634.pdf).</td> <td>Required for Embedded License only</td> </tr>@@ -664,5 +664,5 @@ <tr> <td>XStream Billing Acknowledgement</td>- <td>A confirmation of the licensing agreement</td>+ <td>A confirmation of the licensing agreement.</td> <td>Required for Embedded License only</td> </tr>@@ -676,5 +676,5 @@ <td> -JDBC URL of the database connection for XStream, must use OCI driver.+JDBC URL of the database connection for XStream, which must use the OCI driver. For example `jdbc:oracle:oci:@<host>:<port>/SID`.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(12行追加・12行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/aisql-regional-availability+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/aisql-regional-availability@@ -211,10 +211,10 @@ <tr> <td>`claude-opus-5`</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>\*</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td> <td></td> <td></td>@@ -226,10 +226,10 @@ <tr> <td>`claude-opus-4-8`</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td>\*</td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td></td>- <td>\*</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td>%cm%</td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td></td>+ <td>%cm%</td> <td></td> <td></td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(12行追加・12行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-evaluate+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-evaluate@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ Three stakeholder groups typically review a %native-app% before procurement approval: the business team establishing value, the finance team assessing cost and risk, and the security and legal teams-conducting compliance and risk review. Not every reviewer needs every section — use the headings+conducting compliance and risk review. Not every reviewer needs every section. Use the headings below to navigate to the relevant parts. -## Business evaluation — does it meet the business objective?+## Business evaluation: does it meet the business objective? The business review focuses on one question: does this app deliver the outcome we need?@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ **Define the business objective before evaluating the app.** A clear statement of expected outcome-— for example, "reduce time to identify high-value customers by 30%" — makes it easier to assess+(for example, "reduce time to identify high-value customers by 30%") makes it easier to assess whether the app's capabilities are a genuine fit. @@ -43,5 +43,5 @@ version and patch submitted by the provider. This process is largely automated; manual review occurs in exceptional cases. This means the app you install has been scanned not just when it was-first published, but each time the provider released a new version or patch.+first published, but each time the provider releases a new version or patch. These reviews establish a baseline. They are not a substitute for consumer due diligence.@@ -51,5 +51,5 @@ Provider is the seller of record; not Snowflake. -Consumer is responsible for security, privacy, compliance and all other necessary reviews of the+Consumer is responsible for security, privacy, compliance, and all other necessary reviews of the provider's app. Any security scanning or other vetting done by Snowflake is not a substitute for a consumer's due diligence.@@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ `CREATE WAREHOUSE`, `CREATE TASK`, `CREATE MANAGED TASK`, `CREATE DATABASE`, `CREATE COMPUTE POOL`,-`BIND SERVICE ENDPOINT` — these allow the app to create operational resources. They do not, by+`BIND SERVICE ENDPOINT`. These allow the app to create operational resources. They do not, by themselves, grant the app access to your data. See [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-access#category-1-automatically-grantable-privileges) for the full list. -**App Spec requests (higher risk — require explicit approval):**+**App Spec requests (higher risk, requiring explicit approval):** -App Specs are requests for capabilities that go beyond creating operational resources — for example,+App Specs are requests for capabilities that go beyond creating operational resources, for example, making outbound network calls, using OAuth to connect to external services, sharing data back, or connecting to another app. The provider should disclose expected App Specs during procurement so you@@ -88,5 +88,5 @@ monitoring queries in [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-monitor). -## Involving your security team — a structured handoff+## Involving your security team: a structured handoff To support a thorough security review, provide your security team with the following before@@ -100,5 +100,5 @@ and listing details if applicable - The provider's documentation of what data access the app will need (Category 3 grants)-- The formal shared-responsibility framework — see+- The formal shared-responsibility framework: see [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-responsibility) @@ -112,5 +112,5 @@ For trial apps: when the trial period expires, Snowflake automatically suspends the app unless you convert to a full paid listing. Data written inside the app is retained while the app is suspended,-as long as you do not drop the app. Convert before expiry — once suspended, resumption is not+as long as you do not drop the app. Convert before expiry. Once suspended, resumption is not guaranteed if the provider has changed the version or if there are unresolved state issues. @@ -122,5 +122,5 @@ creates warehouses (Category 1 privilege), those warehouses consume credits in your account. For apps with containers, the compute pool also consumes credits. Monitor this using-`APPLICATION_DAILY_USAGE_HISTORY` — see+`APPLICATION_DAILY_USAGE_HISTORY`. See [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-monitor#monitoring-app-activity-and-usage).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(12行追加・12行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/limitations+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/limitations@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ <a id="label-dsna-supported-object-types"></a> -## Supported Object Types+## Supported object types Declarative sharing supports these object types:@@ -47,5 +47,5 @@ <a id="label-dsna-shared-objects"></a> -## Shared Objects+## Shared objects <dl>@@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ <dd> -Requires `CHANGE_TRACKING = TRUE` to be enabled on the provider's source object.+The provider's source object must have `CHANGE_TRACKING = TRUE` enabled. </dd>@@ -120,5 +120,5 @@ <a id="label-dsna-notebook-limitations"></a> -## Notebook Limitations+## Notebook limitations Sharing individual notebooks with `application_content.notebooks` shares@@ -143,5 +143,5 @@ <dd> -Notebooks cannot access external endpoints or consumer data when running in customer accounts.+Notebooks can't access external endpoints or consumer data when running in consumer accounts. </dd>@@ -149,5 +149,5 @@ <dd> -Geospatial and other 3rd party libraries aren't guaranteed to work out-of-the-box in notebooks.+Geospatial and other third-party libraries aren't guaranteed to work out-of-the-box in notebooks. </dd>@@ -155,5 +155,5 @@ <dd> -Declarative Sharing apps have limited support for external libraries (Snowflake Anaconda channel and Python files in code stage.)+Declarative Sharing apps have limited support for external libraries (Snowflake Anaconda channel and Python files in code stage). </dd>@@ -161,5 +161,5 @@ <dd> -Notebooks that are part of native applications cannot be executed non-interactively by+Notebooks that are part of Native Apps cannot be executed non-interactively by worksheets or SQL commands. @@ -169,5 +169,5 @@ <a id="label-dsna-security-and-access-control"></a> -## Security and Access Control+## Security and access control <dl>@@ -206,5 +206,5 @@ <a id="label-dsna-migration-compatibility"></a> -## Migration & Compatibility+## Migration and compatibility <dl>@@ -219,5 +219,5 @@ <a id="label-dsna-naming-and-configuration-constraints"></a> -## Naming and Configuration Constraints+## Naming and configuration constraints <dl>@@ -266,5 +266,5 @@ <dl>-<dt>Execution Environment</dt>+<dt>Execution environment</dt> <dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(12行追加・11行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage/iceberg_storage_optimization_history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage/iceberg_storage_optimization_history@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ - [](/user-guide/tables-iceberg) -Use this Account Usage view to query Iceberg storage optimization jobs, which includes *data compaction*, within the last 365 days (1 year)+Use this Account Usage view to query Iceberg storage optimization jobs, which include *data compaction*, within the last 365 days (1 year) for %iceberg-tm% tables in your account. You can query jobs for the following Iceberg tables: @@ -18,5 +18,5 @@ - Open Catalog-managed tables -- Snowflake starts billing for data compaction of data files for Snowflake-managed Iceberg tables on October 20th, 2025.+- Snowflake starts billing for data compaction of data files for Snowflake-managed Iceberg tables on October 20, 2025. - For Iceberg tables that use Snowflake storage (`EXTERNAL_VOLUME = SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED`), data compaction is bundled for tables that are written only by Snowflake. While a table is written only by Snowflake, this view reports `0`@@ -123,14 +123,15 @@ The following example shows how to filter for tables whose number of credits billed is more than a specified amount: -```sql- SELECT- table_name,- start_time,- credits_used- FROM SNOWFLAKE.ACCOUNT_USAGE.ICEBERG_STORAGE_OPTIMIZATION_HISTORY- WHERE credits_used > 0.0005- ORDER BY- credits_used DESC;+sql+SELECT+table_name,+start_time,+credits_used+FROM SNOWFLAKE.ACCOUNT_USAGE.ICEBERG_STORAGE_OPTIMIZATION_HISTORY+WHERE credits_used > 0.0005+ORDER BY+credits_used DESC; +``` The query returns the following results: ```
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(11行追加・11行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/overview@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@  -Scaling end-to-end ML workflows in Snowflake is seamless. You can automate the following all from simple prompts in CoCo with native context awareness across your data, models, notebooks, features on a unified platform:+Scaling end-to-end ML workflows in Snowflake is seamless. You can automate the following all from simple prompts in CoCo with native context awareness across your data, models, notebooks, and features on a unified platform: - Prepare data@@ -20,35 +20,35 @@ - Use ML Lineage to track the source data to features, datasets, and models throughout your ML pipeline -Snowflake ML is also flexible and modular. You can deploy the models that you've developed in Snowflake outside of Snowflake and externally-trained models can easily be brought into Snowflake for inference.+Snowflake ML is also flexible and modular. You can deploy the models that you've developed in Snowflake outside of Snowflake, and externally trained models can easily be brought into Snowflake for inference. -### Agentic ML+## Agentic ML Snowflake CoCo powers [agentic ML](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/agentic-ml) by autonomously planning, executing, and iterating on machine learning workflows on your behalf. You can ask it to complete a single task or pursue a broader goal that requires multi-step reasoning and action. From a natural language prompt, CoCo can explore data, engineer features, train and evaluate models, debug issues, and prepare models for deployment. -### Model Training+## Model Training ML training in Snowflake runs in [Container Runtime](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/container-runtime-ml), a pre-built ML environment optimized for efficient data loading, distributed model training, and hyperparameter tuning on large amounts of data. Start training with preinstalled packages such as PyTorch, XGBoost, or Scikit-learn, or install any package from open-source repositories like Hugging Face or PyPI. You can access Container Runtime directly from Snowflake Notebooks which provide a Jupyter-like environment for training and fine-tuning large-scale models in Snowflake, without infrastructure management. -### Manage and Serve Features+## Manage and Serve Features -The [](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/feature-store/overview) is an integrated solution for defining, managing, storing and discovering ML features derived from your data. The Snowflake Feature Store supports automated, incremental refresh from batch and streaming data sources, so that feature pipelines need be defined only once to be continuously updated with new data. It supports both batch and low-latency online feature retrieval, and ensures consistency between training and inference to reduce training-serving skew.+The [](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/feature-store/overview) is an integrated solution for defining, managing, storing and discovering ML features derived from your data. The Snowflake Feature Store supports automated, incremental refresh from batch and streaming data sources, so that feature pipelines need only be defined once to be continuously updated with new data. It supports both batch and low-latency online feature retrieval, and ensures consistency between training and inference to reduce training-serving skew. -### Orchestrate and Automate+## Orchestrate and Automate Use [](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/ml-jobs/overview) to develop and automate ML pipelines. ML Jobs also enable teams that prefer working from an external IDE (VS Code, PyCharm, SageMaker Notebooks) to dispatch functions, files or modules down to Snowflake’s Container Runtime. -### Experiment Tracking+## Experiment Tracking Use [experiments](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/experiments) to record the results of your model training, and evaluate a collection of models in an organized way. Experiments help you select the best model for your use case to bring live to production. Training can either be logged in an experiment during model training on Snowflake, or you can upload your own metadata and artifacts from prior training. After concluding your training, view all of the results in %sf-web-interface% and pick the right model for your needs. -### Model Management and Serving+## Model Management and Serving The [](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/model-registry/overview) allows for the logging and management of all your ML models, regardless of whether they're trained on Snowflake or other platforms. You can use the models from the model registry to run inference at scale. You can use Model Serving to deploy the models to Snowpark Container Services for inference. -### ML Observability+## ML Observability [ML Observability](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/model-registry/model-observability) provides tools to monitor model performance metrics in Snowflake. You can track models in production, monitor performance and drift metrics, and set alerts for performance thresholds. Additionally, use the ML Explainability function to compute Shapley values for models in the Snowflake Model Registry, regardless of where they were trained. -### ML Lineage+## ML Lineage [ML Lineage](/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/ml-lineage) is a capability to trace end-to-end lineage of ML artifacts from source data to features, datasets, and models. This enables reproducibility, compliance, and debugging across the full lifecycle of ML assets.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(11行追加・11行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/cost-byoc+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/cost-byoc@@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ within your "bring your own cloud (BYOC)" environment. You are charged for active runtimes only. The compute used for Openflow management processes is excluded from this specific charge.-Credits are billed per-second with a 60 second minimum.+Credits are billed per-second with a 60-second minimum. For an example of using of VCPU and the impacts of scaling see [](#label-openflow-byoc-scaling-overview).@@ -112,11 +112,11 @@ The following table illustrates the scaling behavior of various runtimes and their associated costs: -| Runtimes | Activity | Snowflake costs | Cloud costs |-| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- |-| No runtimes | None | No cost | Compute and storage of Dataplane |-| 1 small runtime (1vCPU) <br /> (min 1 max 2) | Active for 1 hour <br /> Runtime does not scale to 2. | 1 runtime x 1 node x 1 vCPU x 1 hour = 1 <br /> Total = 1 vCPU-hour | Compute and storage of Dataplane |-| 2 small runtime (1 vCPU) (min/max=2) <br /> 1 large runtime (8 vCPU) (min/max=10) | Small: 2 nodes active for 1 hour <br /> Large: 10 nodes active for 1 hour | 2 runtime2 x 2 node x 2 vCPU x 1 hour = 4 vCPU <br /> 1 runtime x 10 nodes x 8 vCPU x 1 hour = 80 vCPU <br /> Total = 84 vCPU-hours | Compute and storage of Dataplane |-| 1 medium (4vCPU) <br /> (min =1 max=2) | First 20 minutes, 1 node is running <br /> Scales to 2 nodes for the remaining 40 minutes of the hour <br /> Total 1 hour <br /> | 20 minutes = 1/3 hour <br /> 1 runtime x 1 node x 4 vCPU x 1/3 hour = 4/3 <br /> 1 runtime x 2 nodes x 4 vCPU x 2/3 hour = 16/3 <br /> Total = 6 2/3 vCPU-hours | Compute and storage of Dataplane |-| 1 medium (4vCPU) <br /> (min/max=2) | First 30 minutes 2 nodes running <br /> Suspends after first 30 minutes. | 30 minutes = 1/2 hour <br /> 1 runtime x 2 nodes x 4 vCPU x 1/2 hour = 4 <br /> Total = 4 vCPU-hours | Compute and storage of Dataplane |+| Runtimes | Activity | Snowflake costs | Cloud costs |+| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- |+| No runtimes | None | No cost | Compute and storage of Dataplane |+| 1 small runtime (1vCPU) <br /> (min 1 max 2) | Active for 1 hour <br /> Runtime does not scale to 2. | 1 runtime x 1 node x 1 vCPU x 1 hour = 1 <br /> Total = 1 vCPU-hour | Compute and storage of Dataplane |+| 2 small runtimes (1 vCPU) (min/max=2) <br /> 1 large runtime (8 vCPU) (min/max=10) | Small: 2 nodes active for 1 hour <br /> Large: 10 nodes active for 1 hour | 2 runtimes x 2 nodes x 1 vCPU x 1 hour = 4 vCPU <br /> 1 runtime x 10 nodes x 8 vCPU x 1 hour = 80 vCPU <br /> Total = 84 vCPU-hours | Compute and storage of Dataplane |+| 1 medium (4vCPU) <br /> (min =1 max=2) | First 20 minutes, 1 node is running <br /> Scales to 2 nodes for the remaining 40 minutes of the hour <br /> Total 1 hour <br /> | 20 minutes = 1/3 hour <br /> 1 runtime x 1 node x 4 vCPU x 1/3 hour = 4/3 <br /> 1 runtime x 2 nodes x 4 vCPU x 2/3 hour = 16/3 <br /> Total = 6 2/3 vCPU-hours | Compute and storage of Dataplane |+| 1 medium (4vCPU) <br /> (min/max=2) | First 30 minutes 2 nodes running <br /> Suspends after first 30 minutes. | 30 minutes = 1/2 hour <br /> 1 runtime x 2 nodes x 4 vCPU x 1/2 hour = 4 <br /> Total = 4 vCPU-hours | Compute and storage of Dataplane | ### Mapping runtimes to EC2 instance types@@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ </dd>-<dt>A user creates 2 small runtimes with min/max of 2 nodes each, and one large runtime with min/max of 10 nodes. These Runtimes are active for 1 hour</dt>+<dt>A user creates 2 small runtimes with min/max of 2 nodes each, and one large runtime with min/max of 10 nodes. These runtimes are active for 1 hour</dt> <dd> -- 2 small runtimes at 2 nodes = 2 Runtimes x 2 nodes x 1 vCPU = 4 vCPUs-- 1 large runtime at 10 nodes = 1 Runtime x 10 nodes x 8 vCPU = 80 vCPUs+- 2 small runtimes at 2 nodes = 2 runtimes x 2 nodes x 1 vCPU = 4 vCPUs+- 1 large runtime at 10 nodes = 1 runtime x 10 nodes x 8 vCPU = 80 vCPUs - Total Openflow consumption = (4 vCPU + 80 vCPU) x 1 hour = 84 vCPU-hours
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(11行追加・11行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/working-with-compute-pool+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/working-with-compute-pool@@ -100,5 +100,5 @@ - **Specify DISTRIBUTED:** When you set `placement_group` to DISTRIBUTED, Snowflake attempts to distribute nodes for that compute pool- across all available placement groups. You should set `placement_group` to `DISTRIBUTED` if you want to maintain healthy fault tolerance across multiple placement groups. When compute pool nodes are distributed across multiple placement groups, if one placement group goes down, you don't lose all the nodes+ across all available placement groups. You should set `placement_group` to `DISTRIBUTED` if you want to maintain healthy fault tolerance across multiple placement groups. When compute pool nodes are distributed across multiple placement groups, if one placement group goes down, you don't lose all the nodes. The following behaviors apply when you set `placement_group` to DISTRIBUTED for a compute pool:@@ -119,5 +119,5 @@ <a id="label-spcs-working-with-compute-pools-instance-family-table"></a> -### Instance Families for Compute Pool Nodes+### Instance families for compute pool nodes For a complete list of available instance families organized by cloud provider, see@@ -164,5 +164,5 @@ You can manage a compute pool using %sf-web-interface-link%, or SQL. -In %sf-web-interface-link%, you choose the more option (**...**) next to the compute pool name, and choose the desired operation from the menu. The section explains SQL commands you can use to manage a compute pool.+In %sf-web-interface-link%, you choose the more options menu (**...**) next to the compute pool name, and choose the desired operation from the menu. This section explains SQL commands you can use to manage a compute pool. Snowpark Container Services provides the following commands to manage compute pools:@@ -198,5 +198,5 @@ ```sql- ALTER COMPUTE POOL my_pool SET MIN_NODES = 2 MAX_NODES = 2;+ ALTER COMPUTE POOL my_pool SET MIN_NODES = 2 MAX_NODES = 2; ``` @@ -219,5 +219,5 @@ to add or remove the nodes. -There are several properties related to the number of nodes in a compute pool. These includes: `min_nodes`, `max_nodes`, `active_nodes`, `idle_nodes`, and `target_nodes`. For more information about these properties, see [DESC COMPUTE POOL](/sql-reference/sql/desc-compute-pool) and [SHOW COMPUTE POOLS](/sql-reference/sql/show-compute-pools).+There are several properties related to the number of nodes in a compute pool. These include: `min_nodes`, `max_nodes`, `active_nodes`, `idle_nodes`, and `target_nodes`. For more information about these properties, see [DESC COMPUTE POOL](/sql-reference/sql/desc-compute-pool) and [SHOW COMPUTE POOLS](/sql-reference/sql/show-compute-pools). The following examples demonstrate how to interpret the values in the `target_nodes` column.@@ -259,5 +259,5 @@ - **RESIZING:** When you create a compute pool, initially it enters the STARTING state. After it has one node provisioned, it enters the RESIZING state until the minimum number of nodes (as specified in CREATE COMPUTE POOL) are provisioned. When you change a compute pool (ALTER COMPUTE POOL) and update the minimum and maximum node values, the pool enters the RESIZING state until the minimum nodes are provisioned. Note that autoscaling of a compute pool also puts the compute pool in the RESIZING state. -For information about how the costs incurred during the different states of the compute pool lifecycle, see [](#label-compute-pool-cost).+For information about the costs incurred during the different states of the compute pool lifecycle, see [](#label-compute-pool-cost). <a id="label-spcs-working-with-compute-pool-privileges"></a>@@ -291,5 +291,5 @@ <tr> <td>MONITOR</td>- <td>Enables viewing compute pool usage, including describing compute pool properties. Enables access to the monitoring endpoint exposed by the compute pool.</td>+ <td>Enables viewing compute pool usage, including describing compute pool properties. Enables access to the monitoring endpoint exposed by the compute pool.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -408,5 +408,5 @@ - In AWS, GPU_NV_S. - Note that, the following regions do not support SYSTEM_COMPUTE_POOL_GPU:+ Note that the following regions do not support SYSTEM_COMPUTE_POOL_GPU: - In AWS: Singapore, Switzerland North, Paris, and Osaka.@@ -428,5 +428,5 @@ - AUTO_SUSPEND_SECS=259200 -Note that,+Note that - Compute pools are initially in a suspended state and only begin incurring costs when a supported Snowflake workload starts using them.@@ -464,5 +464,5 @@ </blockquote> -System compute pools can be associated with [budgets](/user-guide/budgets). for cost management.+System compute pools can be associated with [budgets](/user-guide/budgets) for cost management. <a id="label-spcs-working-with-compute-pools-default-compute-pools-for-streamlit"></a>@@ -507,5 +507,5 @@ ### Configuring your own preferred compute pools for Notebooks -By default, Notebook services run in system compute pools. If you don't want to use the Snowflake-provisioned compute pools, you have the option to choose other compute pools in your account for Notebooks. To override the Snowflake-provisioned compute pools you can set these parameters ([](#label-default-notebook-compute-pool-cpu) and [](#label-default-notebook-compute-pool-gpu)). Note that, this will change your Snowsight experience. When creating a Notebook in Snowsight, the compute pool you configure using these parameters appears as the first preference in the UI. The following example commands set these parameters:+By default, Notebook services run in system compute pools. If you don't want to use the Snowflake-provisioned compute pools, you have the option to choose other compute pools in your account for Notebooks. To override the Snowflake-provisioned compute pools you can set these parameters ([](#label-default-notebook-compute-pool-cpu) and [](#label-default-notebook-compute-pool-gpu)). Note that this will change your Snowsight experience. When creating a Notebook in Snowsight, the compute pool you configure using these parameters appears as the first preference in the UI. The following example commands set these parameters: - Configure `my_pool` as the account-level compute pool preferred for Notebooks using GPU runtime.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(11行追加・11行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/billing/focus_cost_usage_v1_3+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/billing/focus_cost_usage_v1_3@@ -146,5 +146,5 @@ <td>ServiceCategory</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>High-level category of the Snowflake service (e.g., `Compute`, `Storage`, `AI and Machine Learning`).</td>+ <td>High-level category of the Snowflake service (for example, `Compute`, `Storage`, `AI and Machine Learning`).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -156,15 +156,15 @@ <td>ChargeDescription</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>Human-readable description of the charge (e.g., `OVERAGE-COMPUTE`).</td>+ <td>Human-readable description of the charge (for example, `OVERAGE-COMPUTE`).</td> </tr> <tr> <td>ConsumedQuantity</td> <td>NUMBER(38,9)</td>- <td>How the underlying resource was metered (up to 9 decimal places). May differ in unit from PricingQuantity (e.g., storage is metered in TiB-Days but priced in TiB-Months).</td>+ <td>How the underlying resource was metered (up to 9 decimal places). May differ in unit from PricingQuantity (for example, storage is metered in TiB-Days but priced in TiB-Months).</td> </tr> <tr> <td>ConsumedUnit</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>Unit of metered consumption (e.g., `Credits`, `TiB-Days`, `TiB-Months`).</td>+ <td>Unit of metered consumption (for example, `Credits`, `TiB-Days`, `TiB-Months`).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -176,5 +176,5 @@ <td>PricingUnit</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>Unit corresponding to PricingQuantity (e.g., `Credits`, `TiB-Months`).</td>+ <td>Unit corresponding to PricingQuantity (for example, `Credits`, `TiB-Months`).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -231,15 +231,15 @@ <td>RegionId</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>Cloud provider region identifier (e.g., `AWS_US_WEST_2`).</td>+ <td>Cloud provider region identifier (for example, `AWS_US_WEST_2`).</td> </tr> <tr> <td>RegionName</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>Cloud provider region display name (e.g., `AWS_US_WEST_2`).</td>+ <td>Cloud provider region display name (for example, `AWS_US_WEST_2`).</td> </tr> <tr> <td>HostProviderName</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>Name of the underlying cloud infrastructure provider (e.g., `Aws`, `Azure`, `Gcp`).</td>+ <td>Name of the underlying cloud infrastructure provider (for example, `Aws`, `Azure`, `Gcp`).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -295,10 +295,10 @@ <td>x_ServiceLevel</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>Snowflake edition/service level of the sub-account (e.g., `Enterprise`, `Business Critical`, `Standard`).</td>+ <td>Snowflake edition/service level of the sub-account (for example, `Enterprise`, `Business Critical`, `Standard`).</td> </tr> <tr> <td>ContractApplied.x_BalanceSource</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>The balance source where usage is drawn down from (e.g., `capacity`, `rollover`, `free usage`, `overage`).</td>+ <td>The balance source where usage is drawn down from (for example, `capacity`, `rollover`, `free usage`, `overage`).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -404,5 +404,5 @@ <tr> <td>InvoiceId may be empty</td>- <td>For Contract (capacity) customers, InvoiceId may be empty as usage is not tied directly to the invoice for capacity purchases. For On-Demand customers, InvoiceId will only be populated after month end.</td>+ <td>For Contract (capacity) customers, InvoiceId may be empty, as usage is not tied directly to the invoice for capacity purchases. For On-Demand customers, InvoiceId will only be populated after month end.</td> </tr> <tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(11行追加・11行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/connectors/postgres6/prereqs-datasource+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/connectors/postgres6/prereqs-datasource@@ -38,5 +38,5 @@ %postgres6% requires [wal_level](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/runtime-config-wal.html#GUC-WAL-LEVEL) set to `logical`. -Depending on where PostgreSQL server is hosted it can be done in different ways+Depending on where the PostgreSQL server is hosted, it can be done in different ways. <div className="colwidths-given">@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ <td> -Execute following query with superuser or user with `ALTER SYSTEM` privilege:+Execute the following query with a superuser or a user with `ALTER SYSTEM` privilege: <blockquote> -```ini+```sql ALTER SYSTEM SET wal_level = logical; ```@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ %postgres6% requires [Publication](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/logical-replication-publication.html#LOGICAL-REPLICATION-PUBLICATION) to be created and configured. -Login as user with `CREATE` privilege in the database and execute the following query:+Log in as a user with `CREATE` privilege in the database and execute the following query: <blockquote> -```ini+```sqlsyntax CREATE PUBLICATION <publication name>; ```@@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ **For Postgres v15 and later** -In case of publications created for subset of table's columns, please add tables for replication+In case of publications created for a subset of table's columns, add tables for replication using [ADD_TABLE_WITH_COLUMNS](#label-postgres-connector-add-table-with-columns) procedure, specifying exactly the same set of columns. -If `ADD_TABLES` will be used, the connector will work, but following non-obvious side effects will occur:+If `ADD_TABLES` is used, the connector will work, but the following non-obvious side effects will occur: <blockquote> -- in the destination database, columns that are not included in filter will be suffixed with `_DELETED`. All data replicated during snapshot phase will still be there.-- in case of adding more columns to the publication, table will result in `Permanently Failed` state, requiring restarting the replication.+- in the destination database, columns that are not included in the filter will be suffixed with `_DELETED`. All data replicated during snapshot phase will still be there.+- in case of adding more columns to the publication, the table will result in a `Permanently Failed` state, requiring restarting the replication. </blockquote> -For more information see [ALTER PUBLICATION documentation](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/sql-alterpublication.html).+For more information, see [ALTER PUBLICATION documentation](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/sql-alterpublication.html). ### Create replication slot@@ -158,5 +158,5 @@ the one specified in [ADD_DATA_SOURCE](#label-postgres-connector-add-data-source-6) procedure. -If the connector is not used anymore, Replication Slot must be removed to not accumulate data in PostgreSQL server.+If the connector is not used anymore, Replication Slot must be removed to avoid accumulating data in the PostgreSQL server. <blockquote>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/tutorials/na-spcs-tutorial+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/tutorials/na-spcs-tutorial@@ -134,5 +134,5 @@ ## Create a Snowflake CLI connection for the tutorial -To run the %sf-cli% commands in this tutorial, you must setup a %sf-cli% connection for the tutorial.+To run the %sf-cli% commands in this tutorial, you must set up a %sf-cli% connection for the tutorial. To create a connection, perform the following tasks:@@ -186,5 +186,5 @@ specifies the correct values for the role, database, and warehouse connection properties. -## Setup a project for the app+## Set up a project for the app In the previous section, you set up a %sf-cli% connection for the tutorial.@@ -227,5 +227,5 @@ 1. Create a folder called `service` inside the `na-spcs-tutorial` folder. - This folder contains the source code for the container-based service we are about to build and publish to Snowflake.+ This folder contains the source code for the container-based service you are about to build and publish to Snowflake. 2. To obtain the Docker files required for the tutorial, download the@@ -240,5 +240,5 @@ ### Verify the directory structure of your project -After create the project for your app and adding the files for the service and Docker container, the project+After creating the project for your app and adding the files for the service and Docker container, the project should have the following structure within the `na-spcs-tutorial` folder: @@ -414,5 +414,5 @@ as well as the project README that is visible in %sf-web-interface%. - The `privileges` property allows a service to respond to public requests as well- as to create its own compute pool. These properties are required for instantiating our service+ as to create its own compute pool. These properties are required for instantiating the service in the next step of the tutorial. @@ -560,5 +560,5 @@ ``` -2. Run the `app_public.start_app` procedure we defined in the `setup_script.sql` file.+2. Run the `app_public.start_app` procedure defined in the `setup_script.sql` file. ```sql@@ -566,5 +566,5 @@ ``` - This procedure creates the compute pool, instantiate the service, and creates the service function.+ This procedure creates the compute pool, instantiates the service, and creates the service function. 3. Confirm the function was created by running the following:@@ -579,5 +579,5 @@ -4. To verify that the service has been created and healthy, run the following command:+4. To verify that the service has been created and is healthy, run the following command: ```sql@@ -602,5 +602,5 @@ ``` -## Teardown the app and objects created in the tutorial+## Tear down the app and objects created in the tutorial If you plan to perform the [](/developer-guide/native-apps/tutorials/na-upgrade-tutorial) after completing this tutorial,@@ -631,5 +631,5 @@ this command does not drop the application package because it contains versions. -3. To confirm that the compute pool was dropped run the following command again:+3. To confirm that the compute pool was dropped, run the following command again: ```snowcli
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowflake-cli-2024+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowflake-cli-2024@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ - Removed the requirement for an existing requirements.txt file for Python code executed with the `snow git execute` command. Previously, the file must have existed, even if empty, for the command to succeed. - Removed the requirement for needing a privilege to create a table or schema to execute the `snow app version create` command if the schema and table already exist.-- Fixed an issue relating to configuration file updates when the `connection.toml` file exists, no longer incorrectly copying connections from `connections.toml` to `config.toml` files.+- Fixed an issue relating to configuration file updates when the `connections.toml` file exists, no longer incorrectly copying connections from `connections.toml` to `config.toml` files. - Fixed an issue where the `snow connection generate-jwt` command failed with keys without a passphrase.-- Fixed a Windows permissions error for file created by %sf-cli% when the owner is part of a custom group with granted default permissions.+- Fixed a Windows permissions error for files created by %sf-cli% when the owner is part of a custom group with granted default permissions. ## Version 3.1.0 (October 25, 2024)@@ -156,5 +156,5 @@ - Modified the behavior of the following Snowpark commands: - The `snow snowpark build` creates a `.zip` file for each specified artifact that is a directory. Non-Anaconda dependencies are packaged once as `dependencies.zip`.- - The `snow snowpark deploy` uploads all artifacts created during build step. The `dependencies.zip` file is upload once to every Snowpark stage specified in project definition.+ - The `snow snowpark deploy` uploads all artifacts created during build step. The `dependencies.zip` file is uploaded once to every Snowpark stage specified in the project definition. - The `snow snowpark package` commands no longer fallback to Anaconda Channel metadata when fetching available packages information fails. @@ -195,5 +195,5 @@ - Fixed an issue where the `git execute` command did not correctly handle upper case in directory names.-- Fixed an issue where the `snow git setup` did note correctly handle fully qualified repository names.+- Fixed an issue where the `snow git setup` did not correctly handle fully qualified repository names. - Fixed the `snow git setup` command behavior in cases where API integration, or a secret with a default name, already exists. - Fixed an issue where the `snow snowpark package create` command created empty zip files when a package name contained capital letters.@@ -215,5 +215,5 @@ - Fixed an issue with invalid return values for `snow snowpark list`, `snow snowpark describe`, and `snow snowpark drop` commands.-- The `snow app run` command now shows warning returned by Snowflake.+- The `snow app run` command now shows warnings returned by Snowflake. ## Version 2.7.0 (August 2, 2024)@@ -259,5 +259,5 @@ - Added the `snow object create` command. - Added support for a `title` field in Streamlit definition in the `snowflake.yml` project file.-- Added the `--auto-compress` flag to the `snow stage copy` command to enable gzip compression files during upload.+- Added the `--auto-compress` flag to the `snow stage copy` command to enable gzip compression of files during upload. - Added a new `native_app.application.post_deploy` section to `snowflake.yml` schema to execute actions after the application has been deployed via `snow app run`. - Added the `sql_script` hook type to run SQL scripts with template support.@@ -273,5 +273,5 @@ - Variables from the `env` section of project definition file. -- The `snow sql` command now show query text before executing it.+- The `snow sql` command now shows query text before executing it. ### Bug fixes@@ -298,5 +298,5 @@ - Added the `snow app bundle` command that prepares a local folder in the project directory with artifacts to upload to a stage as part of creating a Snowflake Native App. - %native-app% projects can optionally generate CREATE FUNCTION and CREATE PROCEDURE declarations ins setup scripts from Snowpark Python code that includes decorators (such as `@sproc` and `@udf`).+ %native-app% projects can optionally generate CREATE FUNCTION and CREATE PROCEDURE declarations in setup scripts from Snowpark Python code that includes decorators (such as `@sproc` and `@udf`). - Added the `snow app validate` command that validates the SQL in the setup script of a Snowflake Native App for valid syntax, invalid object references, and best practices.@@ -319,5 +319,5 @@ - Deploying functions or procedures with the `--replace` parameter now copies all grants. - Fixed MFA caching.-- Fixed issues with `DeprecationWarning` and `SyntaxWarning` caused to invalid escape sequences.+- Fixed issues with `DeprecationWarning` and `SyntaxWarning` caused by invalid escape sequences. - Improved error messages in the `snow spcs image-registry login` when Docker is not installed. - Improved detection of conflicts between artifact rules for %native-app% projects@@ -426,5 +426,5 @@ - Added support for fully qualified names (`database.schema.name`) in the Streamlit project definition `name` parameter. - Added support for fully qualified image repository names in `spcs image-repository` commands.-- Added the `--if-not-exists option` option to the `snow spcs service create` and `snow spcs compute-pool create` commands.+- Added the `--if-not-exists` option to the `snow spcs service create` and `snow spcs compute-pool create` commands. - Added the `--replace` and `--if-not-exists` options for the `snow spcs image-repository create` command. - Added support for Snowflake Connector for Python diagnostic reports.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/code-conversion/function-references/sql-server+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/code-conversion/function-references/sql-server@@ -330,5 +330,5 @@ ```sql :force:-VIEW_OBJECT_ID_UDF(NAME VARCHAR)+FUNCTION_OBJECT_ID_UDF(NAME VARCHAR) ``` @@ -443,5 +443,5 @@ <name type="VARCHAR">David</name> </employee>-<employees>+</employees> ``` @@ -849,5 +849,5 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined function (UDF) determines whether an expression is a valid numeric type.+This user-defined function (UDF) returns a sequential integer expression to replicate the behavior of an IDENTITY column. ```sql@@ -1019,5 +1019,5 @@ `SECOND_DATE` TIMESTAMP_TZ -The second date to be subtracted to.+The second date to be subtracted from. ### Returns@@ -1268,5 +1268,5 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined function (UDF) determines the windows group membership by examining an access token.+This user-defined function (UDF) determines the Windows group membership by examining an access token. ```sql@@ -1283,5 +1283,5 @@ ### Returns -Returns a boolean expression on true when the current user is a member of the role; otherwise returns false.+Returns a boolean expression that is true when the current user is a member of the role; otherwise returns false. ### Usage example@@ -1358,5 +1358,5 @@ ```sql :force:-STR_UDF(FLOAT_EXPR FLOAT, FORMAT VARCHAR)+STR_UDF(FLOAT_EXPR FLOAT) ``` @@ -1673,5 +1673,5 @@ ```sql :force:-SELECT PARSENAME_UDF('Test_A.Test_B.Test_C]', 2);+SELECT PARSENAME_UDF('Test_A.Test_B.Test_C', 2); ``` @@ -1800,5 +1800,5 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined function (UDF) retrieves the WEEK_START configuration, which is equivalent to the @@FIRSTDATE function. To maintain consistency across platforms, ensure the [WEEK_START](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/parameters#week-start) parameter matches the DATEFIRST setting in Transact-SQL.+This user-defined function (UDF) retrieves the WEEK_START configuration, which is equivalent to the @@DATEFIRST function. To maintain consistency across platforms, ensure the [WEEK_START](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/parameters#week-start) parameter matches the DATEFIRST setting in Transact-SQL. ```sql@@ -1833,5 +1833,5 @@ ### Definition -This user-defined function (UDF) gets the day of the week as a number (1-7) To ensure the consistency across platforms, please set the [WEEK_START](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/parameters#week-start) parameter to the same value as the DATEFIRST setting in Transact-SQL.+This user-defined function (UDF) gets the day of the week as a number (1-7). To ensure consistency across platforms, please set the [WEEK_START](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/parameters#week-start) parameter to the same value as the DATEFIRST setting in Transact-SQL. ```sql
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/mysql/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/mysql/setup@@ -264,9 +264,9 @@ connectors on Small only when each source is genuinely light. - Moderate workload (approximately 1,000 to 5,000 events per second, hundreds- of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime, typically running 5 to 8+ of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime can typically host 5 to 8 connectors. - Heavy workload (approximately 5,000 to 15,000 events per second, hundreds to- low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime, typically- running 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split+ low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime can typically host+ 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split across two Medium runtimes instead. @@ -545,5 +545,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -557,5 +557,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data is persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -602,5 +602,5 @@ When using: -- **Session token authentication strategy**: The private key file must be blank.+- **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: The private key file must be blank. - **KEY_PAIR**: Upload the file that contains the RSA private key used for authentication to Snowflake, formatted according to PKCS8 standards and including standard PEM headers and footers.@@ -615,5 +615,5 @@ <td> -When using+When using: - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.@@ -627,9 +627,9 @@ <td> -When using+When using: - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Use Snowflake Role assigned to the runtime or child role granted to this Snowflake Role. You can find your runtime Snowflake Role in the Openflow UI, by expanding the **More Options [⋮]** button for your runtime and selecting **Set Snowflake role**.-- **KEY_PAIR** Authentication Strategy: Use a valid role configured for your service user.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Use a valid role configured for your service user. </td>@@ -640,5 +640,5 @@ <td> -When using+When using: - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/renaming-feature+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/renaming-feature@@ -5,5 +5,5 @@ Renaming objects during a database migration process is something that a lot of users need to do. For this reason, SnowConvert CLI enables the Renaming feature to allow defining new names for the following types of user-defined objects: -This feature is supported for Teradata, Sql Server and Redshift **ONLY**.+This feature is supported for Teradata, SQL Server, and Redshift **ONLY**. - Schemas@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ The renaming feature will apply to both the object definition and the object's uses. -These objects are usually qualified within a schema or a database, so, depending on the Database platform, the object `Table1` might be referenced simply as `Table1`, as `MySchema.Table1` or as `MyDatabase.MySchema.Table1`. It is **essential** to fully qualify each object in the renaming file to avoid ambiguity.+These objects are usually qualified within a schema or a database, so, depending on the database platform, the object `Table1` might be referenced simply as `Table1`, as `MySchema.Table1` or as `MyDatabase.MySchema.Table1`. It is **essential** to fully qualify each object in the renaming file to avoid ambiguity. The new object names are specified via a .json file with the following format. -Note that this example contains a "Macros" section, this is a **Teradata** specific element, and may vary depending on the specified language.+Note that this example contains a "Macros" section. This is a **Teradata-specific** element and may vary depending on the specified language. ```json@@ -86,5 +86,5 @@ ## Usage -In order to use the renaming feature you have to execute the SnowConvert CLI with the following argument `--RenamingFile` and provide the path to the .json file containing the renaming information. An example of the command can look like this:+To use the renaming feature, you have to execute the SnowConvert CLI with the following argument `--RenamingFile` and provide the path to the .json file containing the renaming information. An example of the command can look like this: > snowct.exe -i "somePath/input" -o "somePath/output" --RenamingFile "somePath/renamings.json"@@ -92,5 +92,5 @@ ### Renaming modes -Notice there are two fields for each kind of object: `"Tables"` and `"TablesRegex"`_,_ `"Views"` and `"ViewsRegex"`, and so on. This is because there are two ways in which renamings can be specified.+Notice there are two fields for each kind of object: `"Tables"` and `"TablesRegex"`, `"Views"` and `"ViewsRegex"`, and so on. This is because there are two ways in which renamings can be specified. #### Object by object (line by line)@@ -108,5 +108,5 @@ ``` -This information has to be specified in the `"Tables"`_,_ `"Views"`_,_ `"Procedures"`_,_ `"Macros"` _and_ `"Functions"` sections of the .json file and each line must be separated with a comma. Let's take a look at an example:+This information has to be specified in the `"Tables"`, `"Views"`, `"Procedures"`, `"Macros"`, and `"Functions"` sections of the .json file and each line must be separated with a comma. Let's take a look at an example: **TableExample1**@@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ ``` -The above sample is saying that the only three tables in the whole workload to be renamed are the ones called "_Table1_", "_Table2_" and "_Table3_", all located inside the "Schema1" schema; they must be renamed to "_SF_Table1", "SF_\__Table2"_ and _"SF_\__Table3",_ respectively; and finally, they will be located under the _"SF_Schema1_" schema in Snowflake.+The above sample is saying that the only three tables in the whole workload to be renamed are the ones called "Table1", "Table2", and "Table3", all located inside the "Schema1" schema; they must be renamed to "SF_Table1", "SF_Table2", and "SF_Table3", respectively; and finally, they will be located under the "SF_Schema1" schema in Snowflake. #### Regular expressions -If there is a need to rename multiple objects in the same way, the feature also allows regular expressions to define patterns to apply to objects of the same kind. Two lines are required to specify each renaming, the first line is `"RegexExpr"` which is the matching expression and the second line is the `"RegexReplace"` which is the replacing expression. This information has to be provided in the `"TablesRegex"`_,_ `"ViewsRegex"`_,_ `"ProceduresRegex"`_,_ `"MacrosRegex"` and `"FunctionsRegex"` sections of the .json file. So, the previous example can also be written in the following manner, using the regular expression feature.+If there is a need to rename multiple objects in the same way, the feature also allows regular expressions to define patterns to apply to objects of the same kind. Two lines are required to specify each renaming, the first line is `"RegexExpr"` which is the matching expression and the second line is the `"RegexReplace"` which is the replacing expression. This information has to be provided in the `"TablesRegex"`, `"ViewsRegex"`, `"ProceduresRegex"`, `"MacrosRegex"`, and `"FunctionsRegex"` sections of the .json file. So, the previous example can also be written in the following manner, using the regular expression feature. **TableExample2**@@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ ``` -The only difference is that this way applies to all tables located within the "Schema1" schema. The regex expression would match all tables defined within the "Schema1" schema and will create a capturing group with everything after the dot. The regex replace will move the tables to the "SF_Schema1" schema and will add the "SF\_" prefix to all tables found referencing the first group created ($1) in the regex expression.+The only difference is that this way applies to all tables located within the "Schema1" schema. The regular expression would match all tables defined within the "Schema1" schema and will create a capturing group with everything after the dot. The regex replace will move the tables to the "SF_Schema1" schema and will add the "SF\_" prefix to all tables found referencing the first group created ($1) in the regex expression. #### Renaming priority@@ -234,3 +234,3 @@ ``` -Notice how all the references to "CLIENT" are renamed to "USER"+Notice how all the references to "CLIENT" are renamed to "USER".
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/ml-jobs+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/ml-jobs@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ This feature is not available in the People's Republic of China. - - [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/resources-code-specs) -- [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/spec-code-spec) -- [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/collaboration-api-reference) -- [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/activation) -- [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/collab-lookalike-modeling) -- [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/collab-mljobs-rmn-hpo)+ - [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/resources-code-specs)+ - [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/spec-code-spec)+ - [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/collaboration-api-reference)+ - [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/activation)+ - [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/collab-lookalike-modeling)+ - [](/user-guide/cleanrooms/collab-mljobs-rmn-hpo) ## Overview@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ installed. - The analysis runner must have a compute pool available for running ML Jobs. For GPU-accelerated- workloads, a GPU compute pool is required. GPU availability varies by region — see+ workloads, a GPU compute pool is required. GPU availability varies by region: see [Compute pool errors](/user-guide/cleanrooms/v2/troubleshooting#ml-jobs) in the troubleshooting guide. @@ -197,5 +197,5 @@ ### 2. Set up the compute pool -ML Jobs run in containers on a compute pool instead of a warehouse. Create a compute pool for the installed clean room+ML Jobs runs in containers on a compute pool instead of a warehouse. Create a compute pool for the installed clean room application: @@ -437,5 +437,5 @@ high memory CPU node or a large GPU node. -**Code change — replace raw XGBoost with the distributed trainer:**+**Code change: replace raw XGBoost with the distributed trainer:** ```python@@ -457,5 +457,5 @@ ``` -**Template change — increase `num_instances` for multi-node:**+**Template change: increase `num_instances` for multi-node:** ```yaml
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage@@ -20,5 +20,5 @@ with the following differences: -- Records for dropped objects included in each view.+- Records for dropped objects are included in each view. - Longer retention time for historical usage data. - Data latency.@@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ <tr> <td>Retention of historical data</td>- <td>1 Year</td>+ <td>1 year</td> <td>From 7 days to 6 months (varies by view/table function)</td> </tr>@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ additional `DELETED` column that displays the timestamp when the object was dropped. -In addition, because objects can be dropped and recreated with the same name, to differentiate between objects records that have the+In addition, because objects can be dropped and recreated with the same name, to differentiate between object records that have the same name, the account usage views include ID columns, where appropriate, that display the internal IDs generated and assigned to each record by the system. -If a column for an object name (e.g. the `TABLE_NAME` column) is NULL, that object has been dropped. In this case, the-columns for the names and IDs of the parent objects (e.g. the `DATABASE_NAME` and `SCHEMA_NAME` columns) are also+If a column for an object name (for example, the `TABLE_NAME` column) is NULL, that object has been dropped. In this case, the+columns for the names and IDs of the parent objects (for example, the `DATABASE_NAME` and `SCHEMA_NAME` columns) are also NULL. @@ -416,5 +416,5 @@ <td>[CORTEX_ANALYST_USAGE_HISTORY](/sql-reference/account-usage/cortex_analyst_usage_history)</td> <td>Historical</td>- <td>One hour</td>+ <td>1 hour</td> <td></td> <td>Data retained for 1 year.</td>@@ -502,5 +502,5 @@ <td>3 hours</td> <td>Enterprise Edition (or higher)</td>- <td>Data is retained for one year.</td>+ <td>Data retained for 1 year.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -1207,5 +1207,5 @@ <td>[SNOWPARK_CONTAINER_SERVICES_HISTORY](/sql-reference/account-usage/snowpark_container_services_history)</td> <td>Historical</td>- <td>3 hour</td>+ <td>3 hours</td> <td></td> <td>Data retained for 1 year.</td>@@ -1526,5 +1526,5 @@ </blockquote> -A user with that is granted the `customrole1` role can query a view as follows:+A user who is granted the `customrole1` role can query a view as follows: <blockquote>@@ -1544,5 +1544,5 @@ ### ACCOUNT_USAGE schema SNOWFLAKE database roles -In addition, you can grant finer control to accounts using SNOWFLAKE Database roles.+In addition, you can grant finer control to accounts using SNOWFLAKE database roles. For more information on database roles, see [database roles](#label-access-control-considerations-database-roles).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/postgres/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/postgres/setup@@ -351,9 +351,9 @@ connectors on Small only when each source is genuinely light. - Moderate workload (approximately 1,000 to 5,000 events per second, hundreds- of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime, typically running 5 to 8+ of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime can typically host 5 to 8 connectors. - Heavy workload (approximately 5,000 to 15,000 events per second, hundreds to- low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime, typically- running 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split+ low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime can typically host+ 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split across two Medium runtimes instead. @@ -644,5 +644,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -656,5 +656,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data is persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -742,5 +742,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Provide the user name used to connect to the Snowflake instance.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Provide the username used to connect to the Snowflake instance. </td>@@ -816,5 +816,5 @@ Select tables either by name or by Regex. If you use both, all matching tables from either option will be included. -Tables being sub-partitions are always excluded from ingestion. See+Sub-partition tables are always excluded from ingestion. See [](#label-postgres-connector-replicate-partitioned-table) for more information. @@ -831,5 +831,5 @@ Select tables either by name or by Regex. If you use both, all matching tables from either option will be included. -Tables being sub-partitions are always excluded from ingestion. See+Sub-partition tables are always excluded from ingestion. See [](#label-postgres-connector-replicate-partitioned-table) for more information. @@ -1157,5 +1157,5 @@ If you have multiple connector instances replicating from the same PostgreSQL database,-each instance will create its own uniquely-named replication slot. When dropping a replication slot manually, make sure+each instance will create its own uniquely named replication slot. When dropping a replication slot manually, make sure it's the right one. You can see which replication slot is used by a given connector instance by checking the state of the `CaptureChangePostgreSQL` processor. @@ -1355,4 +1355,4 @@ ## Run the flow -1. Right-click on the plane and select **Enable all Controller Services**.+1. Right-click on the canvas and select **Enable all Controller Services**. 2. Right-click on the imported process group and select **Start**. The connector starts the data ingestion.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-task+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-task@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-task) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-task) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-tasks) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-task)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-task), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-task), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-tasks), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-task) </dd>@@ -143,5 +143,5 @@ - Procedural logic using [Snowflake Scripting](/developer-guide/snowflake-scripting/index) -The SQL code is executed when the task runs. Verify that the `{sql}` executes as expected before using it in a task.+The SQL code is executed when the task runs. Verify that the `sql` executes as expected before using it in a task. </dd>@@ -186,5 +186,5 @@ CREATE OR REPLACE *<object>* statements are atomic. That is, when an object is replaced, the old object is deleted and the new object is created in a single transaction. - - Tasks with large definitions can cause errors. If you experience an error due to task size, try using stored procedure or making your task definition less complex.+ - Tasks with large definitions can cause errors. If you experience an error due to task size, try using a stored procedure or making your task definition less complex. When you replace a task, any ongoing task run is completed.@@ -595,5 +595,5 @@ <dd> -Specifies the desired task completion time. This parameter only applies to serverless tasks. This property is only set on a Task.+Specifies the desired task completion time. This parameter only applies to serverless tasks. This property is only set on a task. This parameter is required when you create serverless [](/user-guide/tasks-triggered).@@ -609,5 +609,5 @@ <dd> -Specifies the minimum allowed warehouse size for the serverless task. This parameter only applies to serverless tasks. This parameter can be specified on the Task, Schema, Database, or Account. Precedence follows the standard parameter hierarchy.+Specifies the minimum allowed warehouse size for the serverless task. This parameter only applies to serverless tasks. This parameter can be specified on the task, schema, database, or account. Precedence follows the standard parameter hierarchy. Values: Minimum `XSMALL`, Maximum `XXLARGE`. Values are consistent with [WAREHOUSE_SIZE values](/sql-reference/sql/create-warehouse).@@ -623,5 +623,5 @@ <dd> -Specifies the maximum allowed warehouse size for the serverless task. This parameter only applies to serverless tasks. This parameter can be specified on the Task, Schema, Database, or Account. Precedence follows the standard parameter hierarchy.+Specifies the maximum allowed warehouse size for the serverless task. This parameter only applies to serverless tasks. This parameter can be specified on the task, schema, database, or account. Precedence follows the standard parameter hierarchy. Values: Minimum `XSMALL`, Maximum `XXLARGE`.@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ Also supports the notation: X2LARGE. -Default: *XXLARGE*--If both SERVERLESS_TASK_MIN_STATEMENT_SIZE and SERVERLESS_TASK_MAX_STATEMENT_SIZE are specified, SERVERLESS_TASK_MIN_STATEMENT_SIZE must be less than or equal to SERVERLESS_TASK_MAX_STATEMENT_SIZE. SERVERLESS_TASK_MAX_STATEMENT_SIZE must be equal to or greater than USER_TASK_MANAGED_INITIAL_WAREHOUSE_SIZE+Default: `XXLARGE`++If both SERVERLESS_TASK_MIN_STATEMENT_SIZE and SERVERLESS_TASK_MAX_STATEMENT_SIZE are specified, SERVERLESS_TASK_MIN_STATEMENT_SIZE must be less than or equal to SERVERLESS_TASK_MAX_STATEMENT_SIZE. SERVERLESS_TASK_MAX_STATEMENT_SIZE must be equal to or greater than USER_TASK_MANAGED_INITIAL_WAREHOUSE_SIZE. </dd>@@ -743,5 +743,5 @@ - All limitations of the [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-task) command apply. - A task cannot be resumed or suspended using the CREATE OR ALTER TASK command. To resume or suspend a task, use the ALTER TASK command.-- Setting or unsetting a tag is not supported; however existing tags are *not* altered by a CREATE OR ALTER statement and remain unchanged.+- Setting or unsetting a tag is not supported; however, existing tags are *not* altered by a CREATE OR ALTER statement and remain unchanged. ## Examples
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/event-old+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/event-old@@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ - [View the log and trace level](#label-nativeapps-provider-logging-view-level-old).-- [View the logs and events in the event table](#label-nativeapps-provider-logging-view-logs-and-events).+- [View the logs and events in the event table](#label-nativeapps-provider-logging-view-logs-and-events-old). <a id="label-nativeapps-provider-logging-considerations-old"></a>@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ - Providers are responsible for all costs associated with event sharing on the provider side, including data ingestion and storage.-- Providers must have [an account to store shared events](#label-nativeapps-provider-logging-configure-event-account)- in each region where you want to support event sharing.+- Providers must have [an account to store shared events](#label-nativeapps-provider-logging-configure-event-account-old)+ in each region where they want to support event sharing. - Providers must define the default log level and trace level for an app in the manifest file. @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ You must use an [organization administrator role](/user-guide/organization-administrators) to call this function. -### Un-set an account as the events account--To unset an account to be the events account for a region, call the SYSTEM$UNSET_EVENT_SHARING_ACCOUNT_FOR_REGION system function:+### Unset an account as the events account++To unset an account as the events account for a region, call the SYSTEM$UNSET_EVENT_SHARING_ACCOUNT_FOR_REGION system function: ```sqlsyntax@@ -221,5 +221,5 @@ This system function returns a string in JSON format containing a list of event accounts within the organization. Because the metadata takes some time to propagate to all regions, this function might experience some delay when-showing latest events account after the user set/unset an events account for the organization.+showing the latest events account after the user sets or unsets an events account for the organization. <a id="label-nativeapps-provider-logging-view-level-old"></a>@@ -234,5 +234,5 @@ ``` -Use the [](/sql-reference/sql/show-versions) command to view the logging level the app versions defined in an application+Use the [](/sql-reference/sql/show-versions) command to view the logging level of the app versions defined in an application package, as shown in the following example: @@ -274,5 +274,5 @@ To protect consumer information, the following fields from the `RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTES` column are-not shared with provider:+not shared with the provider: - snow.database.id@@ -334,5 +334,5 @@ ### Determine if event sharing is enabled using the %native-app-perms% -The %native-app-perms% provides the following functions to determine if even sharing is enabled in+The %native-app-perms% provides the following functions to determine if event sharing is enabled in a consumer account:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tables-auto-reclustering+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tables-auto-reclustering@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ ### Optimal efficiency -With Automatic Clustering, Snowflake internally manages the state of clustered tables, as well as the resources (servers, memory, etc.) used for all automated clustering+With Automatic Clustering, Snowflake internally manages the state of clustered tables, as well as the resources (servers, memory, and so on) used for all automated clustering operations. This allows Snowflake to dynamically allocate resources as needed, resulting in the most efficient and effective reclustering. -Also, Automatic Clustering does not perform any unnecessary reclustering. Reclustering is triggered only if/when the table would benefit from the operation.+Also, Automatic Clustering does not perform any unnecessary reclustering. Reclustering is triggered only when the table would benefit from the operation. ## Enabling Automatic Clustering for a table@@ -87,5 +87,5 @@ However, the rule does not apply to tables created by cloning ([CREATE TABLE ... CLONE ...](/sql-reference/sql/create-clone))-from a source table that has clustering keys. The new table starts with Automatic Clustering suspended – even if Automatic+from a source table that has clustering keys. The new table starts with Automatic Clustering suspended, even if Automatic Clustering for the source table is not suspended. (This is true whether the `CLONE` command cloned the table, the schema containing the table, or the database containing the table.)@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ Before you define a clustering key for a table, consider the following conditions, which may cause reclustering activity (and corresponding credit charges): -- The table is not optimally-clustered. For more details, see [](/user-guide/tables-clustering-micropartitions).+- The table is not optimally clustered. For more details, see [](/user-guide/tables-clustering-micropartitions). - The clustering key on the table has changed. -As such, we recommend starting with one or two selected tables and assessing the impact of Automatic Clustering on these tables. Once you are comfortable/familiar with how+As such, we recommend starting with one or two selected tables and assessing the impact of Automatic Clustering on these tables. Once you are comfortable or familiar with how Automatic Clustering performs reclustering, you can then define clustering keys for your other tables. @@ -169,5 +169,5 @@ Before you resume Automatic Clustering on a clustered table, consider the following conditions, which may cause reclustering activity (and corresponding credit charges): -- The table is not optimally-clustered (e.g. significant DML has been performed on the table since it was last reclustered).+- The table is not optimally clustered (for example, significant DML has been performed on the table since it was last reclustered). - The clustering key on the table has changed. @@ -206,5 +206,5 @@ As with Clustering Classic, changing a clustering key triggers a one-time clustering cost. For Optima Clustering, that one-time cost is-based on the existing table size at the time of the key change. Snowflake applies the Overlap Factor as if the whole table were newly+based on the existing table size at the time of the key change. Snowflake applies the overlap factor as if the whole table were newly written data, so a small key change that doesn't require rewriting much data results in minimal charges. @@ -223,5 +223,5 @@ </dd>-<dt>Storage Costs</dt>+<dt>Storage costs</dt> <dd> @@ -246,6 +246,6 @@ After enabling or resuming Automatic Clustering on a clustered table, if it has been a while since the table was reclustered, you may-experience reclustering activity (and corresponding credit charges) as Snowflake brings the table to an optimally-clustered state. Once-the table is optimally-clustered, the reclustering activity will drop off.+experience reclustering activity (and corresponding credit charges) as Snowflake brings the table to an optimally clustered state. Once+the table is optimally clustered, the reclustering activity will drop off. Likewise, defining a clustering key on an existing table or changing the clustering key on a clustered table may trigger reclustering and
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(10行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/command-reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/command-reference@@ -71,5 +71,5 @@ ALTER APPLICATION PACKAGE <name> [ ADD LIVE VERSION-| ADD VERSION FROM @STAGE/path+| ADD VERSION FROM @/<path> | BUILD | COMMIT@@ -153,11 +153,12 @@ </dl> -`COMMENT = 'string_literal'`--<blockquote>+<dl>+<dt>`COMMENT = 'string_literal'`</dt>+<dd> Optional: Adds a comment or overwrites an existing comment for the app version. This comment is displayed in SHOW APPLICATION PACKAGES. -</blockquote>+</dd>+</dl> ### Access control requirements@@ -208,7 +209,7 @@ ``` -- After adding a live version of the app end and editing it, stop editing and restore to the last committed version:- ```sql- ALTER APPLICATION PACKAGE market_data_app ABORT LIVE VERSION+- After adding a live version of the app and editing it, stop editing and restore to the last committed version:+ ```sql+ ALTER APPLICATION PACKAGE market_data_app ABORT LIVE VERSION; ``` @@ -225,5 +226,5 @@ ### Access control requirements -This command requires a role with the OWNER privilege for the installed app.+This command requires a role with the OWNERSHIP privilege for the installed app. ### Syntax
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(9行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage/query_history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage/query_history@@ -95,5 +95,5 @@ <td>`query_type`</td> <td>VARCHAR</td>- <td>DML, query, etc. If the query failed, then the query type may be UNKNOWN.</td>+ <td>DML, query, and so on. If the query failed, then the query type may be UNKNOWN.</td> <td></td> </tr>@@ -167,5 +167,5 @@ <td>`error_code`</td> <td>NUMBER</td>- <td>Error code, if the query returned an error</td>+ <td>Error code, if the query returned an error.</td> <td>%cm%</td> </tr>@@ -179,5 +179,5 @@ <td>`start_time`</td> <td>TIMESTAMP_LTZ</td>- <td>Statement start time (in the local time zone)</td>+ <td>Statement start time (in the local time zone).</td> <td>%cm%</td> </tr>@@ -209,5 +209,5 @@ <td>`bytes_written`</td> <td>NUMBER</td>- <td>Number of bytes written (e.g. when loading into a table).</td>+ <td>Number of bytes written (for example, when loading into a table).</td> <td></td> </tr>@@ -215,5 +215,5 @@ <td>`bytes_written_to_result`</td> <td>NUMBER</td>- <td>Number of bytes written to a result object. For example, `SELECT * FROM ...` would produce a set of results in tabular format representing each field in the selection. <br /> <br /> In general, the results object represents whatever is produced as a result of the query, and `bytes_written_to_result` represents the size of the returned result.</td>+ <td>Number of bytes written to a result object. For example, `SELECT * FROM ...` would produce a set of results in tabular format representing each field in the selection. <br /> <br /> In general, the results object represents whatever is produced as a result of the query, and `bytes_written_to_result` represents the size of the returned result.</td> <td></td> </tr>@@ -293,5 +293,5 @@ <td>`compilation_time`</td> <td>NUMBER</td>- <td>Compilation time (in milliseconds)</td>+ <td>Compilation time (in milliseconds).</td> <td>%cm%</td> </tr>@@ -299,5 +299,5 @@ <td>`execution_time`</td> <td>NUMBER</td>- <td>Execution time (in milliseconds)</td>+ <td>Execution time (in milliseconds).</td> <td>%cm%</td> </tr>@@ -533,5 +533,5 @@ <td>`user_database_id`</td> <td>VARCHAR</td>- <td>When the value in the `user_type` column is SNOWFLAKE_SERVICE, it specifies the internal, Snowflake-generated identifier for the service's database; otherwise, it's NULL</td>+ <td>When the value in the `user_type` column is SNOWFLAKE_SERVICE, it specifies the internal, Snowflake-generated identifier for the service's database; otherwise, it's NULL.</td> <td></td> </tr>@@ -545,5 +545,5 @@ <td>`user_schema_id`</td> <td>VARCHAR</td>- <td>When the value in the _user_type_ column is SNOWFLAKE_SERVICE, it specifies the internal, Snowflake-generated identifier for the service's schema; otherwise, it's NULL.</td>+ <td>When the value in the `user_type` column is SNOWFLAKE_SERVICE, it specifies the internal, Snowflake-generated identifier for the service's schema; otherwise, it's NULL.</td> <td></td> </tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(9行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tutorials/script-data-load-transform-json+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tutorials/script-data-load-transform-json@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ - Store JSON objects natively in a VARIANT type column (as shown in [](/user-guide/tutorials/data-load-internal-tutorial)).-- Store JSON object natively in an intermediate table and then use FLATTEN function to extract JSON elements into separate columns in a table (as shown in [](/user-guide/tutorials/json-basics-tutorial))+- Store JSON objects natively in an intermediate table and then use the FLATTEN function to extract JSON elements into separate columns in a table (as shown in [](/user-guide/tutorials/json-basics-tutorial)). - Transform JSON elements directly into table columns as shown in this tutorial. The COPY command in this tutorial uses a SELECT statement to query for individual elements in a staged JSON file. -The example commands provided in this tutorial includes a [](/sql-reference/sql/put) statement.+The example commands provided in this tutorial include a [](/sql-reference/sql/put) statement. We recommend executing these commands in SnowSQL which supports the PUT command. Clients such as [Snowsight](/user-guide/ui-snowsight-gs) do not support the PUT command.@@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ link/file to your local file system. -The tutorial assumes you unpacked the JSON data file in to the following directories:+The tutorial assumes you unpacked the JSON data file into the following directories: <blockquote> - Linux/macOS: `/tmp/load`-- Windows: `C:\tempload`+- Windows: `C:\temp\load` </blockquote> -The data file include sample home sales JSON data. An example JSON object is shown:+The data file includes sample home sales JSON data. An example JSON object is shown: ```sqljson@@ -81,6 +81,6 @@ ``` -Note these commands create temporary table. Temporary tables persist only for-the duration of the user session and is not visible to other users.+Note these commands create a temporary table. Temporary tables persist only for+the duration of the user session and are not visible to other users. ## Create file format object@@ -146,6 +146,6 @@ The query also uses the following functions: -- The [](/sql-reference/functions/substr) function to extract city and state values from state_city JSON key.-- The [](/sql-reference/functions/to_timestamp) to cast the sale_date JSON key value to a timestamp.+- The [](/sql-reference/functions/substr) function to extract city and state values from the state_city JSON key.+- The [](/sql-reference/functions/to_timestamp) function to cast the sale_date JSON key value to a timestamp. Execute the following query to verify data is copied.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(9行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/local+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/local@@ -6,5 +6,5 @@ - [](/user-guide/data-quality-intro) -Some Snowflake features use the LOCAL schema of the SNOWFLAKE database to store telemetry data for logging and results analysis. The tables, views, and functions available in the LOCAL schema depend on which features you use in an account. Visibility of available objects in the LOCAL schema are access-controlled.+Some Snowflake features use the LOCAL schema of the SNOWFLAKE database to store telemetry data for logging and results analysis. The tables, views, and functions available in the LOCAL schema depend on which features you use in an account. Visibility of available objects in the LOCAL schema is access-controlled. <a id="label-ai-observability-data"></a>@@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ <div className="colwidths-auto"> -| Function | Associated Snowflake feature | Notes |-| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| CORTEX_ANALYST_REQUESTS | [Cortex Analyst](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-analyst) | For information about how to call this function, see [](#label-cortex-analyst-querying-logs-with-sql). |-| [](/sql-reference/functions/data_quality_monitoring_results) | [Data Quality](/user-guide/data-quality-intro) | For information about how to call this function, see [Call the DATA_QUALITY_MONITORING_RESULTS function](#label-data-quality-query-dmf-table-function-results). |-| [GET_AI_EVALUATION_DATA](/sql-reference/functions/get_ai_evaluation_data-snowflake-local) | [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-evaluations) | |-| [GET_AI_OBSERVABILITY_EVENTS](/sql-reference/functions/get_ai_observability_events-snowflake-local) | [AI Observability](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/ai-observability) , [Cortex Agents](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-monitor) , [Cortex Search](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-search/cortex-search-monitor) | Returns observability event rows for a Cortex Agent (`CORTEX AGENT`), External Agent (`EXTERNAL AGENT`), or Cortex Search service (`CORTEX SEARCH SERVICE`). For usage, see [](/sql-reference/functions/get_ai_observability_events-snowflake-local), [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-monitor), [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-search/cortex-search-monitor), and [AI_OBSERVABILITY_EVENTS table](/sql-reference/local/ai_observability_events). |-| [GET_AI_OBSERVABILITY_LOGS](/sql-reference/functions/get_ai_observability_logs-snowflake-local) | [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-evaluations) | |-| [GET_AI_RECORD_TRACE](/sql-reference/functions/get_ai_record_trace-snowflake-local) | [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-evaluations) | |+| Function | Associated Snowflake feature | Notes |+| ----------------------------------------------... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(16行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/preview-features+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/preview-features@@ -78,4 +78,18 @@ </thead> <tbody>+ <tr>+ <td>[Cortex Agent code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool)</td>+ <td>Open</td>+ <td>August 2026</td>+ <td>[](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool)</td>+ <td>Let an agent generate and run Python in a secure, isolated sandbox to process data, perform calculations, and produce visualizations. The sandbox doesn't run SQL, is scoped to a single conversation thread, and isn't available to agents invoked with owner's rights.</td>+ </tr>+ <tr>+ <td>Preset tables in clean room templates</td>+ <td>Open</td>+ <td>August 2026</td>+ <td>[](/user-guide/cleanrooms/custom-templates#label-dcr-template-preset-tables)</td>+ <td>Preset a specific dataset in a Collaboration Data Clean Rooms template with a `preset_tables` block, so the template always reads that dataset and the analysis runner doesn't supply it at run time.</td>+ </tr> <tr> <td>Anomaly monitors for cost anomalies</td>@@ -160,5 +174,5 @@ <td>August 2026</td> <td>[](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/user-skills)</td>- <td>Create reusable workflows conversationally, from the UI (+ menu > Skills > Create new), or by uploading a skill folder, then run them explicitly with / or from Skills menus, or implicitly when a conversation matches the skill. Chat creation and scripted skills require the Cortex Agent code execution tool.</td>+ <td>Create reusable workflows conversationally, from the UI (+ menu > Skills > Create new), or by uploading a skill folder, then run them explicitly with / or from Skills menus, or implicitly when a conversation matches the skill. Chat creation and scripted skills require the Cortex Agent [code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -167,5 +181,5 @@ <td>August 2026</td> <td>[](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/document-generation)</td>- <td>Generate shareable files such as PDF documents and PowerPoint presentations from your analysis. Upload a PowerPoint template to match your organization's style, or customize behavior with a user or agent skill. Requires the Cortex Agent code execution tool.</td>+ <td>Generate shareable files such as PDF documents and PowerPoint presentations from your analysis. Upload a PowerPoint template to match your organization's style, or customize behavior with a user or agent skill. Requires the Cortex Agent [code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool).</td> </tr> <tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(9行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/creating-setup-script+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/creating-setup-script@@ -24,5 +24,5 @@ - A provider creates or upgrades an app when testing the application package. -The setup script only support using SQL commands. Other languages are not supported.+The setup script only supports using SQL commands. Other languages are not supported. The SQL statements in the setup script create objects within the app that are@@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ [](/developer-guide/logging-tracing/logging-snowflake-scripting) for additional information. -To configure the log level for the setup script, use one of the following system function:+To configure the log level for the setup script, use one of the following system functions: - [SYSTEM$LOG](/sql-reference/functions/system_log)@@ -97,5 +97,5 @@ For example, a provider can create different setup scripts to handle different types of tasks, for-example, creating objects, creating views, creating stored procedures, etc.+example, creating objects, creating views, creating stored procedures, and so on. When the [](/sql-reference/sql/create-application) command runs, it runs the main setup script@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ artifacts: ...- setup_script: scripts/setup.sql+ setup_script: scripts/setup_script.sql ... ```@@ -214,5 +214,5 @@ consumer takes ownership of the database and drops the app. -This best practice applies to tables, stored procedures, user-defined functions and references created+This best practice applies to tables, stored procedures, user-defined functions, and references created by the setup script. @@ -239,5 +239,5 @@ the procedure. -If a setup script fails due to an issue that cannot be resolved by a retrying, for example a+If a setup script fails due to an issue that cannot be resolved by retrying, for example a syntax error, the consumer cannot access the procedure until the app is upgraded to a new version or patch and the grant is restored.@@ -304,9 +304,9 @@ database or at the account level. -Any privileges granted to application roles is passed to the app owner, which is the role used to install+Any privileges granted to application roles are passed to the app owner, which is the role used to install the app. The owner may further delegate application roles to other roles within the consumer account. -The setup script can also define an application role (e.g. USER). Using this role, consumers+The setup script can also define an application role (for example, USER). Using this role, consumers are granted access to use the functionality provided by the app. The setup script can define an application role, such as READ_ONLY, to provide restricted access to select@@ -355,5 +355,5 @@ ``` -In this example, the setup script creates application roles named `admin` and a `user`. The setup+In this example, the setup script creates application roles named `admin` and `user`. The setup script then grants both application roles access to the schema containing the app code. It also grants access to the `add` function within the schema. The `admin` role is also granted access to the
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(9行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/oauth-custom+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/oauth-custom@@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ When a client omits a `session:role:role_name` scope in the authorization requests, the session uses the user's default role. To let the user pick the session role(s) during the OAuth authorization flow, set-OAUTH_ENABLE_ROLE_SELECTION parameter to TRUE when you create the integration (using+the OAUTH_ENABLE_ROLE_SELECTION parameter to TRUE when you create the integration (using [CREATE SECURITY INTEGRATION](/sql-reference/sql/create-security-integration-oauth-snowflake)) or later (using [ALTER SECURITY INTEGRATION](/sql-reference/sql/alter-security-integration-oauth-snowflake)). -When OAUTH_ENABLE_ROLE_SELECTION is TRUE, Snowflake presents a role-selection step during authorization. The user can select and consents to one or+When OAUTH_ENABLE_ROLE_SELECTION is TRUE, Snowflake presents a role-selection step during authorization. The user can select and consent to one or more roles — or to all of their roles — and the session is bound to the consented set: the session can use only those roles, and role switching with [USE ROLE](/sql-reference/sql/use-role) is limited to the roles the user consented to. If the user consents to all@@ -388,5 +388,5 @@ Scope is validated immediately when making an authorization request with respect to semantics, but not necessarily validity. That is, any-invalid scopes (e.g. "bogus_scope") are rejected before the user authenticates, but a scope the user does not have access to (a+invalid scopes (for example, "bogus_scope") are rejected before the user authenticates, but a scope the user does not have access to (a particular role, etc.) does not result in an error until after the user authenticates. @@ -734,5 +734,5 @@ "refresh_token": "REFRESH_TOKEN", "token_type": "Bearer",- "username": "user1",+ "username": "user1" } ```@@ -822,5 +822,5 @@ <td>String</td> <td>Yes</td>- <td>Pass this as string `session:role:role_name <ingress-endpoint-url>`. Note that the `role_name` is case sensitive. Use the [SHOW ENDPOINTS IN SERVICE](/sql-reference/sql/show-endpoints) command to find the ingress endpoint URL. <br /></td>+ <td>Pass this as string `session:role:role_name <ingress-endpoint-url>`. Note that the `role_name` is case-sensitive. Use the [SHOW ENDPOINTS IN SERVICE](/sql-reference/sql/show-endpoints) command to find the ingress endpoint URL. <br /></td> </tr> <tr>@@ -856,5 +856,5 @@ #### Response -An OAuth access token is returned+An OAuth access token is returned. <a id="label-proof-key-for-code-exchange"></a>@@ -1229,5 +1229,5 @@ - Update the public key fingerprint: - `<public_key_fp>`: Retrieved by executing the DESC SECURITY INTEGRATION command.- There can be 2 public keys so ensure you're referencing the correct key.+ There can be 2 public keys, so ensure you're referencing the correct key. - Update the redirect URI:@@ -1288,5 +1288,5 @@ <td>Timestamp</td> <td>Yes</td>- <td>Time when the token should expire. This period should be relatively short (e.g. a few minutes).</td>+ <td>Time when the token should expire. This period should be relatively short (for example, a few minutes).</td> </tr> </tbody>@@ -1422,5 +1422,5 @@ ## Pre-authorizing user consent for a role -Security administrators (i.e. users with the SECURITYADMIN role) or higher can pre-authorize consent for a client to initiate a session for+Security administrators (that is, users with the SECURITYADMIN role) or higher can pre-authorize consent for a client to initiate a session for a user using a specified role and integration. This consent is granted using [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-user) with the ADD DELEGATED AUTHORIZATION keywords. Without this delegated authorization, a user must authorize consent for the role after authentication. This
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(9行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-database+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-database@@ -18,5 +18,5 @@ - [](#label-create-or-alter-database-syntax): Creates a database if it doesn't exist or alters an existing database.-- [](#label-create-database-clone-syntax): Creates a clone of an existing database, either at its current state or at a specific time/point in the past+- [](#label-create-database-clone-syntax): Creates a clone of an existing database, either in its current state or at a specific time or point in the past (using Time Travel). For more information about cloning a database, see [](/user-guide/object-clone). - [CREATE DATABASE ... FROM BACKUP SET](#label-create-database-from-backup-set-syntax) (restores a database from a backup under a new name)@@ -34,5 +34,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-database) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-database) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-database) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-databases) , [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-database)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-database), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-database), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-database), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-databases), [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-database) [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-share) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-shares), [](/sql-reference/sql/create-listing)@@ -205,6 +205,6 @@ As a best practice for [Database Replication and Failover](/user-guide/db-replication-intro), we recommend giving each-secondary database the same name as its primary database. This practice supports referencing fully-qualified objects-(i.e. `'<db>.<schema>.<object>'`) by other objects in the same database, such as querying a fully-qualified table name in a view.+secondary database the same name as its primary database. This practice supports referencing fully qualified objects+(i.e. `'<db>.<schema>.<object>'`) by other objects in the same database, such as querying a fully qualified table name in a view. If a secondary database has a different name from the primary database, then these object references would break in the secondary database.@@ -232,5 +232,5 @@ Specifies the identifier of the [share](/user-guide/data-sharing-intro) from which to create the database. As documented, the name of the-share must be fully-qualified with the name of the account providing the share.+share must be fully qualified with the name of the account providing the share. </dd>@@ -735,5 +735,5 @@ two parent namespaces, to the `catalog2` external catalog in Open Catalog. To sync the table with its two parent namespaces, use the default for `CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_MODE` (`NEST`). If you don't specify the `CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_MODE` property, the default for- this property is applied, which is `NEST`. Because you’re using the default for `CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_MODE`, you don’t need to specify+ this property is applied, which is `NEST`. Because you're using the default for `CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_MODE`, you don't need to specify `CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_FLATTEN_DELIMITER`. As a result, Snowflake syncs the table to Open Catalog with the following fully qualified name: `catalog2.db2.public.table1`.@@ -753,5 +753,5 @@ To sync the table with the `db1-public` parent namespace, set `CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_MODE` to `FLATTEN` and specify a hyphen (`-`) as the value for `CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_FLATTEN_DELIMITER`. As a result, Snowflake syncs this table to Open Catalog with the following- fully-qualified name: `catalog1.db1-public.table1`.+ fully qualified name: `catalog1.db1-public.table1`. Default: `NEST`@@ -767,5 +767,5 @@ For example, suppose you want to sync the `customer.data.table1` and `custom.erdata.table1` Snowflake-managed Iceberg tables to the `catalog1`-external catalog in Open Catalog. By setting the CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_MODE property set to `FLATTEN` and specifying a hyphen (`-`) for the+external catalog in Open Catalog. By setting the CATALOG_SYNC_NAMESPACE_MODE property to `FLATTEN` and specifying a hyphen (`-`) for the delimiter, Snowflake syncs these tables with Open Catalog with the following fully qualified names: @@ -1187,5 +1187,5 @@ ### Unset a parameter previously set on database -The [absence of a previously set parameter](#label-create-or-alter-usage-notes) in the modified database definition results+The [absence of a previously set parameter](#label-create-or-alter-database-usage-notes) in the modified database definition results in unsetting it. In the following example, unset the DATA_RETENTION_TIME_IN_DAYS parameter for the database `db1` created in the previous example:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(9行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/overview@@ -43,6 +43,6 @@ Before starting a migration, ensure you have: -- <a href="https://www.python.org/downloads" target="_blank">Python</a> installed-- <a href="https://git-scm.com/install" target="_blank">Git</a> installed+- <a href="https://www.python.org/downloads" target="_blank">Python</a> installed.+- <a href="https://git-scm.com/install" target="_blank">Git</a> installed. - <a href="/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-cli" target="_blank">Snowflake CoCo CLI</a> installed (the %migration-skill% is bundled). - A Snowflake account with a connection configured in `~/.snowflake/config.toml` or `~/.snowflake/connections.toml`.@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@ ### Launch Snowflake CoCo-Create a directory for your migration project. From the project directory, start Snowflake CoCo CLI+Create a directory for your migration project. From the project directory, start Snowflake CoCo CLI: ```shell cortex@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ ### Start a migration-From within Snowflake CoCo CLI, there are a couple common ways to start a migration+From within Snowflake CoCo CLI, there are a couple of common ways to start a migration: 1. **Start a new migration** (greenfield) You have a source database and want to migrate it to Snowflake from scratch. The %migration-skill% walks you through every stage: connect to the source, extract objects, convert code, assess the workload, deploy, migrate data, and validate.@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ ### Import an existing migration -Once you start or continue a migration, if you already have `.sql` files from a previous SnowConvert run or another source, they can be imported into a project to be picked up at the conversion or deployment stage.-```text-```--As a migration project progresses, if you find that Snowflake CoCo is not triggering the %migration-skill% (this may sometimes happen due to context windox compaction), you can directly trigger it by using "/migrate \<your prompt\>"+Once you start or continue a migration, you can import any `.sql` files you already have from a previous SnowConvert run or another source into the project to be picked up at the conversion or deployment stage.+```text+```++As a migration project progresses, if you find that Snowflake CoCo is not triggering the %migration-skill% (this may sometimes happen due to context windowing compaction), you can directly trigger it by using "/migrate \<your prompt\>" ---
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/sql/execute-sql+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/sql/execute-sql@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@ The [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/sql-commands/sql) command lets you execute ad-hoc SQL queries or files containing SQL queries using the following options: -- To execute an ad-hoc query, use the `-q` command-line option. For example, to execute a simple SQL SELECT query, as shown in the following example:+- To execute an ad-hoc query, use the `-q` command-line option. For example: ```snowcli snow sql -q "SELECT * FROM FOO;" ``` -- To execute a file containing a SQL query, use the `-f` command-line option to specify the path to the file. For example, to execute a file containing a SQL query, as shown in the following example:+- To execute a file containing a SQL query, use the `-f` command-line option to specify the path to the file. For example: ```snowcli snow sql -f my_query.sql ``` -The `snow sql` command also can execute multiple statements; in that case, multiple result sets are returned. For example running:+The `snow sql` command also can execute multiple statements; in that case, multiple result sets are returned. For example, running: ```snowcli@@ -59,5 +59,5 @@ ``` -Some operating systems interpret `$$`, such as a process ID (PID), instead of recognizing it as a scripting block delimiter. To address this limitation, you can use the following alternatives:+Some operating systems interpret `$$` as a process ID (PID) instead of recognizing it as a scripting block delimiter. To address this limitation, you can use the following alternatives: <blockquote>@@ -88,5 +88,5 @@ ``` -When executed, the command substitutes the value `dev` in the `<% database %>` variable to create the `dev.logs` filename and then sends the `select * from dev.logs` SQL query to Snowflake for processing.+When executed, the command substitutes the value `dev` in the `<% database %>` variable to create the `dev.logs` table reference and then sends the `select * from dev.logs` SQL query to Snowflake for processing. You can also specify multiple variable inputs, as shown:@@ -109,5 +109,5 @@ - `STANDARD`: Support the standard %sf-cli% variable syntax (`<% variable_name %>`). Enabled by default. - `LEGACY`: Support the SnowSQL variable syntax (`&{ variable_name }` or `&variable_name`). Enabled by default.-- `JINJA`: Support the jinja variable syntax (`{{ variable_name }}`). Disabled by default.+- `JINJA`: Support the Jinja variable syntax (`{{ variable_name }}`). Disabled by default. - `ALL`: Allow all supported syntaxes. Disabled by default. - `NONE`: Do not support templating. Disabled by default.@@ -139,5 +139,5 @@ Specifying variables as `snow sql` command-line options might not always be practical, or perhaps you might not want to specify sensitive values on the command line. In such cases, you can define variables and values in the `snowflake.yml` project definition file. Then you can just specify the variable names in the form `<% ctx.env.<variable_name> %>` instead of using the `-D "<variable> = <value>"` option. -Using the example from the previous section, you could store the database and role variables in `snowflake.yml` file and change the query to:+Using the example from the previous section, you could store the database and role variables in the `snowflake.yml` file and change the query to: ```snowcli@@ -184,5 +184,4 @@ ```text-path-to-private-key-file +-----------------------+ | 'THIS IS ASYNC QUERY' |@@ -738,5 +737,5 @@ - Searchable history - Pressing `CTRL-R`: lets you search your command history:+ Pressing `CTRL-R` lets you search your command history: 
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/connector-sdk/flow/ingestion-management/create_resource+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/connector-sdk/flow/ingestion-management/create_resource@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ Creating a resource is required in order to define and schedule data ingestion from a source system.-`PUBLIC.CREATE_RESOURCE` procedure is the entry point from the UI or worksheet to create a new resource.+The `PUBLIC.CREATE_RESOURCE` procedure is the entry point from the UI or worksheet to create a new resource. Calling this procedure requires the user to have the `ADMIN` application role assigned. -The resource creation process consists of several phases. Several of which are customizable but include reasonable defaults.+The resource creation process consists of several phases, several of which are customizable but include reasonable defaults. Phases are: @@ -24,5 +24,5 @@ Initial validation is performed at the very beginning of the resource creation process, and checks: -- whether given input data represent a valid resource ingestion definition object+- whether the given input data represents a valid resource ingestion definition object - whether a resource with given `id` and `resourceId` does not exist @@ -36,5 +36,5 @@ a `CreateResourceHandlerBuilder` to provide custom implementation of the `CreateResourceValidator` interface. -If the custom validation returns an error, the following steps will not be executed and the error response will be returned from `CREATE_RESOURCE` procedure.+If the custom validation returns an error, the following steps will not be executed and the error response will be returned from the `CREATE_RESOURCE` procedure. ## Custom logic before a resource is created@@ -47,5 +47,5 @@ a `CreateResourceHandlerBuilder` to provide custom implementation of the `PreCreateResourceCallback` interface. -If custom logic returns an error, the follow on steps will not be executed and provided error response will be returned from `CREATE_RESOURCE` procedure.+If custom logic returns an error, the follow-on steps will not be executed and the provided error response will be returned from the `CREATE_RESOURCE` procedure. ## Creation of resource ingestion definition and ingestion processes@@ -55,6 +55,5 @@ a new ingestion process is added for each provided ingestion configuration. Ingestion processes are created with `SCHEDULED` status which means that the ingestion will begin later.-If the `enabled` flag is set to `false`, no ingestion process is created and in the `ENABLE_RESOURCE` procedure-must be called to enable ingestion.+If the `enabled` flag is set to `false`, no ingestion process is created and the `ENABLE_RESOURCE` procedure must be called to enable ingestion. ## Custom logic after a resource is created@@ -67,5 +66,5 @@ a `CreateResourceHandlerBuilder` to provide custom implementation of the `PostCreateResourceCallback` interface. -If custom logic returns an error, given error response will be returned from `CREATE_RESOURCE` procedure but the creation of resource ingestion definition and ingestion processes will not be rolled back.+If custom logic returns an error, the given error response will be returned from the `CREATE_RESOURCE` procedure but the creation of resource ingestion definition and ingestion processes will not be rolled back. ## Response@@ -90,5 +89,5 @@ ### Error response -On error the, the procedure returns a response resembling:+On error, the procedure returns a response resembling: <blockquote>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/sap-sql/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/sap-sql/setup@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@-# Set Up %sapbdc% Zerocopy Connector+# Set up %sapbdc% Zerocopy Connector - [](/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/about-sap-snowflake)@@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ on the target schema. By default, the owner role of a schema has this privilege. -## Create a Database and Schema+## Create a database and schema A Zerocopy Connector is a schema-level object. Before creating one, ensure@@ -92,5 +92,5 @@ current state. -### Verify Connector State+### Verify connector state Use `DESCRIBE` to check the current state of a connector:@@ -121,5 +121,5 @@ <tr> <td>`partner`</td>- <td>The data partner (e.g., `SAP_BDC`).</td>+ <td>The data partner (for example, `SAP_BDC`).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -189,5 +189,5 @@ ``` -## Set Properties+## Set properties You can set optional properties on a connector using `ALTER ... SET`:@@ -213,5 +213,5 @@ ``` -## Disconnect the Connector+## Disconnect the connector All catalog-linked databases created from the connector must be@@ -228,5 +228,5 @@ is dropped asynchronously. When successful, it transitions to `DISCONNECTED`. -## Drop the Connector+## Drop the connector You can only drop a connector that is in `NEW`, `CONNECT_ERROR`,@@ -237,5 +237,5 @@ ``` -## Next Steps+## Next steps Once the connector is in `CONNECTED` state, you can:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/snowconvert-docs/ai-assessment+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/snowconvert-docs/ai-assessment@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ Refer to [Cortex Code CLI](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-cli) for more information on how to use the Cortex Code CLI agent. -The Migration agent uses the %migration-skill% to analyze the source database code and generate an html report.+The Migration agent uses the %migration-skill% to analyze the source database code and generate an HTML report. It invokes a structured, multi-dimensional analysis of the source database code and generates a detailed actionable report.-The generated report helps create a clear, dependency-aware migration plan by identifying potential road blocks and risks associated with the migration.+The generated report helps create a clear, dependency-aware migration plan by identifying potential roadblocks and risks associated with the migration. -The Assessment tool is currently supported for SQL Server, Redshift, Teradata and Oracle database platforms.+The Assessment tool is currently supported for SQL Server, Redshift, Teradata, and Oracle database platforms. ## Core functionality of Assessment@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ On completion of the Assessment, you will find a comprehensive analysis report `multi_report.html` located in the file location you specified in the prompt. This is an interactive report that allows you to view objects and apply filters based on the object status. You can export the object lists into `csv` files.-The four sections of the unified report consist of:+The five sections of the unified report consist of: - [Overview](#label-overview) - [Exclusion Report](#label-exclusion-report)-- [Dynamic SQL Report](#label-dynamic-SQL-report)+- [Dynamic SQL Report](#label-dynamic-sql-report) - [Waves Report](#label-waves-report) - [SSIS Package Analysis](#label-ssis-package-analysis)@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ ### Overview -This section contains a summarized view of the assessment results for the migration workload. It includes the total workload inventory, anticipated manual effort, and quick access tiles to the detailed exclusion report, dynamic SQL report, waves report and SSIS report. Select any tile to view the detailed reports. These reports can also be accessed from the left navigation bar.+This section contains a summarized view of the assessment results for the migration workload. It includes the total workload inventory, anticipated manual effort, and quick access tiles to the detailed exclusion report, dynamic SQL report, waves report, and SSIS report. Select any tile to view the detailed reports. These reports can also be accessed from the left navigation bar. <a id="label-exclusion-report"></a>@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ 1. **AI summary**: This section contains an overview of the migration readiness of the SSIS packages analyzed by the Cortex Code CLI agent. It consists of migration workload overview, source and destination data flows, connection managers, and an overview of tasks that contribute to the complexity of migration. The AI summary section is further subdivided into three parts: - **Recommended Migration Approach** containing details on methods of migration and the number of packages it can be applied to.- - **Key risks** containing details on connectivity gaps, process dependencies on external services like email-based data delivery, manual scripting effort required rewrite custom scripts that cannot be converted automatically, compliance requirements (such as HIPAA, FERPA) that may require data masking and role-based access control (RBAC) implementation.+ - **Key risks** containing details on connectivity gaps, process dependencies on external services like email-based data delivery, manual scripting effort required to rewrite custom scripts that cannot be converted automatically, compliance requirements (such as HIPAA, FERPA) that may require data masking and role-based access control (RBAC) implementation. - **Consolidation opportunities** containing suggestions for applying the same migration approach to similar packages. 2. **Key metrics**: This section contains a quantified technical footprint of the source SSIS environment. The total component counts, number of transformation pipelines required for data flows, number of workflow and orchestration tasks for control flows and the number of databases with corresponding file connections are all summarized here. 3. **Package classification**: This section contains charts to show the classification of package categories and complexity. The interactive table contains a complete list of packages sorted by package name. Enter the package name to search on a specific package. Select options from the **classification** and **complexity** dropdowns to view a filtered list of packages. Select the package name in the list to view the complete AI analysis for the package. Select **Control Flow DAG** to open the Directed Acyclic Graph (DAG) depicting the workflow inside the package.-4. **Component conversion breakdown**: This section shows the number of SSIS package compnents that can be automatically converted to Snowflake and the number of components that require manual intervention.+4. **Component conversion breakdown**: This section shows the number of SSIS package components that can be automatically converted to Snowflake and the number of components that require manual intervention. ## Sample prompts
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage/block_storage_history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage/block_storage_history@@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ - The BYTES column shows average usage of block storage volumes for a specific day, for a specific storage type, and for a specific compute pool (where appropriate) in the Snowflake account. For example, consider the following: - - You use a 10 GiB block volume for 6 hours on 2024-02-01 for compute pool POOL_1. Using 10 GiB for 6 hours is equivalent to 2.5 GiB per day+ - You use a 10 GiB block volume for 6 hours on 2025-02-01 for compute pool POOL_1. Using 10 GiB for 6 hours is equivalent to 2.5 GiB per day (10 GiB * 6/24 hours = 2.5 GiB per day = 2,684,354,560 bytes per day).- - You use a 10 GiB block volume for 12 hours on 2024-02-01 for another compute pool POOL_2. Using 10 GiB for 12 hours is equivalent to 5 GiB+ - You use a 10 GiB block volume for 12 hours on 2025-02-01 for another compute pool POOL_2. Using 10 GiB for 12 hours is equivalent to 5 GiB per day (10 GiB * 12/24 hours = 5 GiB per day = 5,368,709,120 bytes per day).- - You use a 20 GiB snapshot for 24 hours on 2024-02-01. Using 20 GiB for 24 hours is equivalent to 20 GiB per day = 21,474,836,480 bytes per day.+ - You use a 20 GiB snapshot for 24 hours on 2025-02-01. Using 20 GiB for 24 hours is equivalent to 20 GiB per day = 21,474,836,480 bytes per day. Suppose that you query the BLOCK_STORAGE_HISTORY view:@@ -101,17 +101,17 @@ ``` -- The additional IOPS (ADDITIONAL_IOPS) and throughput (ADDITIONAL_THROUGHPUT) values show the amount that your [configured values](#label-spcs-block-storage-volume-specifying) exceed their default values. For example, on AWS, the block configuration default IOPS is 3,000, and the default throughput is 125 MiB/second. If you configure an AWS block device with 4,000 IOPS and 225 MiB/second throughput, the additional IOPS would be 1,000 (4,000 - 3,000), and the additional throughput would be 100 MiB/second (225 - 125).+- The additional IOPS (ADDITIONAL_IOPS) and throughput (ADDITIONAL_THROUGHPUT) values show the amount by which your [configured values](#label-spcs-block-storage-volume-specifying) exceed their default values. For example, on AWS, the block configuration default IOPS is 3,000, and the default throughput is 125 MiB/second. If you configure an AWS block device with 4,000 IOPS and 225 MiB/second throughput, the additional IOPS would be 1,000 (4,000 - 3,000), and the additional throughput would be 100 MiB/second (225 - 125). The following three examples illustrate how you can get this information from the BLOCK_STORAGE_HISTORY view. Suppose that your account is set up with the following: - - Your account provisioned a 10 GiB block volume (as part of a service) with 1000 additional IOPS and 100 MiB/second additional throughput for 6 hours on 2025-02-01 for compute pool `pool_1`. If you query the view, you can get the following information from the `additional_iops` and `additional_throughput` columns:+ - Your account provisioned a 10 GiB block volume (as part of a service) with 1000 additional IOPS and 100 MiB/second additional throughput for 6 hours on 2025-02-01 for compute pool `POOL_1`. If you query the view, you can get the following information from the `additional_iops` and `additional_throughput` columns: - Using 10 GiB for 6 hours equals 2.5 GiB per day (10 GiB x 6/24 hours = 2.5 GiB = 2,684,354,560 bytes per day). - Using 1000 additional IOPS for 6 hours equals 250 IOPS per day (1000 IOPS * 6/24 hours = 250 IOPS per day).- - Using 100 additional MiB/second for 6 hours equals average 25 MiB/second per day (100 MiB * 6/24 hours = 25 MiB per day).+ - Using 100 additional MiB/second for 6 hours equals an average of 25 MiB/second per day (100 MiB * 6/24 hours = 25 MiB per day). - - Your account is provisioned a 10 GiB block volume (as part of a service) with 1 additional IOPS and 1 MiB/s additional throughput for 12 hours on 2025-02-01 for compute pool `POOL_2`.+ - Your account provisioned a 10 GiB block volume (as part of a service) with 1 additional IOPS and 1 MiB/s additional throughput for 12 hours on 2025-02-01 for compute pool `POOL_2`. - Using 10 GiB for 12 hours equals 5 GiB per day (10 GiB * 12/24 hours = 5 GiB per day = 5,368,709,120 bytes per day). - 1 additional IOPS used for 12 hours equals 0.5 IOPS per day (1 IOPS * 12/24 hours = 0.5 IOPS per day).- - 1 additional MiB/second throughput MiB/s used for 12 hours equals 0.5 MiB/second per day (1 MiB * 12/24 hours = 0.5 MiB per day)+ - 1 additional MiB/second used for 12 hours equals 0.5 MiB/second per day (1 MiB * 12/24 hours = 0.5 MiB per day). - You use a 20 GiB snapshot for 24 hours on 2025-02-01. Using 20 GiB for 24 hours is equivalent to 20 GiB per day.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/sql-commands/sql+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/sql-commands/sql@@ -6,5 +6,5 @@ - [SQL command reference](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/sql-commands/overview) -Executes Snowflake query. Use either query, filename or input option. Query to execute can be specified using query option, filename option (all queries from file will be executed) or via stdin by piping output from other command. For example `cat my.sql | snow sql -i`. The command supports variable substitution that happens on client-side.+Executes a Snowflake query. Use either query, filename, or input option. Query to execute can be specified using query option, filename option (all queries from file will be executed), or via stdin by piping output from another command. For example `cat my.sql | snow sql -i`. The command supports variable substitution that happens on the client side. ## Syntax@@ -299,5 +299,5 @@ <dd> -Enables a silent re-authentication when the actual access token becomes outdated. Default: *False*.+Enables a silent re-authentication when the current access token becomes outdated. Default: *False*. </dd>@@ -314,5 +314,5 @@ </dd>-<dt>`--format [TABLE%JSON%JSON_EXT|CSV]`</dt>+<dt>`--format [TABLE|JSON|JSON_EXT|CSV]`</dt> <dd> @@ -418,5 +418,5 @@ - `JSON`: Returns JSON as quoted strings, similar to the following: ```snowcli- snow sql --format json -q "SELECT PARSE_JSON('{"name": "Alice", "age": 30}') as json_col"+ snow sql --format json -q "SELECT PARSE_JSON('{\"name\": \"Alice\", \"age\": 30}') as json_col" ``` @@ -431,5 +431,5 @@ - `JSON_EXT`: Returns JSON as JSON objects, similar to the following: ```snowcli- snow sql --format JSON_EXT -q "SELECT PARSE_JSON('{"name": "Alice", "age": 30}') as json_col"+ snow sql --format JSON_EXT -q "SELECT PARSE_JSON('{\"name\": \"Alice\", \"age\": 30}') as json_col" ``` @@ -515,5 +515,5 @@ - Multi-line input - Pressing `ENTER` on a line that does not end with a semicolon (`;`) moves the cursor to the next line for more commands until a statement ends with a semi-colon.+ Pressing `ENTER` on a line that does not end with a semicolon (`;`) moves the cursor to the next line for more commands until a statement ends with a semicolon. @@ -696,5 +696,5 @@ - You can currently use the SnowSQL `&variable_name` and &`\{ variable_name \}` syntax for templates. However, Snowflake recommends using the `<% variable_name %>` syntax.+ You can currently use the SnowSQL `&variable_name` and `<% variable_name %>` syntax for templates. However, Snowflake recommends using the `<% variable_name %>` syntax. @@ -729,5 +729,5 @@ -- My comment- select 'bar';+ select 'column2'; +-----------+ | 'COLUMN2' |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-function+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-function@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-function), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-function), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-user-functions) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-function)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-function), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-function), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-user-functions), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-function) </dd>@@ -388,5 +388,5 @@ contains the UDF. -For UDF whose handler code is in-line, the IMPORTS clause is needed only if the in-line UDF needs to access other files, such as+For a UDF whose handler code is in-line, the IMPORTS clause is needed only if the in-line UDF needs to access other files, such as libraries or text files. @@ -479,5 +479,5 @@ packages or text files. -For packages included on the Snowflake system, such [numpy](https://numpy.org/doc/stable/),+For packages included on the Snowflake system, such as [numpy](https://numpy.org/doc/stable/), you can specify the package with the PACKAGES clause alone, omitting the package's source as an IMPORTS value. @@ -538,5 +538,5 @@ contains the UDF. -For UDF whose handler code is in-line, the IMPORTS clause is needed only if the in-line UDF needs to access other files, such as+For a UDF whose handler code is in-line, the IMPORTS clause is needed only if the in-line UDF needs to access other files, such as libraries or text files. @@ -765,5 +765,5 @@ Secrets you specify here must be allowed by the [external access integration](/sql-reference/sql/create-external-access-integration)-specified as a value of this CREATE FUNCTION command's EXTERNAL_ACCESS_INTEGRATIONS parameter+specified as a value of this CREATE FUNCTION command's EXTERNAL_ACCESS_INTEGRATIONS parameter. This parameter's value is a comma-separated list of assignment expressions with the following parts:@@ -800,8 +800,4 @@ Specifies the name of the repository to use for installing PyPI packages for use by your function.--Snowflake installs these packages from the artifact repository.--Specify a list of the names of the packages that you want to install and use in your function. Snowflake installs these packages from the artifact repository.@@ -834,5 +830,5 @@ You can specify package versions by using these version-specifiers: `==`, `<=`, `>=`, `<`,or `>`.+specifiers: `==`, `<=`, `>=`, `<`, or `>`. For example:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・9行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-workloads-jupyter+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-workloads-jupyter@@ -17,5 +17,5 @@ ## Prerequisites -Confirm that your Python and Java installations are based on the same computer architecture. For example, if Python is based is arm64, Java+Confirm that your Python and Java installations are based on the same computer architecture. For example, if Python is based on arm64, Java must also be arm64 (not x86_64, for example). @@ -24,5 +24,5 @@ ## Set up your environment -You can set up your development environment by ensuring the your code can connect to %spconnect% on Snowflake. To connect to Snowflake+You can set up your development environment by ensuring your code can connect to %spconnect% on Snowflake. To connect to Snowflake, client code will use a `.toml` file containing connection details. @@ -62,6 +62,4 @@ 3. Run the following command to confirm that the connection works. - You can test the connection in this way when you've added it by using %sf-cli%.- ```snowcli snow connection list@@ -292,5 +290,5 @@ - Ensure that Java and Python are [based on the same architecture](#label-snowpark-connect-jupyter-prereq). - Use the most recent %spconnect% package file, as described in [](#label-snowpark-connect-jupyter-install-spconnect).-- Confirm that the `python` command with PySpark code is working correctly for local execution—that is, without Snowflake connectivity.+- Confirm that the `python` command with PySpark code is working correctly for local execution: that is, without Snowflake connectivity. For example, execute a command such as the following:@@ -302,6 +300,6 @@ ## Open source clients -You can use standard, off-the-shelf open source software (OSS) Spark client packages—such as PySpark and Spark clients for Java or-Scala—from your preferred local environments, including Jupyter Notebooks and VS Code. In this way, you can avoid installing packages+You can use standard, off-the-shelf open source software (OSS) Spark client packages, such as PySpark and Spark clients for Java or+Scala, from your preferred local environments, including Jupyter Notebooks and VS Code. In this way, you can avoid installing packages specific to Snowflake. @@ -312,5 +310,5 @@ connection. -### Step 1: Install Required Packages+### Step 1: Install required packages - Install `pyspark`. You don't need to install any Snowflake packages.@@ -319,5 +317,5 @@ ``` -### Step 2: Setup and Authentication+### Step 2: Set up and authentication 1. Generate a programmatic access token (PAT).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/query_history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/query_history@@ -93,5 +93,5 @@ A string specifying a user login name or [](/sql-reference/functions/current_user). Only queries run by the specified user are returned. Note that the login name must be enclosed in single quotes. Also, if the-login name contains any spaces, mixed-case characters, or special characters, the name must be double-quoted within the single quotes (e.g. `'"User 1"'` vs `'user1'`).+login name contains any spaces, mixed-case characters, or special characters, the name must be double-quoted within the single quotes (for example, `'"User 1"'` vs `'user1'`). You cannot specify `SYSTEM` (`USER_NAME =>'SYSTEM'`), which is a background service rather than a user. However, you can filter on `user_name='SYSTEM'` when you run queries against QUERY_HISTORY table functions. @@ -105,5 +105,5 @@ A string specifying a warehouse name or [](/sql-reference/functions/current_warehouse). Only queries executed by that warehouse are returned. Note that the warehouse name must be enclosed in single quotes. Also, if the-warehouse name contains any spaces, mixed-case characters, or special characters, the name must be double-quoted within the single quotes (e.g. `'"My Warehouse"'` vs `'mywarehouse'`).+warehouse name contains any spaces, mixed-case characters, or special characters, the name must be double-quoted within the single quotes (for example, `'"My Warehouse"'` vs `'mywarehouse'`). Default: [](/sql-reference/functions/current_warehouse)@@ -140,5 +140,5 @@ ## Usage notes -- Returns queries run by the current user. Also returns queries run by any user when the executing role, or a higher role in a hierarchy, has either of the following privileges:+- Returns queries run by the current user. Also returns queries run by any user when the executing role, or a higher role in a hierarchy, has any of the following privileges: - The MONITOR or OPERATE privilege on the user-managed warehouses where the queries were run.@@ -155,5 +155,5 @@ - The number of external functions in the SQL statement. - The number of rows per batch sent to each remote service.- - The number of retries due to transient errors (e.g. because a response was not received within the expected time).+ - The number of retries due to transient errors (for example, because a response was not received within the expected time). - Canceled queries are identified by their `error_message` text (`SQL execution canceled`), not by their `execution_status` value.@@ -198,5 +198,5 @@ <td>`query_id`</td> <td>VARCHAR</td>- <td>The statement's unique id.</td>+ <td>The statement's unique ID.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -218,5 +218,5 @@ <td>`query_type`</td> <td>VARCHAR</td>- <td>DML, query, etc. If the query is currently running, or the query failed, then the query type may be UNKNOWN.</td>+ <td>DML, query, and so on. If the query is currently running, or the query failed, then the query type may be UNKNOWN.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -228,5 +228,5 @@ <td>`authn_event_id`</td> <td>NUMBER</td>- <td>ID for the event for the authentication of the user for this query. This ID corresponds to the value in the `event_id` column in the [LOGIN_HISTORY](/sql-reference/account-usage/login_history) view. ^</td>+ <td>ID for the event for the authentication of the user for this query. This ID corresponds to the value in the `event_id` column in the [LOGIN_HISTORY](/sql-reference/account-usage/login_history) view.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -303,5 +303,5 @@ <td>`end_time`</td> <td>TIMESTAMP_LTZ</td>- <td>Statement end time. If the query is still running, the `end_time` is the UNIX epoch timestamp ("1970-01-01 00:00:00"), adjusted for the local time zone. E.g. for Pacific Standard Time, this would be "1969-12-31 16:00:00.000 -0800".</td>+ <td>Statement end time. If the query is still running, the `end_time` is the UNIX epoch timestamp ("1970-01-01 00:00:00"), adjusted for the local time zone. For example, for Pacific Standard Time, this would be "1969-12-31 16:00:00.000 -0800".</td> </tr> <tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowpark-python-2026+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowpark-python-2026@@ -95,5 +95,5 @@ ### Bug fixes -- Fixed a bug where `AsyncJob.result("no_result")` sometimes silently returned without raising error for failed queries.+- Fixed a bug where `AsyncJob.result("no_result")` sometimes silently returned without raising an error for failed queries. - Fixed a bug where `INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH` values with zero months were displayed incorrectly (for example, `INTERVAL '0-4' YEAR TO MONTH` instead of `INTERVAL '4-0' YEAR TO MONTH`) when using `snowflake-connector-python>=4.3.0`. @@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ ### Bug fixes -- Fixed a bug where `TRY_CAST` reader option is ignored when calling `DataFrameReader.schema().csv()`.-- Fixed a bug where `event_table_telemetry` is using incorrect resource attributes.+- Fixed a bug where the `TRY_CAST` reader option was ignored when calling `DataFrameReader.schema().csv()`.+- Fixed a bug where `event_table_telemetry` was using incorrect resource attributes. - Fixed a bug where `value_contains_null` was not propagated for `MapType` in `_as_nested` function. - Fixed a bug where CTE optimization incorrectly deduplicated subtrees containing non-deterministic data generation functions (for example, `uuid_string()`).-- Fixed a bug where vectorized UDFs using non-anaconda package repositories did not specify the pandas package by default.+- Fixed a bug where vectorized UDFs using non-Anaconda package repositories did not specify the pandas package by default. ### Snowpark pandas API updates@@ -162,5 +162,5 @@ - Fixed a bug where chained `DataFrame.filter()` calls with raw SQL text containing `OR` produced incorrect results. - Fixed a Snowflake platform compatibility issue where `concat(lit('"'), ...)` could lose the leading quote through chained set-operation plans.-- Fixed a bug for XML schema inference session resolution in spark compatible mode.+- Fixed a bug for XML schema inference session resolution in Spark-compatible mode. ## Version 1.48.0: Mar 23, 2026@@ -194,5 +194,5 @@ - Fixed a bug where `Session.udf.register_from_file` did not properly process the `strict` and `secure` parameters.-- Fixed a bug where an error is raised on a string value in `DecimalType` column when creating a DataFrame with small data (< array binding threshold).+- Fixed a bug where an error was raised on a string value in a `DecimalType` column when creating a DataFrame with small data (< array binding threshold). - Reverted the following improvements introduced in 1.46.0 as they caused unintended breaking changes in some query patterns: - Reduced the size of queries generated by certain `DataFrame.join` operations.@@ -209,5 +209,5 @@ - Fixed a bug where `cloudpickle` was not automatically added to the package list when using `artifact_repository` with custom packages, causing `ModuleNotFoundError` at runtime.-- Fixed a bug when reading xml with custom schema that results in element attributes that are included when a column is not of the `StructType` type.+- Fixed a bug when reading XML with a custom schema that resulted in element attributes being included when a column was not of the `StructType` type. - Fixed a bug where `Session.udf.register_from_file` did not properly process the `strict` and `secure` parameters. @@ -238,5 +238,5 @@ ### Bug fixes -- Fixed a bug where `opentelemetry` is not correctly imported when using `Session.client_telemetry.enable_event_table_telemetry_collection`.+- Fixed a bug where `opentelemetry` was not correctly imported when using `Session.client_telemetry.enable_event_table_telemetry_collection`. ### Improvements
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-upgrades+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-upgrades@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ - [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-maintenance-policies) -## Versions and patches — the versioning model+## Versions and patches: the versioning model Each %native-app% has a major version and a patch. These are not just version labels — they encode@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ - **Across two consecutive versions:** providers must maintain compatibility between the immediately prior version and the current version. This gives providers a manageable compatibility window and- allows them to evolve their schema gradually. Version n can introduce a change from n-1 but it must- still maintain compatibility with n-1 and perform whatever migration needed. In verion n+1,- compatibility with n-1 is no longer required as migrations for n-1 to n change are complete and there- is no expectation of n-1 to n+1 upgrade.+ allows them to evolve their schema gradually. Version n can introduce a change from n-1, but it must+ still maintain compatibility with n-1 and perform whatever migration is needed. In version n+1,+ compatibility with n-1 is no longer required as migrations for n-1 to n are complete and there+ is no expectation of an n-1 to n+1 upgrade. The practical consumer implication: an automatic upgrade to a new patch or version should not break@@ -50,5 +50,5 @@ see [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-support). -## Why upgrades are automatic — and why that benefits you+## Why upgrades are automatic, and why that benefits you Snowflake automatically upgrades Native Apps when a provider releases a new version or patch. This@@ -71,5 +71,5 @@ You are not without control over when upgrades happen. You can specify a maintenance schedule: frequency and time when application upgrades can be performed. For example, you might set the-application upgrade schedule to midnight on Monday mornings. Snowflake will try to not initiate an+application upgrade schedule to midnight on Monday mornings. Snowflake will try not to initiate an upgrade at different times. @@ -83,5 +83,5 @@ For full instructions, see [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-maintenance-policies). -## What happens during an upgrade — and what doesn't change+## What happens during an upgrade, and what doesn't change During an upgrade, the setup script re-runs. This may add, modify, or replace procedures, Streamlit
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/bundle-app+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/bundle-app@@ -59,5 +59,5 @@ </dd>-<dt>`--format [TABLE%JSON%JSON_EXT|CSV]`</dt>+<dt>`--format [TABLE|JSON|JSON_EXT|CSV]`</dt> <dd> @@ -111,5 +111,5 @@ - The command uses the [project definition file](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/native-apps/project-definitions) to determine the name of the temporary folder to create within your project directory.- - By default, it will be `<project_directory>/output/deploy`. This directory, which is also known as the deploy root, mirrors what the structure of the stage will be, once files are uploaded to stage in subsequent commands.+ - By default, it will be `<project_directory>/output/deploy`. This directory, which is also known as the deploy root, mirrors the structure the stage will have once files are uploaded to stage in subsequent commands. - If you want %sf-cli% to create a folder with a custom name instead of `output/deploy`, you can do so by providing the `deploy_root` field on the *application package* entity in the [project definition file](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/native-apps/project-definitions). @@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ - - The deploy root is a temporary directory because it gets deleted and recreated every you `run snow app bundle` or another command invokes the `bundle` functionality.--- Because `snow app bundle` is automatically called as part of he [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/deploy-app), [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/run-app), and [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/version/app-version-create) commands, you should make changes to the source files only, outside the deploy root. If you modify files in the deploy root, the files are overwritten by the most recent state of your source files the next time you call one of these commands.-- If using a version control system such as `git`, you can choose to not to track the deploy root, as it can change frequently.+ - The deploy root is a temporary directory because it gets deleted and recreated every time you run `snow app bundle` or another command invokes the `bundle` functionality.++- Because `snow app bundle` is automatically called as part of the [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/deploy-app), [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/run-app), and [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/native-apps-commands/version/app-version-create) commands, you should make changes to the source files only, outside the deploy root. If you modify files in the deploy root, the files are overwritten by the most recent state of your source files the next time you call one of these commands.+- If using a version control system such as `git`, you can choose not to track the deploy root, as it can change frequently. - `snow app bundle` does not build or compile your artifacts for you, such as creating jar files from your Java files. It only copies the artifacts specified in the project definition file and adds them to the deploy root to mimic the stage’s directory structure. - `snow app bundle` does not need access to your Snowflake account; it only affects your local filesystem.@@ -165,5 +165,5 @@ ### Snowpark annotation processing -Beginning with %sf-cli% version 2.5.0 and [Snowpark Python API](/developer-guide/snowpark/python/index) version 1.15.0, you can leverage the Snowpark annotation processing feature with the `snow app bundle` command. This feature lets you annotate your Python code files with Snowpark Python decorators, such as `@udf`, `@sproc`, `@udaf`, and `@udtf` to let %sf-cli% automatically the corresponding CREATE FUNCTION or CREATE PROCEDURE SQL statements in setup script files in the project directory. For a better understanding of these decorators, please refer to corresponding Python decorators documentation.+Beginning with %sf-cli% version 2.5.0 and [Snowpark Python API](/developer-guide/snowpark/python/index) version 1.15.0, you can leverage the Snowpark annotation processing feature with the `snow app bundle` command. This feature lets you annotate your Python code files with Snowpark Python decorators, such as `@udf`, `@sproc`, `@udaf`, and `@udtf` to let %sf-cli% automatically generate the corresponding CREATE FUNCTION or CREATE PROCEDURE SQL statements in setup script files in the project directory. For a better understanding of these decorators, refer to the corresponding Python decorators documentation. Snowpark annotation processing involves the following:@@ -193,5 +193,5 @@ ``` -The command displays information about the various steps that occur while the command runs and creates a new directory a the location specified in your project definition file (default: `my_app_project/output/deploy`).+The command displays information about the various steps that occur while the command runs and creates a new directory at the location specified in your project definition file (default: `my_app_project/output/deploy`). To see a simple use case in action, you can leverage the ready-to-use templates using the following commands:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/container-hpo+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/container-hpo@@ -57,5 +57,5 @@ "train": DataConnector.from_dataframe(session.create_dataframe(X_train)), "test": DataConnector.from_dataframe(session.create_dataframe(X_test)),- ),+ } ```@@ -76,5 +76,5 @@ search_space = { "n_estimators": [50, 51],- "max_depth": [4, 5]),+ "max_depth": [4, 5], "learning_rate": [0.01, 0.3], }@@ -111,5 +111,5 @@ Samples a continuous value uniformly between lower and upper. Useful for parameters like dropout rates or regularization strengths. - loguniform(`lower`, `upper`):- Samples a value in logarithmic space, ideal for parameters that span several orders of magnitude (e.g., learning rates).+ Samples a value in logarithmic space, ideal for parameters that span several orders of magnitude (for example, learning rates). - randint(`lower`, `upper`): Samples an integer uniformly between lower (inclusive) and upper (exclusive). Suitable for discrete parameters like the number of layers.@@ -151,5 +151,5 @@ metric="accuracy", mode="max",- search_alg=search_algorithm.BayesOpt(+ search_alg=BayesOpt( utility_kwargs={"kind": "ucb", "kappa": 2.5, "xi": 0.0} ),@@ -397,5 +397,5 @@ ### get_tuner_context -The following is the import statement for the `get_tuner_context` module:+The following is the import statement for the `get_tuner_context` function: ```python@@ -407,5 +407,5 @@ - Hyperparameters selected by the HPO framework for the current trial. - The dataset required for training.-- A helper function to report metrics, guiding the HPO framework in suggesting the next set of hyperparameters+- A helper function to report metrics, guiding the HPO framework in suggesting the next set of hyperparameters. The following code creates a tuner context object:@@ -457,6 +457,5 @@ ## Limitations -Bayesian optimization requires continuous search spaces and works only with the uniform sampling function. It is incompatible with discrete parameters.-sampled using the `tune.randint` or `tune.choice` methods. To work around this limitation, either use+Bayesian optimization requires continuous search spaces and works only with the uniform sampling function. It is incompatible with discrete parameters sampled using the `tune.randint` or `tune.choice` methods. To work around this limitation, either use `tune.uniform` and cast the parameter inside the training function, or switch to a sampling algorithm that handles both discrete and continuous spaces, such as `tune.RandomSearch`.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/odbc-2023+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/odbc-2023@@ -36,5 +36,5 @@ - curl from 8.1.2 to 8.4.0 -- Updated `SQLGetStmtAttr(SQL_SF_STMT_ATTR_LAST_QUERY_ID)` to return the query id for failed query.+- Updated `SQLGetStmtAttr(SQL_SF_STMT_ATTR_LAST_QUERY_ID)` to return the query ID for a failed query. - Added support for managing the frequency of retries for unsuccessful connection requests: - Added the `retryTimeout` parameter with a default value of 300 seconds.@@ -69,6 +69,5 @@ - Fixed an issue where, under certain conditions, the driver could retry HTTP requests indefinitely. - Previously, during an outage the driver would retry the failed HTTP call continuously until the request succeeds or- until someone force kills the operation.+ Previously, during an outage the driver would retry the failed HTTP call continuously until the request succeeded or until someone force-killed the operation. With this change, the driver disables infinite HTTP retries originating from `execute` and `executeQuery` calls. Now, the driver@@ -80,5 +79,5 @@ Previously, the driver sent two requests for each `SQLExecDirect()` call: a describe request and an execute request.- To improve the performance describe request is omitted. With this change the driver won't validate the parameter+ To improve performance, the describe request is omitted. With this change the driver won't validate the parameter bindings needed by the query. If the parameter bindings from the previous query are not cleared using `SQLFreeStmt(SQL_RESET_PARAMS)`, they could be applied to the following query incorrectly and cause@@ -112,5 +111,5 @@ ### Bug fixes -- Fixed an issue that cause intermittent crashes when sending telemetry.+- Fixed an issue that caused intermittent crashes when sending telemetry. ## Version 3.0.1 (July 06, 2023)@@ -173,7 +172,7 @@ ### Bug fixes -- Fixed an issue the prevented clients from creating a file DSN (data source name).-- Fixed an issue where the PUT command failed to replicated data.-- Fixed an issue a Macintosh application running an the ARM64 architecture would fail to connect to Snowflake+- Fixed an issue that prevented clients from creating a file DSN (data source name).+- Fixed an issue where the PUT command failed to replicate data.+- Fixed an issue where a Macintosh application running on the ARM64 architecture would fail to connect to Snowflake using the native Apple Silicon ODBC driver.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・11行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-supported-apis+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-supported-apis@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@ %spconnect% provides compatibility with PySpark's 3.5.3 Spark Connect API, allowing you to run Spark workloads on Snowflake.-%spconnect% compatibility is defined by its execution behavior when running a Spark application that uses the Pyspark 3.5.3+%spconnect% compatibility is defined by its execution behavior when running a Spark application that uses the PySpark 3.5.3 Spark Connect API. This guide details which APIs are supported and their compatibility levels. @@ -84,11 +84,4 @@ - `where` - `withColumnsRenamed`-- `toLocalIterator`-- `toPandas`-- `unionAll`-- `unpersist`-- `unpivot`-- `where`-- `withColumnsRenamed` #### High compatibility APIs@@ -418,9 +411,9 @@ Python functions listed above are also supported in the Java/Scala client. The difference lies in the [Dataset API](https://spark.apache.org/docs/3.5.6/api/scala/org/apache/spark/sql/Dataset.html) which is Java/Scala specific. This section outlines supported and unsupported Dataset APIs. -There is only one JVM client so there is no significant support difference between using Java or Scala, hence they will be described together.+There is only one JVM client, so there's no significant support difference between using Java or Scala. They're described together. ### Supported APIs -All of the Dataset APIs included in the [Spark documentation](https://spark.apache.org/docs/3.5.6/api/scala/org/apache/spark/sql/Dataset.html) excluding the APIs in the following list, are supported.+All of the Dataset APIs included in the [Spark documentation](https://spark.apache.org/docs/3.5.6/api/scala/org/apache/spark/sql/Dataset.html), excluding the APIs in the following list, are supported. #### Unsupported APIs@@ -448,4 +441,4 @@ - Only Java 11 and 17 are supported - Only Scala 2.12 and 2.13 are supported-- Java/Scala UDTF and UDAFs are not supported+- Java/Scala UDTFs and UDAFs are not supported - Use of `Interval` types inside UDxFs is not supported
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/README+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/README@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ ## [SnowConvert AI](snowconvert-docs/overview) -This desktop tool converts SQL code from legacy platforms to Snowflake SQL+This desktop tool converts SQL code from legacy platforms to Snowflake SQL. Supports migrations from: @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ - Hive -Enables automated SQL translation to accelerate database migrations+Enables automated SQL translation to accelerate database migrations. ## [SnowConvert AI CLI](snowconvert-docs/general/user-guide/snowconvert/command-line-interface/README) -All of the desktop functionality, in a CLI tool that enables scripting and enables AI agents.+All of the desktop functionality, in a CLI tool that enables scripting and AI agents. ## [%migration-skill%](aim-for-datawarehouses/overview)@@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ ## [Snowpark Migration Accelerator (SMA)](./sma-docs/README) -Converts code from Spark to Snowpark API+Converts code from Spark to the Snowpark API. Supports: @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ - Java -Helps modernize data processing applications to run natively in Snowflake+Helps modernize data processing applications to run natively in Snowflake. -### Both tools offer:+### All tools offer: - Easy-to-use interfaces@@ -54,5 +54,6 @@ - Accelerated migration timelines - Path to leverage Snowflake's modern data platform capabilities-- For more information:++For more information: SnowConvert AI: Email snowconvert-info@snowflake.com
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・8行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/connectors/postgres6/about+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/connectors/postgres6/about@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ ## Private links -The Snowflake connector for PostgreSQL supports private links. For more information, see:+The %postgres6% supports private links. For more information, see: - [](/user-guide/admin-security-privatelink)@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ ## Agent and connector application compatibilities -The %postgres6% is being released against a specific version, described as **x.y.z version** where x is major, y is minor and z is patch. Agents on dockerhub are also-released with the X.Y.Z version. Each x.y.z version of %postgres6% supports all agents with the same major version X=x and not greater-minor version of the agent. Moreover each x.0.0 version of the %postgres6% supports all (x-1).Y.Z versions of the agent for all Y and Z.+The %postgres6% is being released against a specific version, described as **x.y.z version** where x is major, y is minor and z is patch. Agents on Docker Hub are also+released with the X.Y.Z version. Each x.y.z version of %postgres6% supports all agents with the same major version X=x and a minor version no greater than y of the agent. Moreover, each x.0.0 version of the %postgres6% supports all (x-1).Y.Z versions of the agent for all Y and Z. ## Known limitations@@ -74,9 +73,9 @@ ### Read replicas are not supported -Because of PostgreSQL limitations, logical replication is not supported on replicas therefore the %postgres6% must be connected to primary database only.+Because of PostgreSQL limitations, logical replication is not supported on replicas; therefore, the %postgres6% must be connected to the primary database only. ### Connector availability -When installing the connector note the following limitations:+When installing the connector, note the following limitations: - Accounts in government regions are not supported.@@ -183,5 +182,5 @@ ### High-capacity columns -An active agent is continuously reading all events using logical replication mechanism, even if some events refer to source tables that+An active agent is continuously reading all events using the logical replication mechanism, even if some events refer to source tables that were not added for replication. If the logical replication contains very large events, like updates of the TEXT-like columns, the agent might crash because of the lack of available memory.@@ -217,5 +216,5 @@ ### PostgreSQL version \>= 11 -Currently, the connector depends on `wal_level = logical` configuration property that was introduced in PostgreSQL, version 11.+Currently, the connector depends on the `wal_level = logical` configuration property that was introduced in PostgreSQL version 11. ### Replica identity setting
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/oauth-ext-overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/oauth-ext-overview@@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ 1. Snowflake delegates the token issuance to a dedicated authorization server to ensure that the OAuth Client and user properly authenticate. The result is centralized management of tokens issued to Snowflake.-2. Customers can integrate their policies for authentication (e.g. multi-factor, subnet, biometric) and authorization- (e.g. no approval, manager approval required) into the authorization server. The result is greater security leading to more robust data- protection by issuing challenges to the user. If the user doesn't pass the policy challenge(s), the Snowflake session is not+2. Customers can integrate their policies for authentication (for example, multi-factor, subnet, biometric) and authorization+ (for example, no approval, manager approval required) into the authorization server. The result is greater security leading to more robust data+ protection by issuing challenges to the user. If the user doesn't pass the policy challenges, the Snowflake session is not instantiated, and access to Snowflake data does not occur. 3. For programmatic clients that can access Snowflake and users that only initiate their Snowflake sessions through External OAuth, no- additional authentication configuration (i.e. set a password) is necessary in Snowflake. The result is that service accounts or users+ additional authentication configuration (that is, set a password) is necessary in Snowflake. The result is that service accounts or users used exclusively for programmatic access will only ever be able to use Snowflake data when going through the External OAuth configured service.@@ -49,5 +49,5 @@ 2. A user attempts to access Snowflake data through their business intelligence application, and the application attempts to verify the user.-3. On verification, the authorization server sends a JSON Web Token (i.e. OAuth token) to the client application.+3. On verification, the authorization server sends a JSON Web Token (that is, an OAuth token) to the client application. 4. The Snowflake driver passes a connection string to Snowflake with the OAuth token. 5. Snowflake validates the OAuth token.@@ -115,5 +115,5 @@ - For Okta, PingFederate, and Custom, use the role scope pattern in the following table.-- For %microsoft-idp%, refer to [](#label-ext-oauth-azure-flow)+- For %microsoft-idp%, refer to [](#label-ext-oauth-azure-flow). - If you do not want to manage Snowflake roles in your External OAuth server, pass the static value of SESSION:ROLE-ANY in the scope attribute of the token.@@ -148,5 +148,5 @@ [PingFederate](#label-any-role-pingfed), or [Custom](#label-any-role-ext-oauth-custom). -Note that with a [Power BI to Snowflake integration](/user-guide/oauth-powerbi), a PowerBI user cannot switch roles using this+Note that with a [Power BI to Snowflake integration](/user-guide/oauth-powerbi), a Power BI user cannot switch roles using this scope.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/workload-identity-federation+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/workload-identity-federation@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ Workload identity federation (WIF) is a service-to-service authentication method that lets workloads, such as applications, services, or containers, authenticate with Snowflake using their cloud provider's native identity system, such as %aws-idp% roles, %microsoft-idp%, and-%google-csp% service accounts to get an attestation that Snowflake can use and validate.+%google-csp% service accounts, to get an attestation that Snowflake can use and validate. WIF removes the need to manage and store long-lived credentials such as passwords, API keys, key pairs, and programmatic access tokens for authenticating to Snowflake. WIF also reduces the complexity involved in getting-credentials, where other methods, such as [External OAuth](/user-guide/oauth-ext-overview) can require more effort to set up.+credentials, where other methods, such as [External OAuth](/user-guide/oauth-ext-overview), can require more effort to set up. Applications, services, and containers that use Snowflake connectors automatically get short-lived credentials from their platform's identity provider (IdP) through each platform's native mechanisms.@@ -151,5 +151,5 @@ have multiple Snowflake service users, one for each subject. -However, GitHub and GitLab let you customize the `sub` claim of its OIDC tokens. This lets you configure your tool so that the subject+However, GitHub and GitLab let you customize the `sub` claim of their OIDC tokens. This lets you configure your tool so that the subject of OIDC tokens is the same for all of your environments. When you create a Snowflake service user, you specify the subject of the OIDC tokens it will be receiving from GitHub or GitLab. Because the subject in the tokens will always be the same (that is, the custom value),@@ -241,5 +241,5 @@ To successfully configure Snowflake, you must have the Amazon Resource Identifier (ARN) that uniquely identifies the AWS user or-role associated with the instance authenticating to Snowflake. To obtain the ARN of a IAM role, complete the following steps:+role associated with the instance authenticating to Snowflake. To obtain the ARN of an IAM role, complete the following steps: 1. Sign in to the AWS Console, and then navigate to the IAM Dashboard.@@ -414,5 +414,5 @@ need to be performed once per %microsoft-idp% tenant: -1. Log into %azure% portal.+1. Log in to the %azure% portal. 2. Ensure you have Azure tenant admin privileges. 3. Consent to installing the multi-tenant Snowflake EntraID app by visiting [the consent URI](https://login.microsoftonline.com/common/oauth2/v2.0/authorize?client_id=fd3f753b-eed3-462c-b6a7-a4b5bb650aad&response_type=none&scope=openid&redirect_uri=https://www.snowflake.com/).@@ -429,5 +429,5 @@ Complete the following steps to configure your %azure% service to use WIF: -1. Log into %azure% portal.+1. Log in to the %azure% portal. 2. Select your workload, such as a [virtual machine](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/) or an [app service](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service). 3. In the sidebar, navigate to **Security** %raa% **Identity**.@@ -739,5 +739,5 @@ - The issuer URL of the OIDC provider that is generating the ID token for the Kubernetes service account. To obtain this issuer URL, see- the [Microsoft documentation](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/use-oidc-issuer#get-the-oidc-issuer-url)+ the [Microsoft documentation](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/use-oidc-issuer#get-the-oidc-issuer-url). - The namespace and name of the Kubernetes service account. You use this information to construct the subject of the ID token issued by the OIDC provider.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/box/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/box/setup@@ -263,5 +263,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -275,5 +275,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -519,5 +519,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -531,5 +531,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -1015,5 +1015,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -1027,5 +1027,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -1241,5 +1241,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/marketplace-file+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/marketplace-file@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ may require. - This file can help avoid creating or using unnecessary resources, for example replicating an application- package to a region where it cannot be installed by a consumer. Before consumer requests the listing in a+ package to a region where it cannot be installed by a consumer. Before the consumer requests the listing in a remote region, Snowflake ensures that the consumer meets the resource requirements declared in the `marketplace.yml` file. This helps prevent unnecessary replication costs. - Before installing and upgrading the application, %sf-web-interface% ensures the requirements are satisfied,- to prevent installing a broken/unusable application or upgrading a working application into a unusable state.+ to prevent installing a broken or unusable application or upgrading a working application into an unusable state. This optional file must be at the root directory of an app at the same level as the manifest file. If this file is not present, no action is taken.@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ ``` -In this example, the `required_compute_pools` a compute pool named `HIGH_MEM_POOL_1`.+In this example, the `required_compute_pools` property declares a compute pool named `HIGH_MEM_POOL_1`. The `compatible_instance_families` property specifies the type of machine to provision-for the compute pool. You must specify at least one value declared for each compute pool.+for the compute pool. You must specify at least one value for each compute pool. See [](/sql-reference/sql/create-compute-pool) for more information. @@ -73,5 +73,5 @@ - "stream.launchdarkly.com" - OPEN_AI:- label: "OpenAPI"+ label: "OpenAI" description: "LLM Connection" required: false@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ ``` -In this example, the `connection` property specifies two external endpoints,+In this example, the `connections` property specifies two external endpoints, `LAUNCH_DARKLY` and `OPEN_AI`. The `required` property indicates to the consumer in %sf-web-interface% that the connection is required. -If you specify the `connection` in this file, the `endpoints`, and `required` properties are+If you specify the `connections` in this file, the `endpoints` and `required` properties are required. If these properties are not present, version creation fails. The `endpoints` property requires at least one URL.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/connectors/google/gard/gard-connector-installing+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/connectors/google/gard/gard-connector-installing@@ -97,5 +97,5 @@ 4. Prerequisites 1. Make sure all prerequisites from the list are met and mark them done.- 2. Click **Start configuration**+ 2. Select **Start configuration**. 5. Configure warehouse, database, schema and role@@ -104,5 +104,5 @@ By default, the fields are set to the names of objects that are created when you configure the connector. Snowflake recommends using new objects for these fields. However, you can specify the names of existing objects,- if needed (e.g. if you are reinstalling the connector).+ if needed (for example, if you are reinstalling the connector). @@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ The configuration process creates a new `X-Small` warehouse with the specified name. - Alternatively you can select an existing warehouse.+ Alternatively, you can select an existing warehouse. </td>@@ -152,5 +152,5 @@ The configuration process creates a new database with the specified name. - Alternatively you can select an existing database.+ Alternatively, you can select an existing database. </td>@@ -168,5 +168,5 @@ The configuration process creates a new schema with the specified name. - Alternatively you can select an existing schema.+ Alternatively, you can select an existing schema. </td>@@ -200,6 +200,6 @@ 6. Configure authentication - The %gard% support two authentication methods - **OAuth** and **Service Accounts**.- Each of methods requires additional configuration in your GCP project.+ The %gard% supports two authentication methods: **OAuth** and **Service Accounts**.+ Each of the methods requires additional configuration in your GCP project. For more information on how to configure each authentication see:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/organization-usage+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/organization-usage@@ -574,5 +574,5 @@ <td>Historical</td> <td>6 hours</td>- <td>Data retained for 1 year. This view is deprecated. Use the [BACKUP_OPERATION_HISTORY](/sql-reference/account-usage/backup_operation_history) view instead.</td>+ <td>Data retained for 1 year. This view is deprecated. Use the [BACKUP_OPERATION_HISTORY](/sql-reference/organization-usage/backup_operation_history) view instead.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -580,5 +580,5 @@ <td>Object</td> <td>6 hours</td>- <td>This view is deprecated. Use the [BACKUP_POLICIES](/sql-reference/account-usage/backup_policies) view instead.</td>+ <td>This view is deprecated. Use the [BACKUP_POLICIES](/sql-reference/organization-usage/backup_policies) view instead.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -586,5 +586,5 @@ <td>Object</td> <td>6 hours</td>- <td>This view is deprecated. Use the [BACKUP_SETS](/sql-reference/account-usage/backup_sets) view instead.</td>+ <td>This view is deprecated. Use the [BACKUP_SETS](/sql-reference/organization-usage/backup_sets) view instead.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -592,5 +592,5 @@ <td>Object</td> <td>6 hours</td>- <td>This view is deprecated. Use the [BACKUPS](/sql-reference/account-usage/backups) view instead.</td>+ <td>This view is deprecated. Use the [BACKUPS](/sql-reference/organization-usage/backups) view instead.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -1130,5 +1130,5 @@ ### Access schema in an ORGADMIN-enabled account -An ORGADMIN-enabled account is a regular account that has the ORGADMIN role enabled. Within a ORGADMIN-enabled account, anyone who has+An ORGADMIN-enabled account is a regular account that has the ORGADMIN role enabled. Within an ORGADMIN-enabled account, anyone who has access to the shared SNOWFLAKE database has access to the ORGANIZATION_USAGE schema. By default, only the ACCOUNTADMIN role has privileges to this database, which means the ORGADMIN role does not have the necessary privileges. To grant these privileges to the ORGADMIN role, see [](#label-enabling-usage-for-other-roles).@@ -1136,5 +1136,5 @@ To grant access to non-administrators, the organization administrator can grant the appropriate *database role* to an account role or user. -Using the following list to determine which database role grants access to specific views.+Use the following list to determine which database role grants access to specific views. The ORGANIZATION_USAGE_VIEWER, ORGANIZATION_BILLING_VIEWER, and ORGANIZATION_ACCOUNTS_VIEWER SNOWFLAKE database roles are granted the SELECT privilege on Organization Usage views in the shared SNOWFLAKE database.@@ -1382,5 +1382,5 @@ Treat every **historical** ORGANIZATION_USAGE query as a warehouse job across all accounts: open the reference topic for that **named view** (for example [QUERY_HISTORY](/sql-reference/organization-usage/query_history) or [COPY_HISTORY](/sql-reference/organization-usage/copy_history)),-**bound its primary time column**, **list the columns you need**, and add **`account_name IN (…)`** when that column exists on the view and you are+**constrain its primary time column**, **list the columns you need**, and add **`account_name IN (…)`** when that column exists on the view and you are not reporting on the full organization. Latency in [ORGANIZATION_USAGE views](#label-organization-usage-views) is freshness **per view**, not query cost.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/organization-usage/query_history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/organization-usage/query_history@@ -67,6 +67,6 @@ | `query_id` | VARCHAR | Internal/system-generated identifier for the SQL statement. | %cm% | | `query_text` | VARCHAR | Text of the SQL statement. The limit is 100K characters. Longer SQL statements are truncated. | |-| `database_id` | NUMBER | internal/system-generated identifier for the database that was in use. | %cm% |-| `database_name` | VARCHAR | database that was specified in the context of the query at compilation. | %cm% |+| `database_id` | NUMBER | Internal/system-generated identifier for the database that was in use. | %cm% |+| `database_name` | VARCHAR | Database that was specified in the context of the query at compilation. | %cm% | | `schema_id` | NUMBER | Internal/system-generated identifier for the schema that was in use. | %cm% | | `schema_name` | VARCHAR | Schema that was specified in the context of the query at compilation. | %cm% |@@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ | `query_tag` | VARCHAR | Query tag set for this statement through the QUERY_TAG session parameter. | %cm% | | `execution_status` | VARCHAR | Execution status for the query. Valid values: `success`, `fail`, `incident`. | %cm% |-| `error_code` | NUMBER | Error code, if the query returned an error ... (truncated)
差分が長いため、途中まで表示しています。
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/snowflake-ml-na-no-model+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/snowflake-ml-na-no-model@@ -17,5 +17,5 @@ procedure as shown in the following example: -1. Create a versioned schema for the stored procedure+1. Create a versioned schema for the stored procedure: ```sql CREATE OR ALTER VERSIONED SCHEMA core;@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ ```sql-CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE core.py_log_model(db STRING, schema STRING, mname STRING, mvname STRING)+CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE core.py_log_model(mname STRING, mvname STRING) RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE python RUNTIME_VERSION = 3.11 HANDLER = 'log_model'-PACKAGES = ('snowflake-snowpark-python','scikit-learn', 'snowflake-ml-python >=1.6.2', 'pandas', 'numpy')+PACKAGES = ('snowflake-snowpark-python','scikit-learn', 'snowflake-ml-python >=1.6.2', 'pandas', 'numpy', 'xgboost') AS ' -- <body of the stored procedure>@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ </blockquote> -1. Add Python code to the body of the stored procedure+1. Add Python code to the body of the stored procedure: <blockquote>@@ -92,5 +92,5 @@ - Uses `pandas` and `numpy` to create a DataFrame to serve as the training data for the model.-- Creates an instance of the XGBoost to serve as the training algorithm for the data.+- Creates an instance of the XGBoost classifier to serve as the training algorithm for the data. - Calls the `fit()` function of XGBoost to create a model and train it on the dataset. - Calls the `log_model()` function of Snowflake Model Registry to add the model to the@@ -125,5 +125,5 @@ ``` -1. Add the Python code you use to call the model+1. Add the Python code you use to call the model: <blockquote>@@ -150,5 +150,5 @@ [load the iris machine learning dataset](https://scikit-learn.org/stable/modules/generated/sklearn.datasets.load_iris.html). - Uses `pandas` to create a DataFrame based on the iris data set.-- Runs the `get_model()` function to get the model registry.+- Runs the `get_model()` function to retrieve the model from the registry. - Runs the predict function on the model. - Returns the result.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/data-types-structured+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/data-types-structured@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ - You can cast a semi-structured [](#label-data-type-array), [](#label-data-type-object), or [](#label-data-type-variant) value to a corresponding structured type (for example, an ARRAY value to an ARRAY value of INTEGER elements). You can also cast a- structured type of a semi-structured type.+ structured type to a semi-structured type. This topic explains how to use structured types in Snowflake.@@ -107,5 +107,5 @@ - Each <code className="samp"><em>key</em></code> in an OBJECT definition must be unique. - The order of the keys is part of the OBJECT definition. Comparing two OBJECT values that have the same keys in a different order- isn't allowed. (A compile time error occurs.)+ isn't allowed. (A compile-time error occurs.) - If you don't specify any key but specify the parentheses (that is, if you use `OBJECT()`), the resulting type is a structured OBJECT that contains no keys. A structured OBJECT with no keys is different from a semi-structured OBJECT.@@ -797,5 +797,5 @@ - An ARRAY(DATE) value can't be coerced to an ARRAY(NUMBER) value. - - An OBJECT value with one type definition can be coerced to an OBJECT value of with another type definition only if all of the following+ - An OBJECT value with one type definition can be coerced to an OBJECT value with another type definition only if all of the following are true: @@ -1216,5 +1216,5 @@ ### Determining the size of a MAP value -To determine the size of a MAP value, pass the MAP value to [](/sql-reference/functions/map_size) function:+To determine the size of a MAP value, pass the MAP value to the [](/sql-reference/functions/map_size) function: ```sql@@ -1361,5 +1361,5 @@ #### Functions that add elements to ARRAY values -The following functions add elements to an ARRAY values:+The following functions add elements to ARRAY values: - [](/sql-reference/functions/array_append)@@ -1725,5 +1725,5 @@ You can use structured ARRAY, structured OBJECT, and MAP values in: -- [Query expressions combined by set operators (e.g. UNION ALL)](/sql-reference/operators-query).+- [Query expressions combined by set operators (for example, UNION ALL)](/sql-reference/operators-query). - [CASE expressions](/sql-reference/functions/case). @@ -1749,5 +1749,5 @@ ## Accessing structured types in applications using drivers -In applications that use drivers (for example, the ODBC or JDBC driver, the Snowflake Connector for Python, etc.), structured type+In applications that use drivers (for example, the ODBC or JDBC driver, the Snowflake Connector for Python, and so on), structured type values are returned as semi-structured type values. For example:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/sql-server/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/sql-server/setup@@ -126,5 +126,5 @@ 6. (Optional) Configure SSL connection. - If you use an SSL connection to connect SQL Server, create the root certificate for your database+ If you use an SSL connection to connect to SQL Server, create the root certificate for your database server. This is required when configuring the connector. @@ -230,9 +230,9 @@ connectors on Small only when each source is genuinely light. - Moderate workload (approximately 1,000 to 5,000 events per second, hundreds- of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime, typically running 5 to 8+ of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime can typically host 5 to 8 connectors. - Heavy workload (approximately 5,000 to 15,000 events per second, hundreds to- low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime, typically- running 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split+ low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime can typically host+ 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split across two Medium runtimes instead. @@ -534,5 +534,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -546,5 +546,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data is persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -628,5 +628,5 @@ When using: -- **Session token authentication strategy**: The private key file must be blank.+- **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: The private key file must be blank. - **KEY_PAIR**: Upload the file that contains the RSA private key used for authentication to Snowflake, formatted according to PKCS8 standards and including standard PEM headers and footers.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/setup-oracledb+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/setup-oracledb@@ -91,5 +91,5 @@ </blockquote> -For more information see+For more information, see [Retaining archived redo logs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Appendix.Oracle.CommonDBATasks.RetainRedoLogs.html). @@ -103,5 +103,5 @@ 2. Add a JSON object to this file in the following format: `{"archivedLogRetentionHours" : "24"}`. -For more information see+For more information, see [Restoring an RDS Custom for Oracle instance](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/custom-backup.pitr.html). @@ -143,5 +143,5 @@ ``` - Snowflake recommends forcing logging on database or table space level.+ Snowflake recommends forcing logging at the database or tablespace level. 2. Set the container to the root container and add supplemental logging to the database:@@ -191,5 +191,5 @@ -- Create the XStream administrator user.--- Note 'c##' prefix indicates a common user in a CDB environment, and CONTAINER=ALL grants privileges across all containers.+-- Note: the 'c##' prefix indicates a common user in a CDB environment, and CONTAINER=ALL grants privileges across all containers. -- Replace "YOUR_XSTREAM_ADMIN_PASSWORD" with a strong, secure password. @@ -336,5 +336,5 @@ The XStream Outbound Server captures changes from redo logs for consumption by the Openflow Connector. Define which schemas or tables to replicate.-For more information see [DBMS_XSTREAM_ADM.CREATE_OUTBOUND Documentation](https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/arpls/DBMS_XSTREAM_ADM.html#GUID-A602ED86-0F5A-4A27-92A0-55D5ADC0AF0D).+For more information, see [DBMS_XSTREAM_ADM.CREATE_OUTBOUND Documentation](https://docs.oracle.com/en/database/oracle/oracle-database/19/arpls/DBMS_XSTREAM_ADM.html#GUID-A602ED86-0F5A-4A27-92A0-55D5ADC0AF0D). Create the outbound server on a writable database: the primary, a logical@@ -351,5 +351,5 @@ specify only certain tables within that schema for replication. -The XStream Outbound Server can only be created from root container. However,+The XStream Outbound Server can only be created from the root container. However, starting with Oracle Database version 23ai, it can also be created on the PDB level. @@ -402,5 +402,5 @@ schemas DBMS_UTILITY.UNCL_ARRAY; BEGIN- -- To replicate all tables in a schemas in the single PDB, set source_container_name.+ -- To replicate all tables in a schema in the single PDB, set source_container_name. tables(1) := NULL; schemas(1) := 'schema_name';
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-semantic-view+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-semantic-view@@ -170,5 +170,5 @@ <dd> -Specifies the name of the semantic view; the name must be unique for the schema in which the table is created.+Specifies the name of the semantic view; the name must be unique for the schema in which the semantic view is created. In addition, the identifier must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the@@ -433,5 +433,5 @@ </dd>-<dt><code className="samp">ASOF <em>ref_column_name</em> [ , ... ] )</code></dt>+<dt><code className="samp">ASOF <em>ref_column_name</em> [ , ... ]</code></dt> <dd> @@ -517,5 +517,5 @@ </dl> -<code className="samp">USING <em>relationship_name</em> [ , ... ]</code>+<code className="samp">USING ( <em>relationship_name</em> [ , ... ] )</code> <blockquote>@@ -696,5 +696,5 @@ METRICS ( table_1.metric_2 AS SUM(table_1.metric_1) OVER- (PARTITION BY EXCLUDING table_l.dimension_1 ORDER BY table_1.dimension_2)+ (PARTITION BY EXCLUDING table_1.dimension_1 ORDER BY table_1.dimension_2) ) ...@@ -713,5 +713,6 @@ table_1.dimension_2, table_1.dimension_3- );+ )+); ``` @@ -778,5 +779,5 @@ <dd> -Specifies the date and time when the query was verified. For *:samp:`\{timestamp\}*, specify the number of seconds since the+Specifies the date and time when the query was verified. For <code className="samp"><em>timestamp</em></code>, specify the number of seconds since the beginning of the [Unix epoch](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time) (midnight on January 1, 1970).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/issue-analysis/issue-codes-by-source/pandas/PNDSPY1262+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/sma-docs/issue-analysis/issue-codes-by-source/pandas/PNDSPY1262@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ This issue appears when the SMA detects the use of a pandas element that has a direct equivalent in Snowpark pandas, but some scenarios might behave differently than pandas. -**Reason:** Reads both local and staged file(s) into a Snowpark pandas DataFrame. Note, the order of rows in the result may differ from the order of rows in the original file(s) if using staged csvs. Local files are parsed with native pandas and thus support most of the parameters supported by pandas itself. The usecols and names parameter are applied after creating a temp table in snowflake. Previously staged files will use the Snowflake COPY FROM parser and schema inference. If you need to use staged files often, it is recommended that you upload these as parquet files to improve performance. You can force the use of the Snowflake parser with engine=snowflake.+**Reason:** Reads both local and staged file(s) into a Snowpark pandas DataFrame. Note that the order of rows in the result may differ from the order of rows in the original file(s) if using staged CSVs. Local files are parsed with native pandas and thus support most of the parameters supported by pandas itself. The usecols and names parameters are applied after creating a temp table in Snowflake. Previously staged files will use the Snowflake COPY FROM parser and schema inference. If you need to use staged files often, it's recommended that you upload these as Parquet files to improve performance. You can force the use of the Snowflake parser with engine=snowflake. ## Scenario@@ -21,6 +21,5 @@ ```python -df = pd.DataFrame({'A': [1, 2, 3], 'B': [4, 5, 6]})-result = pd.read_csv(df)+result = pd.read_csv('data.csv') ``` @@ -31,12 +30,11 @@ ```python -#EWI: PNDSPY1262 => pandas.io.parsers.readers.read_csv has a partial mapping, with few scenarios not supported. Check Snowpark pandas documentation for more detail.-df = pd.DataFrame({'A': [1, 2, 3], 'B': [4, 5, 6]})-result = pd.read_csv(df)+#EWI: PNDSPY1262 => pandas.io.parsers.readers.read_csv has a partial mapping, with a few scenarios not supported. Check Snowpark pandas documentation for more detail.+result = pd.read_csv('data.csv') ``` ## Recommended fix -**NULL/NaN handling difference**: Reads both local and staged file(s) into a Snowpark pandas DataFrame. Note, the order of rows in the result may differ from the order of rows in the original file(s) if using staged csvs. Local files are parsed with native pandas and thus support most of the parameters supported by pandas itself. The usecols and names parameter are applied after creating a temp table in snowflake. Previously staged files will use the Snowflake COPY FROM parser and schema inference. If you need to use staged files often, it is recommended that you upload these as parquet files to improve performance. You can force the use of the Snowflake parser with engine=snowflake.+**NULL/NaN handling difference** Snowpark pandas may handle NULL/NaN values differently:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/sql-server-cdc/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/sql-server-cdc/setup@@ -580,9 +580,9 @@ connectors on Small only when each source is genuinely light. - Moderate workload (approximately 1,000 to 5,000 events per second, hundreds- of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime, typically running 5 to 8+ of actively changing tables): a Medium runtime can typically host 5 to 8 connectors. - Heavy workload (approximately 5,000 to 15,000 events per second, hundreds to- low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime, typically- running 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split+ low thousands of actively changing tables): a Large runtime can typically host+ 15 or more connectors. If you want a smaller blast radius, split across two Medium runtimes instead. @@ -896,5 +896,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -908,5 +908,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data is persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -990,5 +990,5 @@ When using: -- **Session token authentication strategy**: The private key file must be blank.+- **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: The private key file must be blank. - **KEY_PAIR**: Upload the file that contains the RSA private key used for authentication to Snowflake, formatted according to PKCS8 standards and including standard PEM headers and footers.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-analytical-search+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-analytical-search@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ CREATE OR REPLACE CORTEX SEARCH SERVICE <database>.<schema>.<name> TEXT INDEXES CHUNK, DOC_ID [, <other_text_search_columns>]- VECTOR INDEXES CHUNK (model = 'snowflake-arctic-embed-l-v2.0'), [, <other_vector_search_columns>]- ATTRIBUTES [, <other_filter_columns>]+ VECTOR INDEXES CHUNK (model = 'snowflake-arctic-embed-l-v2.0') [, <other_vector_search_columns>]+ ATTRIBUTES <filter_column> [, <other_filter_columns>] WAREHOUSE = <warehouse_name> TARGET_LAG = '1 day'- AS- SELECT <columns>- FROM <chunks_table>;+ AS+ SELECT <columns>+ FROM <chunks_table>; ``` @@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ **Add detailed column descriptions.** The most impactful thing you can do to improve analytical search quality is to add-rich descriptions to every column in `columns_and_descriptions`. The agent uses these descriptions to decide which columns+rich descriptions to every column in the service definition. The agent uses these descriptions to decide which columns to filter on, how to interpret values, and how to frame AI_EXTRACT and AI_FILTER calls. For each column, describe:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・10行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/resources-code-specs+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/resources-code-specs@@ -100,5 +100,5 @@ After the template that references the code spec is linked into the collaboration, that code spec is visible to anyone in the collaboration who can access a template that links the code spec. Call `VIEW_CODE_SPECS` to list accessible code specs in a collaboration. -Anyone who can see a code spec in a collaboration can see and use it in their own templates in that collaboration. Any inline code can be viewed by any member of the collaboration, but staged artifact code can not be viewed by collaborators. Collaborators need to ensure that the `content_hash` of the referenced artifacts match for code integrity verification.+Anyone who can see a code spec in a collaboration can see and use it in their own templates in that collaboration. Any inline code can be viewed by any member of the collaboration, but staged artifact code cannot be viewed by collaborators. Collaborators need to ensure that the `content_hash` of the referenced artifacts matches for code integrity verification. The following code specification exposes a single Python UDF called `normalize_value`, which calls the `normalize` function defined in that spec:@@ -185,5 +185,5 @@ ``` -2. Check the status of the patch install. Wait for `upgrade_state` is COMPLETE in the following query:+2. Check the status of the patch install. Wait for `upgrade_state` to be COMPLETE in the following query: ```sql DESCRIBE APPLICATION SFDCR_<application name>;@@ -238,12 +238,4 @@ Notice that function names do not include the version, so you do not need to change the calling code in the template body when you upload a new version of a function. -Each time you register or update a code spec, the clean room application records a new patch, and patches cannot be-removed. A single clean room supports up to 130 patches. This limit applies to any collaboration that uses code specs,-and is reached sooner if you register code specs frequently.--To limit the number of patches, develop and test your code outside of the collaboration, and register a code spec in-the collaboration only when it is ready. This avoids spending patches on intermediate development iterations. If you-still see the number of patches approaching the limit, start planning to create a new collaboration.- <a id="label-dcr-collab-code-spec-examples"></a>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-sharing-provider+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-sharing-provider@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@ # Create and configure shares -Provider sharing is enabled by default for most, but not all accounts.+Provider sharing is enabled by default for most, but not all, accounts. If you encounter errors when attempting to share data with consumers, the feature may not be enabled for your account.@@ -71,5 +71,5 @@ Preparing objects to share can be performed using any role. Other data sharing tasks, such as creating a share or adding consumer-accounts to the share, requires the ACCOUNTADMIN role or a role granted the global CREATE SHARE privilege.+accounts to the share, require the ACCOUNTADMIN role or a role granted the global CREATE SHARE privilege. For more details about the CREATE SHARE privilege, see [](/user-guide/security-access-privileges-shares). @@ -136,9 +136,9 @@ business logic are protected from exposure. -Secure objects are defined similar to standard objects, using either the corresponding [](/sql-reference/sql/create)+Secure objects are defined similarly to standard objects, using either the corresponding [](/sql-reference/sql/create) or [](/sql-reference/sql/alter) commands. However, note the following important usage information: -- Secure objects that reference tables by their fully-qualified names (i.e. `<db_name>.<schema_name>.<table_name>`)+- Secure objects that reference tables by their fully-qualified names (that is, `<db_name>.<schema_name>.<table_name>`) can be included in a share; however, you must ensure that the referenced database name <span className="emph">matches</span> the database for the share.@@ -184,5 +184,5 @@ <dd> -Currently, when the first stream for a local table is created, a pair of hidden columns are automatically added to the table and begin+Currently, when the first stream for a local table is created, a pair of hidden columns is automatically added to the table and begins storing change tracking metadata. This change is not possible for shared tables, because a consumer of a share cannot modify the source database. Instead, to enable change tracking for tables intended for sharing, execute@@ -720,5 +720,5 @@ share, the results are empty. -For example, the following example shows:+For example, the following shows: <blockquote>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/trust-center/using-the-trust-center+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/trust-center/using-the-trust-center@@ -154,14 +154,14 @@ status cards: -- **AI Agents** — Shows the number of [Cortex Agents](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents) that have been+- **AI Agents** - Shows the number of [Cortex Agents](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents) that have been created in your account, so that you can quickly understand the scope of agentic AI usage that you must secure. Select the card to open a list of all AI agents in the account. For more information, see [](#label-trust-center-ai-security-ai-agents).-- **AI Security Scanners** — Shows how many scanners in the [](#label-ai-security-scanner-package) are currently+- **AI Security Scanners** - Shows how many scanners in the [](#label-ai-security-scanner-package) are currently enabled (for example, `4 of 4 scanners enabled`). Select the card to open the AI Security scanner package settings, where you can [enable or disable individual scanners](#label-trust-center-enable-disable-scanner) and [change their schedule](#label-trust-center-change-scanner-schedule). If fewer than all scanners are enabled, enable the remaining scanners to maximize coverage of AI-related security findings.-- **Cortex AI Guardrails** — Shows whether [Cortex AI Guardrails](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-ai-guardrails)+- **Cortex AI Guardrails** - Shows whether [Cortex AI Guardrails](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-ai-guardrails) are configured for the account. If guardrails are not configured, select the card to open the account-level AI settings where you can turn on the runtime `advanced_prompt_injection` guardrail for Cortex Code.@@ -173,8 +173,8 @@ over the last 7 days: -- **Violations** — A time-series chart of AI-related violations, broken down by severity. Select the chart to+- **Violations** - A time-series chart of AI-related violations, broken down by severity. Select the chart to open the %trust-center-tab-violations% tab filtered to AI Security findings. For more information, see [](#label-trust-center-view-violations).-- **Detections** — A time-series chart of AI-related detections — for example, sensitive data accessed by an agent.+- **Detections** - A time-series chart of AI-related detections, for example, sensitive data accessed by an agent. Select the chart to open the %trust-center-tab-detections% tab filtered to AI Security findings. For more information, see [](#label-trust-center-detections-view).@@ -586,5 +586,5 @@ 3. In the navigation menu, select **Governance & security** %raa% **Trust Center**. 4. Select the **%trust-center-tab-violations%** tab.-5. Select a violation that opens its detailed pane. By default, only violations with the **Open** status are shown.+5. Select a violation to open its detailed pane. By default, only violations with the **Open** status are shown. 6. Select the **Mute notification** button. 7. (Optional) To justify the resolution, add a comment.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/introduction/introduction+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/introduction/introduction@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@ A CLI can automate tasks and workflows, such as building, testing, CI/CD, and deploying applications.- CLI can help developers streamline their development process and reduce the risk of errors or inconsistencies.+ A CLI can help developers streamline their development process and reduce the risk of errors or inconsistencies. - Portability@@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ - Accessibility - CLI can be accessed remotely, so developers can work on servers and other remote+ A CLI can be accessed remotely, so developers can work on servers and other remote systems without a graphical interface. @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ - You can define packages by using `requirements.txt`, with dependencies automatically added through integration with Anaconda at deployment time.-- %sf-cli% can include packages that are identified in `requirements.txt`—but aren't yet in- Anaconda—in the application package deployed to Snowflake.- (This feature only works with packages that don't rely on native libraries).+- %sf-cli% can include packages that are identified in `requirements.txt`, but aren't yet in+ Anaconda, in the application package deployed to Snowflake.+ (This feature only works with packages that don't rely on native libraries.) - When you update existing applications, code and dependencies are automatically altered as needed. - Deployment artifacts are automatically managed and uploaded to Snowflake stages. -Snowflake plans to continue enhancing %sf-cli% to provide developers a robust tool for leveraging all of the SnowSQL capabilities in a new open source CLI.+Snowflake plans to continue enhancing %sf-cli% to provide developers a robust tool for leveraging all of the SnowSQL capabilities in a new open-source CLI. ## Security considerations
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/services/manage-images+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/services/manage-images@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ - [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/spcs-commands/image-repository-commands/deploy) -%spcs% provides an [OCIv2](https://github.com/opencontainers/distribution-spec/blob/main/spec.md)-compliant image registry service and a storage unit called repository to store images. You can use the following %sf-cli% commands to manage %spcs% image registries and repositories:+%spcs% provides an [OCIv2](https://github.com/opencontainers/distribution-spec/blob/main/spec.md)-compliant image registry service and a storage unit called a repository to store images. You can use the following %sf-cli% commands to manage %spcs% image registries and repositories: - [](#label-sfcli-manage-img-registries)@@ -18,5 +18,5 @@ ## Manage image registries -%sf-cli% lets you perform the following tasks with %spcs% image repositories:+%sf-cli% lets you perform the following tasks with %spcs% image registries: - [](#label-sfcli-registry-tokens)@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ ### Log in to an image registry -The [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/spcs-commands/image-registry-commands/login) logs you into an image repository with the credentials specified for your connection. Before logging in, you must meet the following prerequisites:--- [Docker Desktop](https://www.docker.com/products/docker-desktop/) must be installed because the command uses docker to log in to Snowflake.+The [](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/spcs-commands/image-registry-commands/login) login command logs you into an image registry with the credentials specified for your connection. Before logging in, you must meet the following prerequisites:++- [Docker Desktop](https://www.docker.com/products/docker-desktop/) must be installed because the command uses Docker to log in to Snowflake. - The current role must have READ privileges for the image repository in the account to get the registry URL. @@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ ``` -The following table describes the properties of a compute pool project definition.+The following table describes the properties of an image repository project definition. **Image repository project definition properties**
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/snowflake-ml-na-with-model+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/snowflake-ml-na-with-model@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ - [](/developer-guide/native-apps/snowflake-ml-na-no-model) -This topic describes how to include a previously trained model in a %native-app%+This topic describes how to include a previously trained model in a %native-app%. -## Workflow - Add a model to an app+## Workflow: add a model to an app -The following procedure outlines the typical workflow a provider follows create and add+The following procedure outlines the typical workflow a provider follows to create and add a Snowflake ML model to an app: @@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ $$; -CALL copy_model_artifacts_to_stage('my_db.my_model_registry, 'my_model', 'V1', '@my_app_pkg.source_schema.source_stage/models');+CALL copy_model_artifacts_to_stage('my_db.my_model_registry', 'my_model', 'V1', '@my_app_pkg.source_schema.source_stage/models'); ``` @@ -92,5 +92,5 @@ GRANT USAGE ON SCHEMA app_code TO APPLICATION ROLE app_user; -CREATE OR REPLACE MODEL app_code.my_model FROM '/models/my_model/versions/V1;+CREATE OR REPLACE MODEL app_code.my_model FROM '/models/my_model/versions/V1'; ``` @@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ ## Use the model as a consumer -If a provider grants privilege on the model to a consumer, the consumer can run the+If a provider grants the USAGE privilege on the model to a consumer, the consumer can run the following command to access the model:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/streamlit/app-development/dependency-management+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/streamlit/app-development/dependency-management@@ -209,5 +209,5 @@ If an artifact repository cannot be used, you can configure external access integrations (EAIs) (see [](/developer-guide/external-network-access/external-network-access-overview)) to access external-repositories directly. For more information see [](#label-sis-pypi-eai-setup).+repositories directly. For more information, see [](#label-sis-pypi-eai-setup). <a id="label-streamlit-artifact-repository"></a>@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ package indexes, like JFrog Artifactory. Using [customer-hosted repositories](/developer-guide/udf/python/customer-hosted-python-artifact-repositories) provides the following benefits: -- This helps prevent supply chain attacks and ensures packages come from trusted sources.-- It allows you to control which packages and versions are available to your apps.-- It provides audit trails for package installations.+- Helps prevent supply chain attacks and ensures packages come from trusted sources.+- Allows you to control which packages and versions are available to your apps.+- Provides audit trails for package installations. <a id="label-sis-pypi-eai-setup"></a>@@ -437,5 +437,5 @@ If you have an EAI for PyPI, the following `pyproject.toml` file declares-a minimum Python version of 3.11 and includes five Python packages which will be+a minimum Python version of 3.11 and includes four Python packages which will be installed from PyPI: @@ -481,5 +481,5 @@ The following `pyproject.toml` file declares a minimum Python version of 3.11,-includes five Python packages, and specifies JFrog as the package index that proxies PyPI:+includes four Python packages, and specifies JFrog as the package index that proxies PyPI: ```toml
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/consumer/access-app-content+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/consumer/access-app-content@@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ - Notebooks in %declarative-app-short-plural% are read-only. You can run the cells in a notebook, or run entire notebook, but you can't modify it.+ Notebooks in %declarative-app-short-plural% are read-only. You can run the cells in a notebook, or run the entire notebook, but you can't modify it. @@ -47,5 +47,5 @@ [](/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/workspaces). -You can access the app's notebooks, either through %sf-web-interface% or through [Snowflake CLI](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/index).+You can access the app's notebooks either through %sf-web-interface% or through [Snowflake CLI](/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/index). ### Find and open notebooks available to your role using %sf-web-interface%@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@ 3. Select the app you want to access. A side panel appears with information about the app and its notebooks. 4. Select **Open**. If notebooks are available to your role, they appear in the drop-down list. If no notebooks are available, the **Open** button opens the worksheet directly.-5. If a list of notebooks appears, select a notebook from the list. The notebook opens, and is listed as a part of the app.+5. If a list of notebooks appears, select a notebook from the list. The notebook opens and is listed as part of the app. 6. You can run individual cells in the notebook, or run the entire notebook by selecting **Run** %raa% **Run all cells**. 7. Selecting the notebook name opens a menu with the following items:@@ -101,5 +101,5 @@ 6. Open the notebook by selecting it from the list. - The notebook opens, and is listed as a part of the app.+ The notebook opens and is listed as part of the app. ### Access tables and views in the app@@ -137,6 +137,6 @@ - Select items in a view or table, for example: ```sql- SELECT * from <app_name>.<schema>.<view>;- SELECT * from <app_name>.<schema>.<table>;+ SELECT * FROM <app_name>.<schema>.<view>;+ SELECT * FROM <app_name>.<schema>.<table>; ```
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・6行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-account+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-account@@ -325,5 +325,5 @@ <dd> -Specifies one (or more) account, session, object parameters, and object properties to set for your account (separated by blank spaces, commas, or new lines):+Specifies one (or more) account, session, and object parameters, and object properties to set for your account (separated by blank spaces, commas, or new lines): - Account parameters cannot be changed by any other users.@@ -507,8 +507,8 @@ </dd>-<dt><code className="samp">SET CONTACT <em>purpose</em> = <em>contact</em> [ , <em>purpose</em> = <em>contact</em> ... ]</code></dt>-<dd>--Associate the account with one or more [contacts](/user-guide/contacts-using). For a list of valid purposes, see [](#label-contacts-associate).+<dt><code className="samp">SET CONTACT <em>purpose</em> = <em>contact_name</em> [ , <em>purpose</em> = <em>contact_name</em> ... ]</code></dt>+<dd>++Associates the account with one or more [contacts](/user-guide/contacts-using). For a list of valid purposes, see [](#label-contacts-associate). </dd>@@ -624,5 +624,5 @@ If an account has an old account URL because it was moved to another organization, had its organization renamed, or was part of an-organization that was merged, use the ALTER ACCOUNT ... DROP OLD ORGANIZATION URL instead.+organization that was merged, use the ALTER ACCOUNT ... DROP OLD ORGANIZATION URL command instead. </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・7行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/requesting-permission-sdk-ref+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/requesting-permission-sdk-ref@@ -119,5 +119,5 @@ - `status`: Specifies the current status of the app specification. Possible values are: - `APPROVED`: The consumer approved the app specification.- - `DECLINED`: The app specification is waiting for the consumer to approve or decline.+ - `DECLINED`: The consumer declined the app specification. - `PENDING`: The app specification is waiting for the consumer to approve or decline.@@ -205,7 +205,4 @@ <dd> -Returns a list containing the privileges that have been granted to the app-based on the list of privileges passed to the function.- Returns a list containing the privileges that have been granted to the %native-app% based on the list of privileges passed to the function.@@ -279,5 +276,5 @@ <a id="label-native-apps-is-application-all-mandatory-telemetry-event-definitions-enabled"></a> -## is_application_all_mandatory _telemetry_event_definitions_enabled()+## is_application_all_mandatory_telemetry_event_definitions_enabled() Checks if all mandatory telemetry event definitions are enabled for the app.@@ -434,5 +431,5 @@ ## request_application_specification_review() -Opens a dialog in a Streamlit app that allows the consumer to review an app specification then+Opens a dialog in a Streamlit app that allows the consumer to review an app specification, and then approve, decline, or take no action. A consumer can only decline an app specification if it is optional. @@ -679,5 +676,5 @@ ```python-request_google_api_integration(id: str, allowed_prefixes: [str], audience: str, name: str = None, comment: str = None, api_key: str = None+request_google_api_integration(id: str, allowed_prefixes: [str], audience: str, name: str = None, comment: str = None, api_key: str = None) ```
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/udfs-sprocs+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/udfs-sprocs@@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ procedures (sprocs) in a %declarative-app-short%: -- Stored procedures that have OWNERS RIGHTS or RESTRICTED CALLERS RIGHTS.+- Stored procedures that have owner's rights or restricted caller's rights. For more information, see [Understanding caller’s rights and owner’s rights stored procedures](/developer-guide/stored-procedure/stored-procedures-rights). - All types of UDFs, except EXTERNAL functions-- Snowpark UDFs and stored procedures written in Python, Java, Javascript, and- Scala. Snowpark Container Service Functions are not supported.+- Snowpark UDFs and stored procedures written in Python, Java, JavaScript, and+ Scala. Snowpark Container Service functions are not supported. <a id="label-dsna-udfsp-including"></a>@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@ data from that view. -To allow customers to access private objects using UDFs and stored procedures,+To allow consumers to access private objects using UDFs and stored procedures, mark the object with the `private: true` keyword in the `manifest.yaml` file.@@ -127,5 +127,5 @@ <dd> -Snowpark UDFs and stored procedures written in Python, Java, Javascript, and+Snowpark UDFs and stored procedures written in Python, Java, JavaScript, and Scala. Snowpark Container Service functions are not supported.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-parameters+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-parameters@@ -86,5 +86,5 @@ <td>`spark.sql.crossJoin.enabled`</td> <td>`true`</td>- <td>Enables or disables implicit cross joins. A `false` and missing or trivial join condition will result in an error.</td>+ <td>Enables or disables implicit cross joins. When `false`, a missing or trivial join condition results in an error.</td> <td>1.0.0</td> </tr>@@ -333,5 +333,5 @@ <td>`snowpark.connect.udf.python.imports`</td> <td>(none)</td>- <td>Comma-separated list of files/modules to import for python UDF execution. Triggers UDF recreation when changed.</td>+ <td>Comma-separated list of files/modules to import for Python UDF execution. Triggers UDF recreation when changed.</td> <td>1.7.0</td> </tr>@@ -369,5 +369,5 @@ <td>`spark.sql.parquet.enable.summary-metadata`</td> <td>`false`</td>- <td>When `true`, generates Parquet summary metadata files (`_metadata` `_common_metadata`) during Parquet writes.</td>+ <td>When `true`, generates Parquet summary metadata files (`_metadata`, `_common_metadata`) during Parquet writes.</td> <td>1.4.0</td> </tr>@@ -420,5 +420,5 @@ ### `snowpark.connect.enable_snowflake_extension_behavior` -Specify `true` to enable Snowflake-specific extensions that can differ from Spark behavior (such as a hash on MAP types MD5 return type).+Specify `true` to enable Snowflake-specific extensions that can differ from Spark behavior (such as a hash on MAP types or MD5 return type). Default: `false`@@ -620,5 +620,5 @@ ### `snowpark.connect.views.duplicate_column_names_handling_mode` -Specifies how to handle duplicate column names in views. Allowed values include `rename` (add suffix) `fail` (raise error) or `drop` (remove duplicates).+Specifies how to handle duplicate column names in views. Allowed values include `rename` (add suffix), `fail` (raise error), or `drop` (remove duplicates). Default: `rename`
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tables-iceberg-manage+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tables-iceberg-manage@@ -1004,9 +1004,9 @@ column by using ALTER TABLE ... DROP COLUMN and ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN commands. - The maximum size for a default value is 128 MB.-- Default values can't use data types that can't be represented as constants, so you can't use the following data types with a default value:- - map- - list- - struct- - variant+- Default values can't use the `variant` data type because it can't be represented as a constant in the Iceberg specification.+- Default values can't use the following data types are allowed in the Iceberg specification but aren't supported on Snowflake:+ - `map`+ - `list`+ - `struct` #### Snowflake-managed Iceberg tables
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/specification-reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/specification-reference@@ -685,5 +685,5 @@ - **Local volume:** Containers in a service instance can use a local disk to share files. For example, if your application has- two containers—an application container and a log analyzer—+ two containers, an application container and a log analyzer, the application can write logs to the local volume, and the log analyzer can read the logs.@@ -748,5 +748,5 @@ If, in addition to these volumes, your `app` container also uses a 2-GB memory volume, revise the specification-to include the volume in the `volumes` list and also add another volume mount in the `app` containers `volumeMounts` list:+to include the volume in the `volumes` list and also add another volume mount in the `app` container's `volumeMounts` list: <blockquote>@@ -836,5 +836,5 @@ ## `spec.logExporters` field (optional) -Snowflake collects your applications output to standard output or standard error. For more information, see+Snowflake collects your application's output to standard output or standard error. For more information, see [Accessing local container logs.](#label-snowpark-containers-working-with-services-local-logs) Use `spec.logExporters` to configure which of these outputs Snowflake exports to your [event table](/developer-guide/logging-tracing/event-table-operations). @@ -866,5 +866,5 @@ ``` -<code className="samp"><em>group_N</em></code> refers to a [predefined metrics groups](#label-spcs-available-platform-metrics) that you are interested in. While the service is running, Snowflake logs metrics from specified groups to the event table. You can then query the metrics from the event table. For more information, see [Monitoring Services](/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/monitoring-services).+<code className="samp"><em>group_N</em></code> refers to a [predefined metrics group](#label-spcs-available-platform-metrics) that you are interested in. While the service is running, Snowflake logs metrics from specified groups to the event table. You can then query the metrics from the event table. For more information, see [Monitoring Services](/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/monitoring-services). <a id="label-spcs-spec-ref-resource-management"></a>@@ -914,5 +914,5 @@ - <code className="samp"><em>number</em>k</code> means <code className="samp"><em>number</em>*1000</code>. For example, 4k is equivalent to 4000. - <code className="samp"><em>number</em>M</code> means <code className="samp"><em>number</em>*1000*1000</code>.- - <code className="samp"><em>number</em>G</code> mean <code className="samp"><em>number</em>*1000*1000*1000</code>.+ - <code className="samp"><em>number</em>G</code> means <code className="samp"><em>number</em>*1000*1000*1000</code>. - Fractional units:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/versioning+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/versioning@@ -21,12 +21,14 @@ With Declarative Sharing, versioning of your %declarative-app-short% is handled automatically, so providers and consumers don't need to manually track version numbers. This simplifies the development and release process.-As a provider, you can iterate on your application in a live development environment and release new versions without manually tracking version numbers.++As a provider, you can iterate on your application in a live development environment and release new versions.+ This topic describes how versioning works in the %naf% for %declarative-app-short-plural% and how new versions are made available to consumers. <a id="label-dsna-make-new-versions"></a> -### Make new versions of the application package / version management+### Make new versions of the application package -With %declarative-app-short-plural%, versioning is handled automatically,+With %declarative-app-short-plural%, versioning is handled automatically. Providers can make changes to the new live version of the app, update the contents, and re-release the application package.@@ -38,3 +40,3 @@ Workspaces and notebooks are embedded in the application package and versioned along with the manifest. -Notebook versioning commands, such as ALTER NOTEBOOK CREATE LIVE VERSION FROM LAST, aren't supported for these notebooks.+Notebook versioning commands, such as `ALTER NOTEBOOK CREATE LIVE VERSION FROM LAST`, aren't supported for these notebooks.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/sql-server+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/sql-server@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@-# %scai% - Sql Server+# %scai% - SQL Server The SnowConvert AI tool is subject to the [Conversion Software Terms of Use](https://www.snowflake.com/en/legal/technical-services-and-education/conversion-software-terms/).@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ ### `-u, --usedatabase` -Flag to indicate whether or not the Transact SQL USE statement should be translated.+Flag to indicate whether the Transact-SQL USE statement should be translated. -#### `-p, --arrange ` \[``]+### `-p, --arrange ` \[``] -Flag to indicate whether or not to preprocess or arrange the source code before its transformation. By default, it's set to FALSE.+Flag to indicate whether to preprocess or arrange the source code before its transformation. By default, it's set to FALSE. <table data-header-hidden>@@ -24,5 +24,5 @@ <td>prettyprint</td> <td>- Applies indentation to the original code and get it well organized.+ Applies indentation to the original code and gets it well organized. </td> </tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/reference@@ -120,5 +120,5 @@ %sf-intelligence% supports models listed in [](#label-cortex-agents-models). You can use these models as long as the account has access to them. For more information, see [](#label-cortex-llm-access-control). -When creating an agent, we recommend selecting **Auto** for the model. This lets %sf-intelligence% automatically select the highest quality model for your account and automatically improves as new models become available.+When creating an agent, we recommend selecting **Auto** for the model. This lets %sf-intelligence% automatically select the highest-quality model for your account and automatically improve as new models become available. In default mode, when an incoming question is highly similar to a verified query, %sf-intelligence% uses a verified-query fast path to answer the question with lower latency. If the question exactly matches a verified query, %sf-intelligence% runs that verified query's validated SQL directly, without generating new SQL. For other highly similar questions, the model that's selected for the agent generates the SQL, using the matching verified query as a reference. This reduces latency for common questions that already have validated SQL in the verified query repository.@@ -126,6 +126,6 @@ While the listed models may not be available in [all regions](#label-cortex-llm-availability), you can use %sf-intelligence% in any cloud or region by using Cortex Cross-region inference. This includes clouds and regions where the models are not available. For more information about configuring Cortex Cross-region inference, see [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cross-region-inference). -- **AWS US** - In AWS, Claude 4+ offers the highest quality and best speed performance. We recommend that you set up Cortex Cross-region inference for `aws_us` to use Claude 4 and get the best performance. Without Cortex Cross-region inference, you are restricted to using Claude 3.5 in `aws_us`.-- **Azure US** - If you are using %sf-intelligence% in East US, you can use GPT 4.1+ without Cortex Cross-region inference. Other region and model combinations require Cortex Cross-region inference setup for `azure_us`.-- **AWS EU** - You can use Claude 4+ in this region as long as you configure Cortex Cross-region inference for `aws_eu`.-- **AWS APJ** - You can use Claude 4+ in this region as long as you configure Cortex Cross-region inference for `aws_apj`.+- **AWS US**: In AWS, Claude 4+ offers the highest quality and best speed performance. We recommend that you set up Cortex Cross-region inference for `aws_us` to use Claude 4 and get the best performance. Without Cortex Cross-region inference, you are restricted to using Claude 3.5 in `aws_us`.+- **Azure US**: If you are using %sf-intelligence% in East US, you can use GPT 4.1+ without Cortex Cross-region inference. Other region and model combinations require Cortex Cross-region inference setup for `azure_us`.+- **AWS EU**: You can use Claude 4+ in this region as long as you configure Cortex Cross-region inference for `aws_eu`.+- **AWS APJ**: You can use Claude 4+ in this region as long as you configure Cortex Cross-region inference for `aws_apj`.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-share-consumers+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-share-consumers@@ -35,5 +35,5 @@ **Snowsight:** -To view shares that have been shared with you, In the navigation menu, select **Data sharing** %raa% **Internal sharing**, then select **Shared With You**.+To view shares that have been shared with you, in the navigation menu, select **Data sharing** %raa% **Internal sharing**, then select **Shared With You**. <blockquote>@@ -43,5 +43,5 @@ - **Privately Shared Listings** that have been shared with you. You can also view **Data exchange** listings that you have access to. - **Direct shares** that have been shared with you. Depending on the share status, shares are grouped into two sections:- - Direct shares that are ready to get (i.e. a database has not been created from the share).+ - Direct shares that are ready to get (that is, a database has not been created from the share). - Direct shares that have been imported into a database and are ready to query. @@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ - Two shares, `sales_s` and `sales_s2` are available. `INBOUND` in the `kind` column specifies that a data provider made the share available to your account to consume.-- The `name` column displays the name of each share, in the form of <code className="samp"><em>share_name</em></code> (e.g. `SALES_S`).+- The `name` column displays the name of each share, in the form of <code className="samp"><em>share_name</em></code> (for example, `SALES_S`). - The `owner_account` column displays the account name that provided each share, in the form of <code className="samp"><em>orgname</em>.<em>account_name</em></code>. - If the `database_name` column is empty, a database has not yet been created from the share in your account.@@ -284,5 +284,5 @@ A role can grant IMPORTED PRIVILEGES on an imported database only when it either: -- Owns the imported database (i.e. has the OWNERSHIP privilege on the database).+- Owns the imported database (that is, has the OWNERSHIP privilege on the database). - Was granted the MANAGE GRANTS global privilege. @@ -361,5 +361,5 @@ Creating streams on shared objects (secure views or tables) enables you to track data manipulation language (DML) changes made in those-objects. This functionality is similar to creating and using streams on "local" objects (i.e. in the same account as the stream).+objects. This functionality is similar to creating and using streams on "local" objects (that is, in the same account as the stream). The role used to execute the SQL statements in this section must have the required grants on the shared table or secure view. For information,
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-database+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-database@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/create-database) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-database) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-database) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-databases) , [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-database)+[](/sql-reference/sql/create-database), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-database), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-database), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-databases), [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-database) </dd>@@ -152,5 +152,5 @@ <dd> -Swaps all objects (schemas, tables, views, etc.) and metadata, including identifiers, between the two specified databases. Also swaps all access+Swaps all objects (schemas, tables, views, and so on) and metadata, including identifiers, between the two specified databases. Also swaps all access control privileges granted on the databases and objects they contain. `SWAP WITH` essentially performs a rename of both databases as a single operation.@@ -756,5 +756,5 @@ Promotes a local database to serve as a primary database for replication. A primary database can be replicated in one or more accounts,-allowing users in those accounts to query objects in each *secondary* (i.e. replica) database.+allowing users in those accounts to query objects in each *secondary* (that is, replica) database. Alternatively, modify an existing primary database to add to or remove from the list of accounts that can store a replica of the database.@@ -794,5 +794,5 @@ <dd> -Disables replication for this primary database, meaning no replica of this database (i.e. secondary database) in another account can be refreshed.+Disables replication for this primary database, meaning no replica of this database (that is, secondary database) in another account can be refreshed. Any secondary databases remain linked to the primary database, but requests to refresh a secondary database are denied. @@ -846,5 +846,5 @@ <dd> -Disables failover for this primary database, meaning no replica of this database (i.e. secondary database) can be promoted to serve as the+Disables failover for this primary database, meaning no replica of this database (that is, secondary database) can be promoted to serve as the primary database.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-alert+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-alert@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/create-alert) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-alert), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-alert) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-alerts) , [](/sql-reference/sql/execute-alert)+[](/sql-reference/sql/create-alert), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-alert), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-alert), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-alerts), [](/sql-reference/sql/execute-alert) </dd>@@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ - `SUSPEND` puts the alert into a "Suspended" state. -If the alert schedule is set to an interval (i.e. <code className="samp"><em>num</em> MINUTE</code>), then to avoid ambiguity, the *base interval time* for+If the alert schedule is set to an interval (that is, <code className="samp"><em>num</em> MINUTE</code>), then to avoid ambiguity, the *base interval time* for the schedule is reset to the current time when the alert is resumed. @@ -75,5 +75,5 @@ `10 MINUTE` and the alert is resumed at 9:03 AM, then the alert runs at 9:13 AM, 9:23 AM, and so on. Note that we make a best effort to ensure absolute precision, but only guarantee that alerts do not execute <span className="emph">before</span> their set interval occurs-(e.g., in the current example, the alert could first run at 9:14 AM, but will definitely not run at 9:12 AM).+(for example, in the current example, the alert could first run at 9:14 AM, but will definitely not run at 9:12 AM). </dd>@@ -394,6 +394,6 @@ privilege on the warehouse assigned to the alert, as well as the global EXECUTE ALERT privilege; if not, an error is produced. - Only account administrators (users with the ACCOUNTADMIN role) can grant the EXECUTE ALERT privilege to a role. For ease of use,- we recommend creating a custom role (e.g. alert_admin) and assigning the EXECUTE ALERT privilege to this role. Any role that can- grant privileges (e.g. SECURITYADMIN or any role with the MANAGE GRANTS privilege) can then grant this custom role to any alert+ we recommend creating a custom role (for example, alert_admin) and assigning the EXECUTE ALERT privilege to this role. Any role that can+ grant privileges (for example, SECURITYADMIN or any role with the MANAGE GRANTS privilege) can then grant this custom role to any alert owner role to allow altering their own alerts. For instructions for creating custom roles and role hierarchies, see [](/user-guide/security-access-control-configure).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ Returns an [OBJECT](/sql-reference/data-types-semistructured) constructed from the arguments-that retains key-values pairs with NULL values.+that retains key-value pairs with NULL values. <dl>@@ -17,5 +17,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct) , [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null_structured)+[](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct), [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null_structured) </dd>@@ -98,5 +98,5 @@ ## Usage notes -- If the key is NULL (i.e. SQL NULL), the key-value pair is omitted from the resulting object. However,+- If the key is NULL (that is, SQL NULL), the key-value pair is omitted from the resulting object. However, if the value is NULL, then the key-value pair is kept. - The constructed object does not necessarily preserve the original order of the key-value pairs.@@ -123,5 +123,5 @@ ``` -The following example also shows the difference between OBJECT_CONSTRUCT and OBJECT_CONSTRUCT_KEEP NULL, but this example+The following example also shows the difference between OBJECT_CONSTRUCT and OBJECT_CONSTRUCT_KEEP_NULL, but this example uses a small table (which is shown prior to the query): @@ -182,3 +182,3 @@ ``` -For examples that use the closely-related function OBJECT_CONSTRUCT, see [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct).+For examples that use the closely related function OBJECT_CONSTRUCT, see [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/maintenance+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/maintenance@@ -244,5 +244,5 @@ Ensure the archived redo log retention period of the Oracle database is high enough, and keep the reinstallation time to a minimum. -Typically a retention period of 24 hours is sufficient, however longer times might be appropriate to ensure time to reinstall.+Typically a retention period of 24 hours is sufficient; however, longer times might be appropriate to ensure time to reinstall. For more information on configuring archived redo log retention, see [](/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/setup-oracledb). @@ -262,5 +262,5 @@ 7. Stop the topmost processor **Set Tables for Replication** in the **Snapshot Load** group. 8. Stop the topmost processor **Read Oracle CDC Stream** in the **Incremental Load** group.- 9. If you changed the value of the **Merge Task Schedule CRON** parameter, return it to `* * * * * ?`, otherwise queues won't be emptied until the next scheduled run.+ 9. If you changed the value of the **Merge Task Schedule CRON** parameter, return it to `* * * * * ?`. Otherwise, queues won't be emptied until the next scheduled run. Wait until all FlowFiles in the connector have been processed, and all queues are empty.@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ including the table names and patterns as described in [](/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/setup-connector). A downloaded flow definition doesn't include sensitive values (such as passwords) or uploaded files (such as the Oracle auto-login wallet file), so you must re-enter and re-upload them. 5. Navigate to the `Oracle Ingestion Parameters` context, and set the following parameters:- - Set the `Ingestion Type` parameter to `incremental`. For more information on the concerns see [](#label-oracle-incremental-replication).+ - Set the `Ingestion Type` parameter to `incremental`. For more information on the concerns, see [](#label-oracle-incremental-replication). - Set the `Starting XStream Position` parameter to `Earliest`.- For more information and potential concerns see [](#label-oracle-alter-xstream-outbound-server).+ For more information and potential concerns, see [](#label-oracle-alter-xstream-outbound-server). @@ -405,5 +405,5 @@ finish their existing journals, and create new journal tables. - If the redo log contains events from a previous table that was dropped- and re-created in the source database, the re-reading the stream re-processes all events in the current destination.+ and re-created in the source database, re-reading the stream re-processes all events in the current destination. The connector can't distinguish between a previous and current source table if they share the same name.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/private-managed-volumes-aws+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/private-managed-volumes-aws@@ -27,6 +27,6 @@ Implementing VPC interface endpoints to access Snowflake-managed storage volumes provides the following advantages: -- Data doesn't traverse the public internet when external query engines read from or write to the Snowflake managed iceberg volume.-- Client and SaaS applications, such as Microsoft PowerBI, that run outside of the AWS VPC can connect to Snowflake securely.+- Data doesn't traverse the public internet when external query engines read from or write to the Snowflake-managed Iceberg volume.+- Client and SaaS applications, such as Microsoft Power BI, that run outside of the AWS VPC can connect to Snowflake securely. - Administrators aren't required to modify firewall settings to access volume data. - Administrators can implement consistent security and monitoring for how query engines connect to storage.@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ AWS doesn't support cross-region VPC interface endpoints for the Amazon S3 service. Therefore, your VPC interface endpoint must be-located in the same region as your Snowflake account to provide inbound connectivity to your Snowflake managed+located in the same region as your Snowflake account to provide inbound connectivity to your Snowflake-managed storage volume. Cross-region support for AWS PrivateLink isn't available in government regions or in the People's Republic of China. -Customers that use a SnowGov region for Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) compliance should be aware that AWS Privatelink for+Customers that use a SnowGov region for Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) compliance should be aware that AWS PrivateLink for Amazon S3 doesn't support FIPS endpoints. @@ -74,5 +74,5 @@ - If using an outbound firewall, ensure that it allows all the URLs required by Snowflake. For details, see [](/user-guide/snowcd). -- For `us-east-1` customers <span className="emph">only</span>: If using one of the following Snowflake clients to connect to Snowflake, please upgrade to the+- For `us-east-1` customers <span className="emph">only</span>: If using one of the following Snowflake clients to connect to Snowflake, upgrade to the client version as follows: - JDBC driver: 3.13.3 (or higher)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・5行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/migration-tool+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/migration-tool@@ -85,5 +85,5 @@ <td>Python jobs, including machine learning</td> <td>Supported</td>- <td>Python jobs are supported assuming the user is not requesting compute pool, ML Jobs or SPCS</td>+ <td>Python jobs are supported assuming the user is not requesting a compute pool, ML jobs, or SPCS.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -115,5 +115,5 @@ <td>Webapp graphical user interface</td> <td>Supported with limitations</td>- <td>Data Clean Rooms does not offer a native point-and-click interface equivalent to the webapp for the Collaboration API.</td>+ <td>Data Clean Rooms don't offer a native point-and-click interface equivalent to the webapp for the Collaboration API.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -151,5 +151,5 @@ Some webapp clean rooms use templates named `prod_sql_with_platform_privacy`. The migration tool detects these templates and marks them as requiring manual reconstruction-as freeform SQL data offerings. They are not converted automatically.+as Free-form SQL data offerings. They are not converted automatically. If you would like to migrate your existing web application to the Collaboration API, you@@ -195,5 +195,5 @@ ## Migrate a clean room -Migration follows four phases: Plan, Execute, Finalize, and Validate. Steps 1 and 6+Migration follows four phases: Plan, Execute, Finalize, and Validate. Steps 1 and 5 below wrap those core phases with a review step before you begin and an optional validation step at the end. Each phase is available as a tab in the Streamlit app@@ -308,5 +308,5 @@ 6. Polls the status and waits for `CREATED` before calling `COLLABORATION.JOIN`. -### Step 4: Finalize — consumer joins the collaboration+### Step 4: Finalize: consumer joins the collaboration After the Provider executes the migration, each Consumer account must also deploy the
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/resources-templates+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/resources-templates@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@ You can request to add or remove only templates that your account has registered. -Continue reading to see how to register and add a template into a collaboration:+Continue reading to see how to register and add a template to a collaboration: ## Register a template@@ -42,6 +42,6 @@ <a id="label-dcr-collaboration-add-template-post-creation"></a> -- **To add a template into an existing collaboration,** you send a request to all prospective sharers by following these steps:- 1. Call ADD_TEMPLATE_REQUEST with the template ID to start the approval flow to add the template into a specific collaboration, for+- **To add a template to an existing collaboration,** you send a request to all prospective sharers by following these steps:+ 1. Call ADD_TEMPLATE_REQUEST with the template ID to start the approval flow to add the template to a specific collaboration, for specific users. @@ -70,4 +70,7 @@ - The template's `source_table` variable is populated by the collaboration's data offerings. In most collaboration templates, `source_table` is the only data source variable used.+- A template can declare a [preset table](#label-dcr-template-preset-tables) (preview) in its `preset_tables` block. The template can always+ read that dataset, and the analysis runner doesn't need to supply it during run. A preset table is useful when a template should+ always use specific datasets. - The template's `my_table` is used only when an analysis runner is using Snowflake Standard Edition and can't contribute data offerings to a collaboration.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dcm-projects/dcm-projects-overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dcm-projects/dcm-projects-overview@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ Snowflake %dcm% (Database Change Management) enable a declarative approach to managing Snowflake objects as code. You define the desired target state of your databases, schemas, tables, and other objects in definition files, and Snowflake determines and applies the necessary changes-to reach that state. It enables version-controlled, repeatable deployments across environments, such as dev, staging, and production, using a+to reach that state. This enables version-controlled, repeatable deployments across environments, such as dev, staging, and production, using a plan-then-deploy workflow common among infrastructure-as-code tools. @@ -94,5 +94,5 @@ %dcm-object%, and run PLAN and DEPLOY manually afterward. -The migration skill and stored procedure are shared as experimental. Test them thoroughly and use them at your own risk.+The migration skill and stored procedure are provided as experimental tools. Test them thoroughly and use them at your own risk. ## Key terms@@ -155,5 +155,5 @@ ## Cost -%dcm% is available for all Snowflake editions. There are no %dcm%-specific costs beyond the compute cost incurred by %dcm% operations.+%dcm% are available for all Snowflake editions. There are no %dcm%-specific costs beyond the compute cost incurred by %dcm% operations. %dcm% operations such as PLAN and DEPLOY are primarily metadata operations and incur@@ -214,5 +214,5 @@ This section describes key use cases for %dcm% and how they help address challenges that data businesses face at scale.-These use cases fall into two general categories based on team's responsibility:+These use cases fall into two general categories based on a team's responsibility: - [Platform teams that manage infrastructure and governance](#label-dcm-for-managing-infrastructure)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/alerts-ui+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/alerts-ui@@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ the execution status of these alerts. - **Templates for creating alerts:** You can quickly create alerts for the following features by using the alert templates- provided in the Snowflake Alerts UI. Note: once an alert is generated from a template, it is equivalent to any other alert with- regards to lifecycle management, and contains no special properties+ provided in the Snowflake Alerts UI. Note: Once an alert is generated from a template, it is equivalent to any other alert with+ regard to lifecycle management, and contains no special properties. - [Tasks](/user-guide/tasks-intro) - [Openflow](/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/about)@@ -264,5 +264,5 @@ | | **No data alert** | Monitors for connectors that have an active processing time but are not receiving or sending any data, which can indicate potential data flow issues. | | | **Runtime high error rate alert** | Monitors the Openflow runtime processors for a high volume of ERROR-level logs, which can indicate processing failures. |-| | **Table replication failure alert** | Monitors for table replication transitions to a FAILED state, which can indicate a critical data synchronization issues. |+| | **Table replication failure alert** | Monitors for table replication transitions to a FAILED state, which can indicate a critical data synchronization issue. | | **TASKS** | **Error rate alert** | Triggers an alert when the cumulative task error rate exceeds a specified threshold. | @@ -272,5 +272,5 @@ 12. Select the scope that you want to monitor. The scope determines the objects that are monitored for the alert. For example, to monitor all objects in the account, choose **Account** from the **Scope** menu.-13. From the **Schedule** menu, choose the type of schedule that want to use to run the alert:+13. From the **Schedule** menu, choose the type of schedule that you want to use to run the alert: - To run the alert only when new objects are added (for example, new rows inserted into a table that you are monitoring),
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/snowflake-db+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/snowflake-db@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@ Snowflake provides a system-defined, read-only shared database named SNOWFLAKE that contains metadata and historical usage data about the objects in your organization and accounts.-The SNOWFLAKE database is an example of [Secure Data Sharing](/guides-overview-sharing), and provides object metadata and other usage metrics for your organization and accounts.+The SNOWFLAKE database is an example of [Secure Data Sharing](/guides-overview-sharing) and provides object metadata and other usage metrics for your organization and accounts. In each account, the SNOWFLAKE database contains the following schemas (also read-only):@@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ Contains views and other schema objects to support select Snowflake features, such as the-[system tags](#label-classify-classification-tags) used with classifying data and the+[system tags](#label-classify-classification-tags) used to classify data and the [system data metric functions](/user-guide/data-quality-system-dmfs) used to measure data quality. @@ -83,5 +83,5 @@ <dd> -Contains [ML functions](/guides-overview-ml-functions), which is a suite of analysis tools built by Snowflake.+Contains [ML functions](/guides-overview-ml-functions), which are a suite of analysis tools built by Snowflake. </dd>@@ -91,5 +91,5 @@ Views that provide historical information for objects in your account. In the [Information Schema](/sql-reference/info-schema), the views and table functions that return historical information will eventually be-migrated to the MONITORING schema in the future.+migrated to the MONITORING schema. </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork@@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ - **Automations**: Turn a one-time report into a recurring one that re-runs your question with fresh data and emails you the results. Set up and manage automations conversationally or from the **Automations** tab. For more information, see [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/automations). - **User skills**: Codify a repeatable workflow once, then reuse it explicitly with `/` or from the Skills menus, or implicitly when your conversation matches the skill. Create skills conversationally, from the **+** menu (**Create new**), or by uploading a skill folder. For more information, see [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/user-skills).-- **Document generation**: Turn analysis into shareable files such as PDF documents and PowerPoint presentations. Upload a PowerPoint template to match your organization's style, or customize behavior with a user or agent skill. Requires code execution on the associated agent. For more information, see [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/document-generation).+- **Document generation**: Turn analysis into shareable files such as PDF documents and PowerPoint presentations. Upload a PowerPoint template to match your organization's style, or customize behavior with a user or agent skill. Requires the [code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool) on the associated agent. For more information, see [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/document-generation). - **Seamless governance**: Automatically inherits and respects all existing Snowflake data governance controls, including row-access policies and column-level security.@@ -71,5 +71,5 @@ spans multiple tables or domains, or when you want a citable report you can hand to stakeholders. Examples include questions like "Why has forecast accuracy been declining, and what's driving the-variance?" or "Which customer segments show early churn signals, and what do they share?". For+variance?" or "Which customer segments show early churn signals, and what do they share?" For specific lookups, quick metrics, or interactive follow-ups, the standard chat experience is faster and better suited.@@ -133,5 +133,5 @@ follows this workflow: -1. **User input**: A user submits a natural language question. For example, "How are Q4 sales trending?".+1. **User input**: A user submits a natural language question. For example, "How are Q4 sales trending?" 2. **Cortex Agent API**: The question is routed to the [Cortex Agent API](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-rest-api), which powers %sf-intelligence%. Agents are AI models that can be connected to one or more semantic views, semantic models, Cortex@@ -165,5 +165,5 @@ your use of that model is further subject to the terms for that model on that page. -The data classification of inputs and outputs are as set forth in the following table.+The data classification of inputs and outputs is as set forth in the following table. <div className="colwidths-given">
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(7行追加・1行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-setup@@ -100,5 +100,5 @@ <td>USAGE</td> <td>Agent</td>- <td>Required to query the agent to generate responses. The role also needs `USAGE` on the database and schema containing the agent.</td>+ <td>Required to query the agent to generate responses. The role also needs `USAGE` on the database and schema containing the agent, along with privileges on the objects used by the agent's tools. See [Additional privileges for tools](#label-cortex-agents-tool-privileges).</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -126,7 +126,13 @@ For default role and warehouse requirements, see [User requirements](#label-cortex-agents-user-requirements). +<a id="label-cortex-agents-tool-privileges"></a>+ ## Additional privileges for tools Because the agent runs with the querying user's default role, that role also needs privileges on the objects used by the agent's tools:++`USAGE` on the agent isn't sufficient on its own. If the user's default role is missing privileges on a tool or on the objects behind it, the request is rejected with a 4XX error instead of running without that tool. The specific error depends on which tool access is missing. Grant the privileges for every tool the agent uses.++The exception is an `agent_toolset` reference, which is skipped when the role doesn't have `USAGE` on the referenced agent. <thead>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/sharepoint/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/sharepoint/setup@@ -397,5 +397,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -409,5 +409,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -729,5 +729,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -741,5 +741,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-user-rotate-programmatic-access-token+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-user-rotate-programmatic-access-token@@ -3,5 +3,5 @@ - [](/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens) -Rotates [programmatic access token](/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens), generating a new token secret with an+Rotates a [programmatic access token](/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens), generating a new token secret with an extended expiration time, and expiring the existing token secret. The new secret is generated using the same DAYS_TO_EXPIRY property set when the token was first created.@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-user-add-programmatic-access-token) ,-[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-user-modify-programmatic-access-token) ,-[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-user-remove-programmatic-access-token) ,+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-user-add-programmatic-access-token),+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-user-modify-programmatic-access-token),+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-user-remove-programmatic-access-token), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-user-programmatic-access-tokens)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/notifications/webhook-notifications+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/notifications/webhook-notifications@@ -126,5 +126,5 @@ ``` -For information about the Microsoft API data format, see [https://adaptivecards.io/](https://adaptivecards.io/) .+For information about the Microsoft API data format, see [https://adaptivecards.io/](https://adaptivecards.io/). In this example, the webhook URL contains the secret `xxxxxxxx`.@@ -292,5 +292,5 @@ Suppose that you [created a secret object](#label-notifications-webhook-secret-teams) named `my_teams_webhook_secret` for the secret `xxxxxxxx` that appears in the URL.-(For information about the Microsoft API data format, see [https://adaptivecards.io/](https://adaptivecards.io/) .)+(For information about the Microsoft API data format, see [https://adaptivecards.io/](https://adaptivecards.io/).) Execute one of the following statements to create a notification integration for this webhook:@@ -330,6 +330,6 @@ ``` -Suppose that you [created a secret object](#label-notifications-webhook-secret-teams) named `my_pagerduty_webhook_secret`-for the integration key `xxxxxx` that should be included in the `routing_key` field in the body of the message.+Suppose that you [created a secret object](#label-notifications-webhook-secret-pagerduty) named `my_pagerduty_webhook_secret`+for the integration key `xxxxxxxx` that should be included in the `routing_key` field in the body of the message. Execute the following statement to create a notification integration for this webhook:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-network+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-network@@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ 3. In the navigation menu, select **Postgres**. 4. Select **+ Create**.-5. When selecting your desired instance configuration details make sure to select your new policy under **Network policy** select box. In the image below we have selected the policy that we named `OFFICE POLICY EXAMPLE`.+5. When selecting your desired instance configuration details make sure to select your new policy under the **Network policy** select box. In the image below we have selected the policy that we named `OFFICE POLICY EXAMPLE`. @@ -105,5 +105,5 @@ 2. In the **Postgres Instances** page, select the **Create** button at the top right. 3. Choose your instance configuration but leave the **Network policy** choice blank.-4. After you select the **Create**, a new dialog displays the `snowflake_admin` Postgres user's+4. After you select **Create**, a new dialog displays the `snowflake_admin` Postgres user's [connection credentials](/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/connecting-to-snowflakepg). After saving those credentials in a secure location, select **Continue to network settings**.@@ -161,5 +161,5 @@ for your request with neither the **check mark** (accept) nor **x mark** (reject) selected. Select the **check mark** to accept.-5. You can now connect to your Snowflake Postgres instance from hosts in cloud service provider's private network.+5. You can now connect to your Snowflake Postgres instance from hosts in the cloud service provider's private network. @@ -180,5 +180,5 @@ ``` -The same `privatelink_service_identifier` is shown for the instances entry in the output of SHOW POSTGRES INSTANCES:+The same `privatelink_service_identifier` is shown for the instance's entry in the output of SHOW POSTGRES INSTANCES: ```sql
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/sql-server/maintenance+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/sql-server/maintenance@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ The increased limit doesn't apply equally to all column types. -In Snowflake, the maximum size for `BINARY` is **64 MB** (`BINARY(67108864)`), even when the increased size limits are enabled. Only `VARCHAR`, `VARIANT`, `ARRAY` and `OBJECT` columns can hold up to 128 MB.+In Snowflake, the maximum size for `BINARY` is **64 MB** (`BINARY(67108864)`), even when the increased size limits are enabled. Only `VARCHAR`, `VARIANT`, `ARRAY`, and `OBJECT` columns can hold up to 128 MB. ### Check whether the 128 MB limit is available -You may not be able to verify the `ENABLE_OPENFLOW_CDC_SQLSERVER_SSV2` parameter value by querying it. To check if it is enabled, see if the FlowFiles flow through **Upload Rows via Snowpipe Streaming 2** processor (not through **Upload Rows via Snowpipe Streaming**).+You may not be able to verify the `ENABLE_OPENFLOW_CDC_SQLSERVER_SSV2` parameter value by querying it. To check if it is enabled, see if the FlowFiles flow through the **Upload Rows via Snowpipe Streaming 2** processor (not through **Upload Rows via Snowpipe Streaming**). ### Configure the processors@@ -67,6 +67,6 @@ Update the **Oversized Value Limit** property to `128 MB` on the following processors: -- **Fetch Table Rows** (in the **Snapshot Load** group) — used for non-partitioned tables-- **MultiDatabaseFetchTableSnapshot** (in the **Snapshot Load** group) — used for partitioned tables+- **Fetch Table Rows** (in the **Snapshot Load** group): used for non-partitioned tables+- **MultiDatabaseFetchTableSnapshot** (in the **Snapshot Load** group): used for partitioned tables - **Read SQLServer Change Tracking tables** (in the **Incremental Load** group)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/dbt-commands/deploy+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/command-reference/dbt-commands/deploy@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@ - [](#label-snowcli-snow-dbt-deploy) -Upload local dbt project files and create or update a DBT project object on Snowflake. Examples: snow dbt deploy PROJECT snow dbt deploy PROJECT --source=/Users/jdoe/project+Upload local dbt project files and create or update a dbt project object on Snowflake. ## Syntax@@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ <dd> -Identifier of the DBT Project; for example: my_pipeline.+Identifier of the dbt project; for example: my_pipeline. </dd>@@ -302,5 +302,5 @@ <dd> -Enables a silent re-authentication when the actual access token becomes outdated. Default: *False*.+Enables a silent re-authentication when the current access token becomes outdated. Default: *False*. </dd>@@ -317,5 +317,5 @@ </dd>-<dt>`--format [TABLE%JSON%JSON_EXT|CSV]`</dt>+<dt>`--format [TABLE|JSON|JSON_EXT|CSV]`</dt> <dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-quality-ui-setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-quality-ui-setup@@ -26,5 +26,5 @@ Cortex Data Quality leverages the [Snowflake Cortex AI_COMPLETE function](/sql-reference/functions/ai_complete) to intelligently suggest data quality checks. Because it runs securely inside Snowflake Cortex, your enterprise data and metadata always stay-securely inside Snowflake. Cortex Data Quality also fully respects Snowflake access control and provides suggestions that are based only+inside Snowflake. Cortex Data Quality also fully respects Snowflake access control and provides suggestions that are based only on the data that you can access. @@ -74,5 +74,5 @@ You can't use %sf-web-interface% to adjust the schedule until you have added at least one quality check. You can use an ALTER <object>-command to set the schedule for a table or view at anytime.+command to set the schedule for a table or view at any time. 1. Sign in to %sf-web-interface-link%.@@ -85,5 +85,5 @@ list. - To run the DMF on a custom schedule, select **Select schedule** and set the schedule.- - To run the DMF whenever there is a DML change to the table — for example, when a row is added — select+ - To run the DMF whenever there is a DML change to the table (for example, when a row is added), select **Trigger-based execution**. @@ -116,5 +116,5 @@ By default, the CORTEX_USER database role is granted to the PUBLIC role, which means every user has it. If you don't want all users to be-able use Snowflake Cortex features, you can revoke this database role from the PUBLIC role and then grant+able to use Snowflake Cortex features, you can revoke this database role from the PUBLIC role and then grant it to specific roles.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-package-release-channel+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-package-release-channel@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-package) , [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-package-version),-[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-package-release-directive)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-package), [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-package-version),+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-application-package-release-directive), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-release-directives) @@ -160,5 +160,5 @@ <dd> -Specifies one or more properties and/or session parameters to unset for the application package, which resets them to the defaults.+Specifies one or more properties or session parameters to unset for the application package, which resets them to the defaults. <dl>@@ -208,5 +208,5 @@ SET DEFAULT RELEASE DIRECTIVE VERSION = V1- PATCH=0;+ PATCH = 0; ```
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-alert+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-alert@@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-alert) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-alert), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-alert) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-alerts) , [](/sql-reference/sql/execute-alert)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-alert), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-alert), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-alert), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-alerts), [](/sql-reference/sql/execute-alert) </dd>@@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ <dd> -String that specifies the identifier (i.e. name) for the alert; must be unique for the schema in which the alert is created.+String that specifies the identifier (that is, name) for the alert; must be unique for the schema in which the alert is created. In addition, the identifier must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the-entire identifier string is enclosed in double quotes (e.g. `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also+entire identifier string is enclosed in double quotes (for example, `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive. @@ -492,5 +492,5 @@ ## Usage notes -- Alerts are executed using the privileges granted to the alert owner (i.e. the role that has the OWNERSHIP privilege on the+- Alerts are executed using the privileges granted to the alert owner (that is, the role that has the OWNERSHIP privilege on the alert). For the list of minimum required privileges to execute alerts, see [](#label-alerts-privileges-granting).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/errors-saml+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/errors-saml@@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ <td>390136</td> <td>FED_REAUTH_PENDING</td>- <td>Authentication response is pending from IDP.</td>+ <td>Authentication response is pending from IdP.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -54,5 +54,5 @@ <td>390138</td> <td>FED_REAUTH_TIMEOUT</td>- <td>Timeout waiting for authentication response from IDP.</td>+ <td>Timeout waiting for authentication response from IdP.</td> </tr> <tr>@@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ <td>390191</td> <td>USERNAMES_MISMATCH</td>- <td>The user you were trying to authenticate as differs from the user currently logged in at the IDP.</td>+ <td>The user you were trying to authenticate as differs from the user currently logged in at the IdP.</td> </tr> </tbody>@@ -79,5 +79,5 @@ ### SAML error codes -Troubleshooting a login failure differs depending on whether the error message has an UUID.+Troubleshooting a login failure differs depending on whether the error message has a UUID. If you encounter an error message associated with a failed SAML SSO login attempt, and the error message does not have a UUID, then ensure
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-artifact-repository+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-artifact-repository@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ repository types are supported: -- `APPLICATION`: stores packaged application builds that an+- `APPLICATION`: stores packaged application builds that a [](/sql-reference/sql/create-application-service) deploys.@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-artifact-repository) ,-[](/sql-reference/sql/desc-artifact-repository) ,-[](/sql-reference/sql/drop-artifact-repository) ,+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-artifact-repository),+[](/sql-reference/sql/desc-artifact-repository),+[](/sql-reference/sql/drop-artifact-repository), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-artifact-repositories)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-uninstall+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-uninstall@@ -33,5 +33,5 @@ **Transfer ownership of objects the app created outside the APPLICATION boundary.** If the app created warehouses, databases, stages, or other objects in your account (using Category 1 or-Category 3 grants), those objects belong to you — but they may be owned by the app object. Transfer+Category 3 grants), those objects belong to you, but they may be owned by the app object. Transfer ownership to one of your own roles before dropping the app, or they may become inaccessible. @@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ **Export any data inside the APPLICATION boundary that you want to retain.** Data inside the-APPLICATION object is removed when the app is dropped. If you need to keep any of it, please work+APPLICATION object is removed when the app is dropped. If you need to keep any of it, work with the provider or the app to ensure that you can export it via the app. @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ - Objects the app created outside the APPLICATION boundary (warehouses, databases, stages) remain in your account and are now fully owned by you.-- Your event table, if configured, is not affected — it belongs to you.-- Paid listing subscriptions must be cancelled separately.+- Your event table, if configured, is not affected: it belongs to you.+- Paid listing subscriptions must be canceled separately.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/oauth-snowflake-overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/oauth-snowflake-overview@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ ## Single-use refresh tokens -You can use single-use refresh tokens to mitigate theft or reuse of refresh tokens. For more information, see [](/user-guide/single-use-refresh-tokens)+You can use single-use refresh tokens to mitigate theft or reuse of refresh tokens. For more information, see [](/user-guide/single-use-refresh-tokens). ## Local applications Snowflake provides a simplified way to set up local applications — that is, desktop applications — to use Snowflake OAuth to-authenticate. The application can authenticate by setting a single connection option; no additional set up is required. For more information,+authenticate. The application can authenticate by setting a single connection option; no additional setup is required. For more information, see [](/user-guide/oauth-local-applications). @@ -70,5 +70,5 @@ To configure support, refer to [](/user-guide/oauth-partner). -To learn about using OAuth without traversing the public Internet, refer to [](#label-oauth-private-connectivity).+To learn about using OAuth without traversing the public internet, refer to [](#label-oauth-private-connectivity). ## Custom clients@@ -156,5 +156,5 @@ | 390304 | OAUTH_AUTHORIZE_INVALID_RESPONSE_TYPE | Invalid `response_type` was provided as a parameter to the authorization endpoint (it should most likely be `code`). | | 390305 | OAUTH_AUTHORIZE_INVALID_STATE_LENGTH | State parameter provided as a parameter to the authorization endpoint exceeds 2048 characters. |-| 390306 | OAUTH_AUTHORIZE_INVALID_CLIENT_ID | Integration associated with a provided client id does not exist. |+| 390306 | OAUTH_AUTHORIZE_INVALID_CLIENT_ID | Integration associated with a provided `client_id` does not exist. | | 390307 | OAUTH_AUTHORIZE_INVALID_REDIRECT_URI | `redirect_uri` given as a parameter to the authorization endpoint does not match the `redirect_uri` of the integration associated with the provided `client_id` or the `redirect_uri` is not properly formatted. | | 390308 | OAUTH_AUTHORIZE_INVALID_SCOPE | Either the scope requested is not a valid scope, or the scopes requested cannot fully be granted to the user. |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/odbc/odbc-linux+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/odbc/odbc-linux@@ -220,5 +220,5 @@ - [Use yum to download and install the driver](#label-odbc-linux-install-yum). - [Install the driver by using the downloaded TGZ file (TAR file compressed using .GZIP)](#label-odbc-linux-install-tgz).-- [Install the downloaded RPM package](#label-odbc-linux-install-tgz).+- [Install the downloaded RPM package](#label-odbc-linux-install-rpm). - [Install the downloaded DEB package](#label-odbc-linux-install-deb). @@ -373,5 +373,5 @@ ### Installing the DEB package -The DEB package requires unixODBC as the driver manager. Please make sure that unixodbc and odbcinst packages are installed, before attempting to install the DEB package.+The DEB package requires unixODBC as the driver manager. Make sure that the unixodbc and odbcinst packages are installed before attempting to install the DEB package. To install the Snowflake ODBC driver for Linux using@@ -419,5 +419,5 @@ By running `iodbc_setup.sh`, you don't need to set any environment variables. -Alternatively, if you don't want Snowflake to change your system configurations, add the following environment variables to your shell configuration file (e.g. `.profile`, `.bash_profile`):+Alternatively, if you don't want Snowflake to change your system configurations, add the following environment variables to your shell configuration file (for example, `.profile` or `.bash_profile`): <blockquote>@@ -451,5 +451,5 @@ By running `unixodbc_setup.sh`, you don't need to set any environment variables. -Alternatively, if you don't want Snowflake change your system configurations, add the following environment variables to your shell configuration file, e.g. `.profile`, `.bash_profile`:+Alternatively, if you don't want Snowflake to change your system configurations, add the following environment variables to your shell configuration file, for example `.profile` or `.bash_profile`: <blockquote>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(8行追加・0行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/spec-analysis+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/spec-analysis@@ -97,4 +97,8 @@ each entry is <code className="samp"><em>collaborator_alias</em>.<em>data_offering_ID</em>.<em>dataset_alias</em></code>. +List only the datasets that the template takes through `source_table`. Don't list datasets that the template author+[preset in the template](#label-dcr-template-preset-tables) (preview) in its `preset_tables` block; those are supplied by the+template. If a template pins every dataset it reads, omit `source_tables`.+ </dd> <dt><code className="samp"><em>argument_name</em>: <em>view_name</em></code></dt>@@ -135,4 +139,8 @@ requirements. +`preset_tables` is a reserved argument name. Datasets that the template author+[preset in the template](#label-dcr-template-preset-tables) (preview) are supplied by the template, and an analysis can't override+them. Snowflake rejects an analysis that passes `preset_tables` in `arguments`.+ </dd> <dt>`activation` (*Required for activation templates*)</dt>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(6行追加・1行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/collaboration-api-reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/collaboration-api-reference@@ -1616,5 +1616,5 @@ #### Returns -A table of update requests sent in this collaboration. Information includes+A table of update requests sent in this collaboration. Information includes: - `id`: ID of the request. Use this to approve or deny a request.@@ -2712,4 +2712,7 @@ Array of string names of source tables to use in the analysis. Use table names returned by VIEW_DATA_OFFERINGS in the `template_view_name` column. The format for each entry is <code className="samp"><em>user_alias</em>.<em>data_offering_id</em>.<em>dataset_alias</em></code> +Don't include datasets that the template author [preset in the template](#label-dcr-template-preset-tables) (preview); those are+supplied by the template. Pass an empty array if the template pins every dataset it reads.+ </dd> <dt><code className="samp"><em>local_template_view_names</em></code></dt>@@ -2723,4 +2726,6 @@ JSON object that contains named arguments used by the template, where each key is a template argument name, and the value is the value of that argument.++`preset_tables` is a reserved argument name. Snowflake rejects a RUN call that passes `preset_tables` in `arguments`. </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-masking-policy+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-masking-policy@@ -160,5 +160,5 @@ <dd> -Does not allow a different policy to reference the masked column or allow the masking policy and does not allow the masking policy the virtual column inherits from the VALUE column in an external table.+Does not allow a different policy to reference the masked column or allow the masking policy set on a virtual column to override the masking policy the virtual column inherits from the VALUE column in an external table. </dd>@@ -243,5 +243,5 @@ - For masking policies that include a subquery in the masking policy body, use [EXISTS](/sql-reference/operators-subquery) in the WHEN branch of the CASE function. For a representative example, refer to the custom entitlement table example in the- [Normal Masking Policy](#label-create--masking-policy-normal) section (in this topic).+ [Normal Masking Policy](#label-create-masking-policy-normal) section (in this topic). - If the policy <code className="samp"><em>body</em></code> contains a mapping table lookup, create a centralized mapping table and store the mapping table in the same database as the protected table. This is particularly important if the <code className="samp"><em>body</em></code> calls the@@ -638,6 +638,5 @@ ## Example: Allow a masked column in a row access policy or conditional masking policy -Replace a masking policy that either allows viewing the email address, viewing only the email address domain, or a viewing fixed masked-value:+Replace a masking policy that either allows viewing the email address, viewing only the email address domain, or a fixed masked value: <blockquote>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・4行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/warehouses-adaptive+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/warehouses-adaptive@@ -82,5 +82,5 @@ You might prefer a different warehouse type when: -- **Warehouses used primarily for HTAP**, where hybrid transactional/analytical processing (HTAP)+- **Warehouses used primarily for HTAP**, where hybrid transactional/analytical processing accounts for most of the workload. Use a standard Gen2 warehouse instead of converting to Adaptive Warehouse. - **You need direct control over warehouse size and scaling policy** for predictable, everyday@@ -481,6 +481,5 @@ depends on factors like the amount of compute and software resources it uses, including the cluster sizes and additional capacity used by features like-Query Acceleration Service (QAS). You aren't charged for creating an Adaptive-warehouse: charges start when the first query runs.+Query Acceleration Service (QAS). You aren't charged for creating an Adaptive Warehouse: charges start when the first query runs. All queries running in an Adaptive Warehouse add up to the total cost of that@@ -811,5 +810,5 @@ | new_value | New value for the property. | `'ADAPTIVE'` or `'STANDARD'` | | property_filter | JSON filter on warehouse properties (for example, name pattern, size). Warehouses matching all filters are considered for update. | `'{"name": "TEST.*"}'` |-| tag_filter | JSON filter on tags. Warehouses must match all specified tags to be selected. | `'{"cost-centre": "sales"}'` |+| tag_filter | JSON filter on tags. Warehouses must match all specified tags to be selected. | `'{"cost-center": "sales"}'` | | execution_mode | Operation mode: perform the update or dry run. | `'ACTIVE'`, `'DRY_RUN'` |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-reference@@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ | `CREATE_MIRROR(...)` | Create a new mirror. Sets up the target database, apply task, and publication on the source. | | `ALTER_MIRROR(...)` | Change the refresh interval, or add/remove tables and schemas. |-| `DROP_MIRROR('<name>')` | Remove a mirror and clean up all associated infrastructure. The target database is left in place unless called with `DROP_TARGET_DATABASE => true` |+| `DROP_MIRROR('<name>')` | Remove a mirror and clean up all associated infrastructure. The target database is left in place unless called with `DROP_TARGET_DATABASE => true`. | | `DESCRIBE_MIRROR('<name>')` | Return configuration and runtime state for a single mirror, including recent apply run durations. |-| `REFRESH_MIRROR('<name>')` | Apply pending changes to a mirror immediately, and clear last_apply_time. |-| `SUSPEND_MIRROR('<name>')` | Stop scheduling new apply runs for a mirror. Existing, in-flight run finishes naturally. |+| `REFRESH_MIRROR('<name>')` | Apply pending changes to a mirror immediately and clear `last_apply_time`. |+| `SUSPEND_MIRROR('<name>')` | Stop scheduling new apply runs for a mirror. An existing, in-flight run finishes naturally. | | `RESTART_MIRROR('<name>'[, truncate_feed])` | Suspend the task, wait for any in-flight execution to finish, tell the source Postgres to RESTART the publication, then resume the task. Both modes re-snapshot all mirrored tables and rebuild `$changes` from a fresh baseline. Default (soft restart) preserves queued operations in the source-side metalog; pass `truncate_feed => TRUE` (hard restart) to truncate the metalog first. | | `LIST_MIRRORS([<instance>])` | Return one row per mirror on the given Postgres instance. Called without arguments, returns all mirrors visible to the current role. |@@ -72,4 +72,5 @@ | `postgres_schemas` | One of `postgres_tables` or `postgres_schemas` | Source schema names. All current and future tables in the schema are included. | | `refresh_interval` | No | Merge cadence. Accepted values: `'30 seconds'`, `'1 minute'`, `'10 minutes'`, `'1 hour'`, `'1 day'`. Maximum value is `'1 day'`. Default: `'10 minutes'`. |+| `target_table_type` | No | Physical format of the target tables. `SNOWFLAKE` (default) creates standard Snowflake tables. `ICEBERG` creates Snowflake-managed Iceberg tables in Snowflake-managed storage. | | `warehouse` | No | Run the apply task on this user-managed warehouse instead of serverless compute. |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-snowsight+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-snowsight@@ -146,7 +146,10 @@ CoCo supports the following models. You can use these models as long as the account has access to them. For more information, see [](#label-cortex-llm-access-control). -- Recommended: Claude Opus 4.6 (`claude-opus-4-6`)+- Recommended: Claude Opus 5 (`claude-opus-5`)+- Claude Opus 4.8 (`claude-opus-4-8`) - Claude Opus 4.7 (`claude-opus-4-7`)+- Claude Opus 4.6 (`claude-opus-4-6`) - Claude Opus 4.5 (`claude-opus-4-5`)+- Claude Sonnet 5 (`claude-sonnet-5`) - Claude Sonnet 4.6 (`claude-sonnet-4-6`) - Claude Sonnet 4.5 (`claude-sonnet-4-5`)@@ -283,5 +286,5 @@ | Use case | Example prompt | | ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| Semantic queries | "Use the @models/revenue.yaml semantic model to answer "What was revenue last month?"" |+| Semantic queries | "Use the @models/revenue.yaml semantic model to answer 'What was revenue last month?'" | | Model debugging | "Identify errors in my semantic model at @models/revenue.yaml" |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-manage+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-manage@@ -144,5 +144,5 @@ - **Cortex Search:** Provide the Cortex Search services, along with the filters, the columns and column descriptions for filterable and searchable columns, and the maximum number of results to return. - **Analytical search:** Enables the agent to run extensive analytics over large document collections, producing lists, counts, aggregates, and trends. Analytical search extends Cortex Search by orchestrating multi-index queries with configurable limits and using AISQL on the full result set. For more information, see [Analytical search](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-analytical-search).-- **Code execution:** Enable the built-in tool so the agent can run Python in a secure, isolated sandbox. No additional resources are required. See [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool).+- **[Code execution](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool):** Enable the built-in tool so the agent can run Python in a secure, isolated sandbox. No additional resources are required. - **Data to Chart:** Enable the tool so the agent can generate visualizations from data returned by other tools. No additional resources are required. - **Custom tools:** Provide the stored procedure or user-defined function (UDF) that implements your logic, along with the warehouse used to run it.@@ -192,6 +192,6 @@ </tr> <tr>- <td>Code execution (Private Preview)</td>- <td>The agent specification. See [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool).</td>+ <td>[Code execution](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool)</td>+ <td>The agent specification.</td> </tr> <tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-table+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-table@@ -954,5 +954,5 @@ policies on a table. -Use the optional ENTITY KEY parameter to define which columns uniquely identity an entity within the table. For more information, see+Use the optional ENTITY KEY parameter to define which columns uniquely identify an entity within the table. For more information, see [](/user-guide/aggregation-policies-entity-privacy). You can specify one or more entity keys for an aggregation policy. @@ -1122,5 +1122,5 @@ </blockquote> -- The definition for a table is limited to 1MB.+- The definition for a table is limited to 1 MB. - The `OR REPLACE` and `IF NOT EXISTS` clauses are mutually exclusive. They can't both be used in the same statement. - Similar to [reserved keywords](/sql-reference/reserved-keywords), ANSI-reserved function names@@ -1352,5 +1352,5 @@ - Fix forward- - Re-execute the CREATE OR ALTER TABLE statement. If the statements succeeds on the second attempt, the target+ - Re-execute the CREATE OR ALTER TABLE statement. If the statement succeeds on the second attempt, the target state is achieved. - Investigate the error message. If possible, fix the error and re-execute the CREATE OR ALTER TABLE statement.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/document-extraction+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/document-extraction@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ AI_EXTRACT can process documents of various formats in multiple languages and extract information from both text-heavy-paragraphs and content in a graphical form, such as logos, handwritten text (for example, signatures), tables, or checkmarks).+paragraphs and content in a graphical form, such as logos, handwritten text (for example, signatures), tables, or checkmarks. AI_EXTRACT can extract information in the following structured formats: @@ -34,5 +34,5 @@ ## Extraction quality -AI_EXTRACT uses `arctic-extract`, a proprietary vision based large language model (LLM) that delivers high extraction accuracy.+AI_EXTRACT uses `arctic-extract`, a proprietary vision-based large language model (LLM) that delivers high extraction accuracy. The following table presents the model's scores on various standard benchmarks, with the scores of other popular models for comparison: @@ -260,5 +260,5 @@ ### For large tables, split the document -The model for table extraction returns answers that are up to 4096 tokens long. It means that the model stops extracting when it reaches+The model for table extraction returns answers that are up to 4096 tokens long. This means that the model stops extracting when it reaches that limit. You can approach this in the following ways:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・1行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/cost+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/cost@@ -39,7 +39,11 @@ compute pool node rate. -You are not billed per request or per concurrent user — cost depends on how+You aren't billed per request or per concurrent user. Cost depends on how long the underlying compute nodes run, regardless of whether your app is handling traffic.++You pay for nodes, not instances. App Runtime packs multiple instances onto+a node when resource requests allow it, so a new node is added only when+existing ones are full. ### Billing lifecycle
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-workloads-snowflake-notebook+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-workloads-snowflake-notebook@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ 1. Launch Snowflake Notebooks. 2. Within the notebook, start a Spark session.-3. Write PySpark code to load, transform, and analyze data—such as to filter high-value customer orders or+3. Write PySpark code to load, transform, and analyze data, such as to filter high-value customer orders or aggregate revenue. @@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ If you need to add these packages, use the following steps:- 1. Under **Anaconda Packages**, type the packages name in the search box.+ 1. Under **Anaconda Packages**, type the package name in the search box. 2. Select the package name. 3. Select **Save**.@@ -84,5 +84,5 @@ 4. Select **Create**. -3. Install the `snowpark_connect` package from PyPI in the notebook, using code such as the following:+3. Install the `snowpark-connect` package from PyPI in the notebook, using code such as the following: ```bash
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/manage-dcr-users+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/manage-dcr-users@@ -65,5 +65,5 @@ - **MANAGE_DCR_COLLABORATORS:** Application role that provides access to the **Collaborators** page in the UI, where you can manage the list of approved collaborators available to clean room providers in the UI. This role does not control the list of collaborators- available to providers when using API; API users can invite anyone to collaborate. For more information, see+ available to providers when using the API; API users can invite anyone to collaborate. For more information, see [](#label-cleanrooms-get-started-add-collaborators). @@ -96,5 +96,5 @@ API access is managed using roles. The following Snowflake roles are used to access or manage the API: -- **ACCOUNTADMIN:** The role used to install or uninstall the Clean Rooms environment. This role does not include SAMOOHA_APP_ROLE; to use+- **ACCOUNTADMIN:** The role used to install or uninstall the clean rooms environment. This role does not include SAMOOHA_APP_ROLE; to use the API, you must use SAMOOHA_APP_ROLE. - **SAMOOHA_APP_ROLE:** This role grants [full permission](#label-dcr-grant-full-api-access) to the clean rooms API in this account. (This role is used by the clean rooms UI to communicate with the API.)@@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ 1. A user who can grant the SAMOOHA_APP_ROLE role creates a new role, and assigns limited functionality to that role. The role must also- be granted USAGE to any warehouses that they will use to access the clean rooms.+ be granted USAGE on any warehouses that they will use to access the clean rooms. ```sql -- Create the role.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-database-role+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-database-role@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/grant-privilege), [](/sql-reference/sql/grant-database-role) , [](/sql-reference/sql/grant-ownership) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-database-role) , [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-database-role) ,+[](/sql-reference/sql/grant-privilege), [](/sql-reference/sql/grant-database-role), [](/sql-reference/sql/grant-ownership), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-database-role), [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-database-role), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-database-roles), [](/sql-reference/sql/create-clone) @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ <dd> -Specifies the identifier (i.e. name) for the database role; must be unique in the database in which the role is created.+Specifies the identifier (that is, the name) for the database role; must be unique in the database in which the role is created. The identifier must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the entire identifier-string is enclosed in double quotes (e.g. `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive.+string is enclosed in double quotes (for example, `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive. If the identifier is not fully qualified in the form of <code className="samp"><em>db_name</em>.<em>database_role_name</em></code>, the command creates the database role
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/stored-procedures/system_create_semantic_view_from_osi_yaml+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/stored-procedures/system_create_semantic_view_from_osi_yaml@@ -6,5 +6,5 @@ Creates a [semantic view](/user-guide/views-semantic/overview) from a semantic model specification written in-[Apache Ossie (incubating)](https://github.com/apache/ossie) YAML format.+[Open Semantic Interchange (OSI)](https://github.com/apache/ossie) YAML format. OSI is an open standard for representing semantic models that enables interoperability across AI and BI tools.@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@ If the specification contains quotes, backslashes, or newlines, you can use a-[dollar-quoted string constant](#label-dollar-quoted-string-constants) for this argument.+[dollar-quoted string constant](/sql-reference/data-types-text#label-dollar-quoted-string-constants) for this argument. </dd>@@ -215,5 +215,5 @@ is preserved in the view's extension metadata. -If the name of the database or schema is a [double-quoted identifier](#label-delimited-identifier) (for example, if the name+If the name of the database or schema is a [double-quoted identifier](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax#label-delimited-identifier) (for example, if the name contains spaces), you must include double quotes around the name. For example:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/java-runtime-support-policy+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/java-runtime-support-policy@@ -5,5 +5,5 @@ - [](/developer-guide/stored-procedure/java/procedure-java-overview) -Going forward, Snowflake intends to support new LTS Java runtimes within 1 year of their+Going forward, Snowflake intends to support new LTS Java runtimes within one year of their [first official release](https://adoptium.net/support/). @@ -19,5 +19,5 @@ End-of-Availability schedule of [Adoptium Temurin](https://adoptium.net/support/) %trade%. -This process involves three aspects: a publication of the deprecation date, a deprecation period, and a target decommission date.+This process involves three aspects: the deprecation announcement, a deprecation period, and a target decommission date. The deprecation date posted below indicates the start of the deprecation period and the expected decommission date. @@ -57,5 +57,5 @@ During the deprecation period, Snowflake will no longer apply security patches or other updates to the runtime. You can continue to use-the runtime but you should mainly aim to use this time to migrate any functions that still use the deprecated runtime to a more up-to-date+the runtime, but you should use this time to migrate any functions that still use the deprecated runtime to a more up-to-date runtime. Note that functions that use a deprecated runtime are not eligible for technical support.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/README+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/README@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@ Snowflake's recommended way of migrating data warehouses is through the [%migration-skill%](/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/overview). Its CoCo-powered orchestration greatly accelerates the overall time it takes to complete a migration. -However, if you want full control, you can directly utilize the underlying SnowConvert engine that the %migration-skill% invokes via a command line interface. Please be aware that there is no AI-powered orchestration available via this method. You will be responsible for driving and managing the overall migration.+However, if you want full control, you can directly utilize the underlying SnowConvert engine that the %migration-skill% invokes via a command line interface. There's no AI-powered orchestration available via this method. You will be responsible for driving and managing the overall migration. That said, as long as your Snowflake account is CoCo-enabled, you can still take advantage of AI capabilities such as AI-assisted conversions.@@ -142,5 +142,5 @@ | macOS | [Apple Silicon](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/darwin_arm64/prod/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-darwin-arm64.pkg) | | macOS | [Intel](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/darwin_x64/prod/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-darwin-x64.pkg) |-| Linux | [arm64 .pkg](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/linux/prod/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-linux-arm64.rpm) |+| Linux | [arm64 .rpm](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/linux/prod/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-linux-arm64.rpm) | | Linux | [arm64 .deb](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/linux/prod/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-linux-arm64.deb) | | Linux | [x64 .rpm](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/linux/prod/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-linux-x64.rpm) |@@ -157,5 +157,5 @@ | macOS | [Apple Silicon](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/darwin_arm64/beta/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-darwin-arm64-beta.pkg) | | macOS | [Intel](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/darwin_x64/beta/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-darwin-x64-beta.pkg) |-| Linux | [arm64 .pkg](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/linux/beta/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-linux-arm64-beta.rpm) |+| Linux | [arm64 .rpm](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/linux/beta/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-linux-arm64-beta.rpm) | | Linux | [arm64 .deb](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/linux/beta/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-linux-arm64-beta.deb) | | Linux | [x64 .rpm](https://snowconvert.snowflake.com/storage/linux/beta/cli/snowflake-scai-cli-linux-x64-beta.rpm) |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/quick-start+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/quick-start@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ ## Quick start for %migration-skill% ### Prerequisites-Please ensure the following are installed on your platform:+Ensure the following are installed on your platform: 1. <a href="https://www.python.org/downloads" target="_blank">Python</a> 2. <a href="https://git-scm.com/install" target="_blank">Git</a> 3. <a href="/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-cli" target="_blank">Snowflake CoCo CLI</a> ### Start a migration-1. Create a new directory / folder for your migration project-2. Open a terminal / shell, go to your project directory and issue the following command:+1. Create a new directory or folder for your migration project+2. Open a terminal, go to your project directory, and run the following command: ```shell cortex
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/version-history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/version-history@@ -635,5 +635,5 @@ - Fixed textareas clamped to one line under Angular Material 21. -<a id="label-runtime-extensions-2026-7-23-9"></a>+<a id="label-runtime-extensions-2026-7-23-16"></a> ### Runtime Extensions 2026.7.23.16@@ -2542,5 +2542,5 @@ - Security patches and dependency upgrades.-- Preparing for replacement of Nginx as the ingress controller for BYOC runtime traffic+- Preparing for replacement of Nginx as the ingress controller for BYOC runtime traffic. <a id="label-runtime-server-2026-3-17-13"></a>@@ -3758,5 +3758,5 @@ ## October 24, 2025 -<a id="label-control-plane-code-0-86-0"></a>+<a id="label-control-plane-core-0-86-0"></a> ### Control Plane Core 0.86.0
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ - [](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-coding-agent) -The Cortex Agent code execution is a built-in tool that enables an agent to execute code during a conversation. With access to a code execution tool enabled, your agents can execute scripts to process data, perform calculations, and produce visualizations. By default, the code execution tool runs in a sandboxed, isolated environment that can only access data in the current agent session.+The Cortex Agent code execution tool is a built-in tool that enables an agent to execute code during a conversation. With access to a code execution tool enabled, your agents can execute scripts to process data, perform calculations, and produce visualizations. By default, the code execution tool runs in a sandboxed, isolated environment that can only access data in the current agent session. You enable the code execution tool by configuring it in an agent specification. The agent then decides during orchestration when to generate and run code based on the user's query. The code execution tool is also used when executing Python scripts as part of an agent skill.@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ These two tool types are **mutually exclusive** — you cannot include both in a single request. Specifying both returns an error. -## How the code execution works+## How the code execution tool works -The agent uses the code execution alongside other configured tools and skills. During orchestration, the agent evaluates the user's query and determines whether code execution is the best approach. If so, the agent invokes the code execution tool.+The agent uses the code execution tool alongside other configured tools and skills. During orchestration, the agent evaluates the user's query and determines whether code execution is the best approach. If so, the agent invokes the code execution tool. The agent then generates code and executes it in a secure sandbox. By default, the code execution tool environment is isolated and can only access data passed into the session, plus the workspace stage mounted into the sandbox.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-share+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-share@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # CREATE SHARE -Provider sharing is enabled by default for most, but not all accounts.+Provider sharing is enabled by default for most, but not all, accounts. If you encounter errors when attempting to share data with consumers, the feature may not be enabled for your account. To inquire@@ -18,5 +18,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/drop-share) , [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-share) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-shares) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-share)+[](/sql-reference/sql/drop-share), [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-share), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-shares), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-share) </dd>@@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ In addition, the identifier must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the entire-identifier string is enclosed in double quotes (e.g. `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive.+identifier string is enclosed in double quotes (for example, `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive. For more details, see [](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(5行追加・1行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring@@ -52,5 +52,9 @@ `VARCHAR`, `BINARY`, or `VARIANT` types. Arrays and composite types are surfaced as Snowflake `ARRAY` and `OBJECT`. See the [Type mapping reference](/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-data-mirroring-type-mapping) for the full mapping.-- **Schema evolution.** Schema changes such as adding or removing columns from a mirrored Postgres schema appear in Snowflake without reconfiguring the mirror.+- **Schema evolution.** Schema changes and DDL like columns added to or removed from a mirrored schema on Postgres+ appear in Snowflake without reconfiguring the mirror.+- **Iceberg target tables.** Mirror into Snowflake-managed Iceberg tables instead of native Snowflake tables by+ setting `target_table_type => 'ICEBERG'` on `CREATE_MIRROR`. Iceberg targets use Snowflake-managed storage:+ no external catalog or external storage is required. - **Queryable 7-day change feed.** Every mirrored table has a `$changes` companion that exposes inserts, updates, and deletes for the last 7 days, queryable from both Snowflake and Postgres.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/ai-audio+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/ai-audio@@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ Under the hood, AI_TRANSCRIBE orchestrates optimized AI models for transcription and speaker diarization, processing audio files of up to two hours in length. AI_TRANSCRIBE is horizontally scalable, allowing-efficient batch processing by processing multiple files at the same time. Audio can be processed directly from+efficient batch processing of multiple files at the same time. Audio can be processed directly from object storage to avoid unnecessary data movement. By default, AI_TRANSCRIBE converts audio files to clean, readable text. You can also specify a timestamp granularity to extract timestamps for each word or change of speaker. Word-level timestamps are useful for applications such as subtitles-or for letting the user to jump to specific parts of the audio by clicking words in the transcript. Speaker-level timestamps+or for letting the user jump to specific parts of the audio by clicking words in the transcript. Speaker-level timestamps are useful for understanding who said what in meetings, interviews, or phone calls. @@ -514,5 +514,5 @@ ### Video transcript analysis -The following example transcribes a [video file](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QEQZs8SLhQE) stored in the `podcast_videos_S3` stage,+The following example transcribes a [video file](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QEQZs8SLhQE) stored in the `podcast_videos_S3` stage: ```sql
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/native-apps/project-definitions+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/native-apps/project-definitions@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@ <a id="label-native-apps-project-definition"></a> -A project definition file called `snowflake.yml` declares a directory as a %native-app% project. It is a version-controlled file that resides at the root of a %native-app% project directory and can either be created manually or by %sf-cli% as part of project initialization. As long as you can provide this structured file in the directory but choose to use your own independent project structure, %sf-cli% can discover the relevant files and carry out its functionality as usual.+A project definition file called `snowflake.yml` declares a directory as a %native-app% project. It is a version-controlled file that resides at the root of a %native-app% project directory and can either be created manually or by %sf-cli% as part of project initialization. As long as you provide this structured file in the directory, you can use your own independent project structure and %sf-cli% can discover the relevant files and carry out its functionality as usual. For Native Apps, your `snowflake.yml` would look similar to the following:@@ -90,5 +90,5 @@ <td> -Optional Snowflake identifier for the entity, both unquoted and quoted identifiers are supported. To use quoted identifiers, include the surrounding quotes in the YAML value (e.g. `’”My Native Application Package”’`).+Optional Snowflake identifier for the entity, both unquoted and quoted identifiers are supported. To use quoted identifiers, include the surrounding quotes in the YAML value (for example, `’”My Native Application Package”’`). If not specified, the entity ID in the project definition is used as the identifier.@@ -106,5 +106,5 @@ <td> -Warehouse used to run the scripts provided as part of `meta.post_deploy`, if any SQL commands within these scripts require use of warehouse.+Warehouse used to run the scripts provided as part of `meta.post_deploy`, if any SQL commands within these scripts require use of a warehouse. Default: Warehouse specified for the connection in the %sf-cli% `config.toml` file.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-udfs+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-udfs@@ -51,5 +51,5 @@ Both approaches create the same underlying Snowflake function. The difference is how you invoke it:-`add_one(df["value"])` in DataFrame expressions vs. `add_one_sql(value)` in SQL strings.+`add_one(df["value"])` in DataFrame expressions versus `add_one_sql(value)` in SQL strings. ### User-defined table functions@@ -423,5 +423,5 @@ Both approaches create the same underlying Snowflake function. The difference is how you invoke it:-`addOne(col("value"))` in DataFrame expressions vs. `add_one(value)` in SQL strings.+`addOne(col("value"))` in DataFrame expressions versus `add_one(value)` in SQL strings. <a id="label-snowpark-connect-java-udfs-jvm"></a>@@ -469,5 +469,5 @@ Both approaches create the same underlying Snowflake function. The difference is how you invoke it:-`addOne.apply(col("value"))` in DataFrame expressions vs. `add_one(value)` in SQL strings.+`addOne.apply(col("value"))` in DataFrame expressions versus `add_one(value)` in SQL strings. #### Class discovery and artifact upload
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/google-drive/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/google-drive/setup@@ -307,5 +307,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -319,5 +319,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>@@ -548,5 +548,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code@@ -24,5 +24,5 @@ - **SQL and Python Notebook authoring:** Generate code from natural language or explain and optimize existing queries.-- **Account administration:** Take actions and answer questions about credit consumption, query performance, governance and user permissions.+- **Account administration:** Take actions and answer questions about credit consumption, query performance, governance, and user permissions. - **Within Workspaces:** - **Context awareness:** CoCo knows which SQL file or notebook you are currently viewing and uses that as background context for its answers.@@ -143,5 +143,5 @@ - **Subscription:** Individual developers who sign up at [signup.snowflake.com/cortex-code](https://signup.snowflake.com/cortex-code) start with a free trial that includes a fixed amount of CoCo CLI usage. The trial is valid for 30 days from- the date of sign-up. After the trial period ends, the account converts to a paid subscription unless cancelled. The+ the date of sign-up. After the trial period ends, the account converts to a paid subscription unless canceled. The subscription includes a fixed monthly amount of CoCo CLI usage. If you exceed the included usage, CoCo CLI is unavailable until the next billing period.@@ -161,5 +161,5 @@ - **Subscription:** Individual developers who sign up at [signup.snowflake.com/cortex-code](https://signup.snowflake.com/cortex-code) start with a free trial that includes a fixed amount of CoCo Desktop usage. The trial is valid for 30 days from- the date of sign-up. After the trial period ends, the account converts to a paid subscription unless cancelled. The+ the date of sign-up. After the trial period ends, the account converts to a paid subscription unless canceled. The subscription includes a fixed monthly amount of CoCo Desktop usage. If you exceed the included usage, CoCo Desktop is unavailable until the next billing period.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/access-control+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/access-control@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ To delegate view, operate, or monitor access to other roles, deploy the-Application Service to a standard database and schema. We recommend configuring-the destination through+Application Service to a standard database and schema. Configure the destination+through [account administrator setup](/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/account-admin-setup)-before deploy, or explicitly in your `snowflake.yml` identifier.+before deploying, or explicitly in your `snowflake.yml` identifier. <a id="label-snowflake-app-runtime-access-control-execute-as-role"></a>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(4行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/bcr-bundles/2026_06/bcr-2362+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/bcr-bundles/2026_06/bcr-2362@@ -92,8 +92,10 @@ account representative to request early opt-in for the dbt project object live version feature. Once either is in place, you can migrate individual objects to the live version using-`SYSTEM$MIGRATE_DBT_PROJECT(<object name>)`.+`SYSTEM$MIGRATE_DBT_PROJECT(<object name>)`. Calling this function requires the+[OWNERSHIP](/user-guide/security-access-control-privileges) privilege on the dbt project object. If you encounter issues after migrating an object, you can revert it to the previous versioned object-using `SYSTEM$DEMIGRATE_DBT_PROJECT(<object name>)`.+using `SYSTEM$DEMIGRATE_DBT_PROJECT(<object name>)`. That function also requires the OWNERSHIP+privilege on the dbt project object. When the bundle is fully enabled, any remaining dbt project objects that still use the previous
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/automatic_clustering_history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/automatic_clustering_history@@ -3,5 +3,5 @@ <dd> -[Information Schema](#label-info-schema-functions) , [](/sql-reference/functions-table)+[Information Schema](#label-info-schema-functions), [](/sql-reference/functions-table) </dd>@@ -65,5 +65,5 @@ -- When calling an Information Schema table function, the session must have an INFORMATION_SCHEMA schema in use <span className="emph">or</span> the function name must be fully-qualified. For more details, see+- When calling an Information Schema table function, the session must have an INFORMATION_SCHEMA schema in use <span className="emph">or</span> the function name must be fully qualified. For more details, see [](/sql-reference/info-schema). - The history is displayed in increments of 1 hour.@@ -102,5 +102,5 @@ <td>TABLE_NAME</td> <td>TEXT</td>- <td>Name of the table. Displays NULL if no table name is specified in the function, in which case either row includes the totals for all tables in use within the time range.</td>+ <td>Name of the table. Displays NULL if no table name is specified in the function, in which case each row includes the totals for all tables in use within the time range.</td> </tr> <tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-network-rule+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-network-rule@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-network-rule) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-network-rule) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-network-rules) ,+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-network-rule), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-network-rule), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-network-rules), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-network-rule) @@ -61,5 +61,5 @@ The identifier value must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the entire identifier-string is enclosed in double quotes (e.g. `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are case-sensitive.+string is enclosed in double quotes (for example, `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are case-sensitive. For more details, see [](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax).@@ -333,5 +333,5 @@ TYPE = IPV4 VALUE_LIST = ('47.88.25.32/27')- COMMENT ='cloud egress ip range';+ COMMENT = 'cloud egress ip range'; ```
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(3行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-schema+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-schema@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-schema) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-schema) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-schema) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-schemas) , [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-schema)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-schema), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-schema), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-schema), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-schemas), [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-schema) </dd>@@ -182,5 +182,5 @@ <dd> -Ignore hybrid tables, which will not be cloned. Use this option to clone a schema that contains hybrid tables.+Ignore hybrid tables, which are not cloned. Use this option to clone a schema that contains hybrid tables. The cloned schema includes other objects but skips hybrid tables. @@ -639,5 +639,5 @@ <td> -The required privileges depends on whether the source schema is managed or unmanaged:+The required privileges depend on whether the source schema is managed or unmanaged: - Managed: OWNERSHIP on the source schema.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・3行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-sequence+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-sequence@@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/drop-sequence) , [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-sequence) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-sequences) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-sequence)+[](/sql-reference/sql/drop-sequence), [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-sequence), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-sequences), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-sequence) </dd>@@ -63,5 +63,5 @@ In addition, the identifier must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the-entire identifier string is enclosed in double quotes (e.g. `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also+entire identifier string is enclosed in double quotes (for example, `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive. @@ -215,5 +215,4 @@ ```sql-_1 CREATE OR REPLACE SEQUENCE seq_01 START = 1 INCREMENT = 1; CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE sequence_test_table (i INTEGER);
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/hubspot/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/hubspot/setup@@ -194,5 +194,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -206,5 +206,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/supported-queries+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/supported-queries@@ -569,6 +569,6 @@ <blockquote> -- Incremental dynamic tables support majority of access and row masking policies on the base tables.- Non-deterministic policies (e.g. with subqueries) and policies looking up data from tables are only supported+- Incremental dynamic tables support most access and row masking policies on the base tables.+ Non-deterministic policies (for example, with subqueries) and policies that look up data from tables are only supported when the dynamic table refresh role is explicitly allowed access. Previously, only [](/sql-reference/functions/current_role) and [](/sql-reference/functions/is_role_in_session) were supported
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-quality-ui-monitor+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-quality-ui-monitor@@ -124,5 +124,5 @@ ## Drill down into DMF results -Each row under **Quality Dimensions** shows the most current results of the DMF and a seven day trend of results. To drill down into these+Each row under **Quality Dimensions** shows the most current results of the DMF and a seven-day trend of results. To drill down into these results, select a row to open a side panel. The following describes the elements of this side panel. @@ -173,5 +173,5 @@ Displays the objects that are [downstream](#label-lineage-upstream-downstream) in the lineage of the object with which the DMF is associated. If there is a data quality issue, you can determine what other objects are possibly affected. The contents of the section-depends on whether the DMF accepts a single argument (like system DMFs) or whether it accepts multiple arguments.+depend on whether the DMF accepts a single argument (like system DMFs) or whether it accepts multiple arguments. - If the DMF accepts one column as an argument, Snowflake checks whether the downstream object contains data from that column. For
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/mysql/maintenance+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/mysql/maintenance@@ -96,5 +96,5 @@ ### Check whether the 128 MB limit is available -You may not be able to verify the `ENABLE_OPENFLOW_CDC_MYSQL_SSV2` parameter value by querying it. To check if it is enabled, see if the FlowFiles flow through **Upload Rows via Snowpipe Streaming 2** processor (not through **Upload Rows via Snowpipe Streaming**).+You may not be able to verify the `ENABLE_OPENFLOW_CDC_MYSQL_SSV2` parameter value by querying it. To check if it is enabled, see if the FlowFiles flow through the **Upload Rows via Snowpipe Streaming 2** processor (not through **Upload Rows via Snowpipe Streaming**). ### Configure the processors@@ -285,5 +285,5 @@ This section provides instructions on how to reinstall the connector, and continue replicating data for the same tables without having to snapshot them again.-It covers situations where the new connector is installed in the same runtime, as well as moved to a new runtime.+It covers situations where the new connector is installed in the same runtime, as well as those where it's moved to a new runtime. For the connector to continue replicating from the same CDC stream position where it stopped before reinstallation,
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/streamlit/object-management/security+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/streamlit/object-management/security@@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ mapping visualizations. -- For warehouse runtimes which use conda to manage dependencies, you must accept the Anaconda terms to use Mapbox.+- For warehouse runtimes that use conda to manage dependencies, you must accept the Anaconda terms to use Mapbox. For more information, see [](#label-python-udfs-anaconda-terms). - Loading images or media from external domains is supported in %sis%, but not in %naf%.@@ -95,5 +95,5 @@ you can use the more specific APP_SERVICE_PUBLIC_WILDCARD entry from [](/sql-reference/functions/system_allowlist). - For Streamlit apps using container runtimes on accounts where- [ENABLE_PER_ACCOUNT_APP_SERVICE_URL](#label-ENABLE-PER-ACCOUNT-APP-SERVICE-URL) is false,+ [ENABLE_PER_ACCOUNT_APP_SERVICE_URL](#label-ENABLE-PER-ACCOUNT-APP-SERVICE-URL) is `FALSE`, also add `*.snowflakecomputing.app` to your network allowlist. - Ensure WebSockets are not blocked in your network configuration.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/instance-families-gcp+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-container-services/instance-families-gcp@@ -90,6 +90,6 @@ | --------------------- | ---- | ------------ | ----------------- | ---------------------- | ------------- | ---------------------------- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | GPU_A100_G1_12 | 10 | 77 | 100 | 10.0 | 1 NVIDIA A100 | 40 | On Request | Only available in us-central1 and europe-west4 |-| GPU_A100_G1_48 | 44 | 324 | 100 | 50.0 | 4 NVIDIA A100 | 160 | On Request | Only available in us-central1 and europe-west5 |-| GPU_GCP_NV_A100_8_40G | 92 | 654 | 100 | 100.0 | 8 NVIDIA A100 | 40 | On Request | Available only in us-central1 and europe-west4 |+| GPU_A100_G1_48 | 44 | 324 | 100 | 50.0 | 4 NVIDIA A100 | 160 | On Request | Only available in us-central1 and europe-west4 |+| GPU_GCP_NV_A100_8_40G | 92 | 654 | 100 | 100.0 | 8 NVIDIA A100 | 320 | On Request | Only available in us-central1 and europe-west4 | </div>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/controllers/hazelcastmapcacheclient+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/controllers/hazelcastmapcacheclient@@ -20,5 +20,5 @@ ## Description -An implementation of DistributedMapCacheClient that uses Hazelcast as the backing cache. This service relies on another controller service, manages the actual Hazelcast calls, set in Hazelcast Cache Manager.+An implementation of DistributedMapCacheClient that uses Hazelcast as the backing cache. This service relies on another controller service that manages the actual Hazelcast calls, set in the Hazelcast Cache Manager property. ## Tags@@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ <td>5 min</td> <td></td>- <td>Indicates how long the written entries should exist in Hazelcast. Setting it to '0 secs' means that the datawill exists until its deletion or until the Hazelcast server is shut down. Using _EmbeddedHazelcastCacheManager_ ascache manager will not provide policies to limit the size of the cache.</td>+ <td>Indicates how long the written entries should exist in Hazelcast. Setting it to '0 secs' means that the data will exist until its deletion or until the Hazelcast server is shut down. Using _EmbeddedHazelcastCacheManager_ as cache manager will not provide policies to limit the size of the cache.</td> </tr> </tbody>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/add-packages+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/add-packages@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ For information about creating an `environment.yml` file that includes your new packages, see-[Manage packages by using the environment.yml file](#label-streamlit-install-packages-wh-environment-yaml)+[Manage packages by using the environment.yml file](#label-streamlit-install-packages-wh-environment-yaml). You can only install packages listed in the [Snowflake Anaconda Channel](https://repo.anaconda.com/pkgs/snowflake/).-Streamlit in Snowflake does not support external Anaconda channels.+Notebooks in declarative sharing don't support external Anaconda channels. Use the PUT command to upload your `environment.yml` file from your local machine to the application package stage. The `environment.yml` file must be in the same directory on the stage as the notebook file it configures.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tables-clustering-keys+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tables-clustering-keys@@ -116,5 +116,5 @@ 1. Cluster columns that are most actively used in selective filters. For many fact tables involved in date-based- queries (for example "WHERE invoice_date > x AND invoice date <= y"), choosing the date column is a good idea.+ queries (for example "WHERE invoice_date > x AND invoice_date <= y"), choosing the date column is a good idea. For event tables, event type might be a good choice, if there are a large number of different event types. (If your table has only a small number of different event types, then see the comments on cardinality below before choosing@@ -152,5 +152,5 @@ total number of days, which typically produces much better pruning results. -As another example, you can truncate a number to fewer significant digits by using the `TRUNC` functions and a+As another example, you can truncate a number to fewer significant digits by using the `TRUNC` function and a negative value for the scale (e.g. `TRUNC(123456789, -5)`).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-environment-setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-environment-setup@@ -16,5 +16,5 @@ For setup instructions, see the following topics: -- [Install Snowpark Connect using Snowpark package](#label-snowpark-connect-local-ide-install)-- [Running Java or Scala workloads](#label-snowpark-connect-execute-jar-cli)+- [Install Snowpark Connect using the Snowpark package](#label-snowpark-connect-local-ide-install)+- [Run Java or Scala workloads](#label-snowpark-connect-execute-jar-cli) - [](/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-snowflake-workspaces)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_read_osi_yaml_from_semantic_view+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_read_osi_yaml_from_semantic_view@@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ Reads an existing [semantic view](/user-guide/views-semantic/overview) and returns its definition as an-[Apache Ossie (incubating)](https://github.com/apache/ossie) YAML document.+[Open Semantic Interchange (OSI)](https://github.com/apache/ossie) YAML document. OSI is an open standard for representing semantic models that enables interoperability across AI and BI tools.@@ -26,5 +26,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/stored-procedures/system_create_semantic_view_from_osi_yaml) ,+[](/sql-reference/stored-procedures/system_create_semantic_view_from_osi_yaml), [](/sql-reference/functions/system_read_yaml_from_semantic_view)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_get_privatelink_endpoints_info+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_get_privatelink_endpoints_info@@ -208,5 +208,5 @@ <blockquote> -List all PrivateLink endpoints with external access to Amazon S3, execute the following SQL statement:+To list all PrivateLink endpoints with external access to Amazon S3, execute the following SQL statement: </blockquote>@@ -265,5 +265,5 @@ </blockquote> -**Google Cloud**+**Google Cloud:** <blockquote>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-jvm-reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-jvm-reference@@ -235,6 +235,6 @@ ### getOrCreate -Returns a `SparkSession` connected to a %spconnect% server. Delegates to the OSS-`SparkSession.Builder.getOrCreate()` which caches sessions by connection configuration.+Returns a `SparkSession` connected to a %spconnect% server. Delegates to the open source+`SparkSession.Builder.getOrCreate()`, which caches sessions by connection configuration. ```java
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/ai_extract+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/ai_extract@@ -176,5 +176,5 @@ - Use the `description` field to provide context to the model; for example, to help the model localize the right table in a document. You can enter the column header name,- or describe the column in other way.+ or describe the column in another way. - Use the `column_ordering` field to specify the order of all columns in the extracted table. The `column_ordering` field is case-sensitive and must match the column names defined in the `properties` field. The order should reflect the order of the columns in the document.@@ -531,5 +531,5 @@ ## Usage notes -- AI_EXTRACT is optimized for documents both digital-born and scanned.+- AI_EXTRACT is optimized for both digital-born and scanned documents. - You can't use both `text` and `file` parameters simultaneously in the same function call. - You can either ask questions in natural language or describe information to be extracted (such as city, street, ZIP code); for example:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/security-access-control-privileges+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/security-access-control-privileges@@ -859,5 +859,5 @@ <tr> <td>MANAGE ORGANIZATION USER GROUPS</td>- <td>Grants the ability to manage [organization user groups](#label-org-users-groups).</td>+ <td>Grants the ability to manage [organization user groups](#label-org-users-groups).</td> <td>Must be granted by the GLOBALORGADMIN role in the organization account.</td> </tr>@@ -3526,5 +3526,5 @@ <tr> <td>MONITOR</td>- <td>Enables viewing compute pool usage (number of services and jobs running), properties, and listing compute pool in the account for which the role has access privileges.</td>+ <td>Enables viewing compute pool usage (number of services and jobs running), properties, and listing compute pools in the account for which the role has access privileges.</td> </tr> <tr>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-terraform+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-terraform@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@ You can use the [Snowflake Terraform provider](/user-guide/terraform) to create, update, and-destroy Snowflake Postgres instances as infrastructure as code. The provider includes a+destroy Snowflake Postgres instances using infrastructure as code. The provider includes a `snowflake_postgres_instance` resource for managing the full instance lifecycle. @@ -62,5 +62,5 @@ Postgres instance operations can take several minutes. Always include a `timeouts` block with-values of at least 10 minutes for create and delete. For instances with high availability+values of at least 10 minutes for create, update, and delete. For instances with high availability enabled, you may need even more time.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/demo-flows/snowpark+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/demo-flows/snowpark@@ -185,5 +185,5 @@ 1. Create the service spec, code, and the endpoints that handle processing requests.-2. Create an image repository and grant access to SAMOOHA_APP_ROLE to that repository.+2. Create an image repository and grant SAMOOHA_APP_ROLE access to that repository. 3. Capture the repository URL for the next step. 4. Build and upload the image to the repository URL.@@ -243,5 +243,5 @@ 4. Start the service by calling `samooha_by_snowflake_local_db.consumer.start_or_update_service`, passing in the clean room name, the compute pool name, and the warehouse name (if a warehouse is used).-5. Examine the available endpoints to the service by running <code className="samp">SHOW ENDPOINTS IN SERVICE SAMOOHA_CLEANROOM_APP_<em>clean_room_name</em>.services.service;</code>+5. Examine the available endpoints of the service by running <code className="samp">SHOW ENDPOINTS IN SERVICE SAMOOHA_CLEANROOM_APP_<em>clean_room_name</em>.services.service;</code> 6. When the service is up and running, you can begin to run any clean room templates that access service endpoints by calling `consumer.run_analysis` in the standard way.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-application-role+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-application-role@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ Application roles are implicitly granted to the application owner WITH GRANT OPTION. The-application owner may grant these roles to account level roles, providing access to the+application owner may grant these roles to account-level roles, providing access to the objects that are owned by the application. @@ -80,5 +80,5 @@ The identifier must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the entire identifier-string is enclosed in double quotes (e.g. `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive.+string is enclosed in double quotes (for example, `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive. If the identifier is not fully qualified, in the form of <code className="samp"><em>application_name</em>.<em>application_role_name</em></code>, the command creates the
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-file-format+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-file-format@@ -134,5 +134,5 @@ The identifier value must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the entire identifier-string is enclosed in double quotes (e.g. `"My object"`), Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive.+string is enclosed in double quotes (for example, `"My object"`). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive. For more details, see [](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax).@@ -3018,5 +3018,5 @@ - Conflicting file format values in a SQL statement produce an error. A conflict occurs when the same option is specified multiple times- with different values (e.g. `...TYPE = 'CSV' ... TYPE = 'JSON'...`).+ with different values (for example, `...TYPE = 'CSV' ... TYPE = 'JSON'...`). - Regarding metadata:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/demo-flows/custom-code+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/demo-flows/custom-code@@ -122,5 +122,5 @@ </div> -- Code uploaded by either party (provider or consumer) can be run templates submitted by either party.+- Code uploaded by either party (provider or consumer) can be run by templates submitted by either party. - A template can call function A or function B, but not A1, A2, B1, or B2. - Function A can call function B, and the reverse.@@ -167,5 +167,5 @@ ### Overview -Here is a high level view of how a provider adds code to a clean room:+Here is a high-level view of how a provider adds code to a clean room: 1. The provider creates and configures the clean room in the normal way.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-network-policy+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-network-policy@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ - [](#label-create-or-alter-network-policy-syntax): Creates a network policy if it doesn't exist or alters an existing network policy. -Only security administrators (i.e. users with the SECURITYADMIN role) or higher <span className="emph">or</span> a role with the global CREATE NETWORK POLICY+Only security administrators (that is, users with the SECURITYADMIN role) or higher <span className="emph">or</span> a role with the global CREATE NETWORK POLICY privilege can create network policies. @@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-network-policy) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-network-policy) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-network-policies) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-network-policy)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-network-policy), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-network-policy), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-network-policies), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-network-policy) [](/sql-reference/sql/alter-account)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-tag+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-tag@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-tag) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-tags) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-tag) , [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-tag)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-tag), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-tags), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-tag), [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-tag) </dd>@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ The identifier value must start with an alphabetic character and cannot contain spaces or special characters unless the entire-identifier string is enclosed in double quotes (e.g. "My object"). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive.+identifier string is enclosed in double quotes (for example, "My object"). Identifiers enclosed in double quotes are also case-sensitive. For more details, see [](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/connector-activation+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/connector-activation@@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ You must have the MANAGE_DCR_CONNECTORS role to configure this connector. -To configure the connector so that your clean environment is integrated with your Google Ads account:+To configure the connector so that your clean room environment is integrated with your Google Ads account: 1. In the left navigation of the clean rooms UI, select **Connectors**.@@ -89,5 +89,5 @@ You must have the MANAGE_DCR_CONNECTORS role to configure this connector. -To configure the connector so that your clean environment is integrated with your Meta Ads Manager account:+To configure the connector so that your clean room environment is integrated with your Meta Ads Manager account: 1. In the left navigation of the clean rooms UI, select **Connectors**.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/organization-usage/automatic_clustering_history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/organization-usage/automatic_clustering_history@@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ is used for querying the [](/user-guide/tables-auto-reclustering) history for your organization's tables within a specified date range. The information-returned by the function includes the credits consumed, bytes updated, and rows-updated each time a table is reclustered. Use the VERSION column to distinguish+returned by the view includes the credits consumed, bytes reclustered, and rows+reclustered each time a table is reclustered. Use the VERSION column to distinguish Optima Clustering (`OPTIMA`) from Clustering Classic (`CLASSIC`).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-desktop/onboarding-and-authentication+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-desktop/onboarding-and-authentication@@ -215,5 +215,5 @@ | `database` | Default database. | | `schema` | Default schema. |-| `client_store_temporary_credential` | Cache OAuth/SSO tokens so you don't re-sign-in each launch. |+| `client_store_temporary_credential` | Cache OAuth/SSO tokens so you don't have to sign in again on each launch. | ## Credential security@@ -251,5 +251,5 @@ - **Use OAuth or SSO** for the most secure sign-in experience: no passwords stored on disk.-- **Enable credential caching** (`client_store_temporary_credential = true`) so you don't re-sign-in every launch.+- **Enable credential caching** (`client_store_temporary_credential = true`) so you don't have to sign in again on every launch. - **Set a default warehouse** (during setup, from the connection menu, or in `connections.toml`) to avoid errors when running queries. - **Name connections descriptively** (for example, `prod-analytics`, `dev-sandbox`) so they're easy to pick from the dropdown.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-mcp+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-mcp@@ -123,5 +123,5 @@ | `-e, --env <KEY=value>` | Set an environment variable for the subprocess (`stdio` only). Repeatable. | | `-H, --header <Header: value>` | Set an HTTP header (`http` and `sse` only). Repeatable. |-| `--timeout <ms>` | Connection timeout in milliseconds. |+| `--timeout <ms>` | Tool call timeout in milliseconds. | Common examples:@@ -333,5 +333,5 @@ ``` -Tool results are capped at 50 KB. If a tool returns more data, the output is truncated and CoCo appends a notice to the truncation point.+Tool results are capped at 50 KB. If a tool returns more data, the output is truncated and CoCo appends a notice at the truncation point. <a id="label-mcp-sample-configs"></a>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions-semistructured+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions-semistructured@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ - Parsing JSON and XML data. - Creating and manipulating [ARRAYs](#label-data-type-array) and [OBJECTs](#label-data-type-object).-- Extracting values from semi-structured and structured data (e.g. from an ARRAY, OBJECT, or MAP).+- Extracting values from semi-structured and structured data (for example, from an ARRAY, OBJECT, or MAP). - Converting/casting semi-structured data types and structured data types to/from other data types.-- Determining the data type for values in semi-structured data (i.e. type predicates).+- Determining the data type for values in semi-structured data (that is, type predicates). | Sub-category | Function | Notes |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/workday/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/workday/setup@@ -208,5 +208,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -220,5 +220,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/deploy-workers+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/deploy-workers@@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ For Workers on SPCS, **Snowflake must be able to reach your source system**. That is a hard requirement: the Worker originates outbound connections from Snowflake to the source database (and often to driver download hosts). Before you choose SPCS, confirm that: -- Your account can open outbound access to the source host and port through a [network rule](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/network-rules) and an [external access integration](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/external-network-access/external-network-access-overview).+- Your account can open outbound access to the source host and port through a [network rule](/user-guide/network-rules) and an [external access integration](/developer-guide/external-network-access/external-network-access-overview). - The source system can accept those connections (inbound allowlisting of Snowflake egress IPs). See [Allowing SPCS to reach your source system](#allowing-spcs-to-reach-your-source-system-inbound-access). @@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ Prefer more Workers with a lower `MAX_PARALLEL_TASKS` (5 or fewer) over fewer Workers with many threads each. Size each instance at roughly **1–2 vCPU and 1–2 GB per `MAX_PARALLEL_TASKS` thread**. See [Instance count and resource sizing](../manual-migration/manual-spcs-worker-setup#instance-count-and-resource-sizing). -### Orchestrator vs Worker services+### Orchestrator versus Worker services | Service | Connects to source? | External Access Integration |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/meta-ads/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/meta-ads/setup@@ -182,5 +182,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -194,5 +194,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/linkedin-ads/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/linkedin-ads/setup@@ -222,5 +222,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -234,5 +234,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/troubleshooting+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/troubleshooting@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # %migration-skill% - Troubleshooting -The %migration-skill% and its bundled tooling (SnowConvert, `uv`, ODBC drivers, and Python packages) are installed automatically the first time the agent runs — you do **not** install them yourself. Use the tables below to get unblocked when setup doesn't complete or the agent doesn't behave as expected.+The %migration-skill% and its bundled tooling (SnowConvert, `uv`, ODBC drivers, and Python packages) are installed automatically the first time the agent runs. You don't need to install them yourself. Use the tables below to get unblocked when setup doesn't complete or the agent doesn't behave as expected. ## The agent or its tooling isn't installed@@ -50,5 +50,5 @@ | **`scai` not found after skill install** | Run the install hook manually: `migration-plugin/hooks/install-dependencies`. Or install directly: `brew install --cask snowflakedb/snowconvert-ai/snowconvert-ai`. | | **Snowflake connection errors** | Verify your connection in `~/.snowflake/config.toml` or `~/.snowflake/connections.toml` and confirm the connection name matches what you provided during setup. |-| **Agent seems lost** | Say `"What is the current state?"` — the agent re-reads project status and resets context. |+| **Agent seems lost** | Say `"What is the current state?"`: the agent re-reads project status and resets context. | ## Support
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/jira-cloud/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/jira-cloud/setup@@ -222,5 +222,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -234,5 +234,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/snowpark/build+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/snowpark/build@@ -8,5 +8,5 @@ <a id="label-snowcli-build-snowpark"></a> -The `snow snowpark build` command builds the Snowpark project as one or more `.zip` archive files that can be used by the `deploy` command. The cp,,amd builds the archives using only the `src` directory specified in the project file.+The `snow snowpark build` command builds the Snowpark project as one or more `.zip` archive files that can be used by the `deploy` command. The command builds the archives using only the `src` directory specified in the project file. `snow snowpark build` executes code from packages in your `requirements.txt` as part of the build process. Only build projects and dependencies you trust.@@ -27,5 +27,5 @@ - `--allow-shared-libraries`: Allows shared (`.so`/`.dll`) libraries, when using packages installed through `pip`.-- `--ignore-anaconda`: Does not lookup packages on Snowflake Anaconda channel.+- `--ignore-anaconda`: Doesn't look up packages on the Snowflake Anaconda channel. - `--index-url`: Specifies the base URL of the Python Package Index to use for package lookup. This URL should point to a repository compliant with PEP 503 (the simple repository API) or a local directory laid out in the same format. - `--skip-version-check`: Skips comparing versions of dependencies between requirements and Anaconda.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/google-sheets/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/google-sheets/setup@@ -176,5 +176,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -188,5 +188,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/google-ads/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/google-ads/setup@@ -266,5 +266,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -278,5 +278,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/amazon-ads/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/amazon-ads/setup@@ -224,5 +224,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -236,5 +236,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/jira-cloud/setup-core+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/jira-cloud/setup-core@@ -282,5 +282,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -294,5 +294,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 本文を更新(2行追加・2行削除)
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/jira-cloud/setup-agile+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/jira-cloud/setup-agile@@ -286,5 +286,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>@@ -298,5 +298,5 @@ - **SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED** Authentication Strategy: Must be blank.-- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name] where data will be persisted.+- **KEY_PAIR**: Snowflake account name formatted as [organization-name]-[account-name]. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/about+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/about@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Declarative Sharing in the %naf% enables providers to share not just data,-but code objects – [workspaces](/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/workspaces) containing+but code objects ([workspaces](/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/workspaces) containing [notebooks](/user-guide/ui-snowsight/notebooks-in-workspaces/notebooks-in-workspaces-overview), [stored procedures](/developer-guide/stored-procedure/stored-procedures-overview),-and [user-defined functions](/developer-guide/udf/udf-overview) – alongside+and [user-defined functions](/developer-guide/udf/udf-overview)) alongside tables and views as a single data product. Providers define all shared objects in a YAML manifest file, and the framework handles privilege management, object resolution, and@@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ **Data product best uses** -| Data product | Description | Best for |-| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |-| Secure Data Sharing | Traditional read-only sharing of tables and views. | Organizations beginning data monetization or with simple sharing needs. |-| %declarative-app-short-plural% | Enhanced sharing with workspaces and other logic, role-based access control (RBAC), and declarative configuration. | Data providers ready to add value through guided experiences and documentation |-| %full-native-apps% | Apps running fully inside of a consumer account with complex business logic and interfaces. | Organizations building complex data products with advanced capabilities. |+| Data product | Description | Best for |+| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |+| Secure Data Sharing | Traditional read-only sharing of tables and views. | Organizations beginning data monetization or with simple sharing needs. |+| %declarative-app-short-plural% | Enhanced sharing with workspaces and other logic, role-based access control (RBAC), and declarative configuration. | Data providers ready to add value through guided experiences and documentation. |+| %full-native-apps% | Apps running fully inside of a consumer account with complex business logic and interfaces. | Organizations building complex data products with advanced capabilities. | ## Choosing a data product@@ -143,6 +143,6 @@ <th>Data product</th> <th>Description</th>- <th>Provider Builds</th>- <th>Security and Functionality Balance</th>+ <th>Provider builds</th>+ <th>Security and functionality balance</th> <th>Best provider use cases</th> </tr>@@ -157,5 +157,5 @@ - **Technical Expertise**: Basic Snowflake - **Development Skills**: SQL knowledge-- **Maintenance Effort**: Low - SQL updates only+- **Maintenance Effort**: Low: SQL updates only </td>@@ -177,5 +177,5 @@ - **Technical Expertise**: Intermediate Snowflake - **Development Skills**: SQL, YAML, notebooks-- **Maintenance Effort**: Low - declarative updates, workspace/ SQL changes+- **Maintenance Effort**: Low: declarative updates, workspace/SQL changes </td>@@ -184,5 +184,5 @@ - Data stays within Snowflake-- Limited functionality–that is, workspaces, notebooks, Streamlit, stored procedures, and user-defined functions+- Limited functionality, that is, workspaces, notebooks, Streamlit, stored procedures, and user-defined functions </td>@@ -203,5 +203,5 @@ - **Technical Expertise**: Advanced Snowflake - **Development Skills**: SQL, containers, programming languages-- **Maintenance Effort**: High - containers, security reviews+- **Maintenance Effort**: High: containers, security reviews </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/agentic-ml+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/agentic-ml@@ -121,5 +121,5 @@ <td>Debug Inference</td> <td>Diagnose dtype errors, OOM issues, container crashes, and service failures</td>- <td>*My model service is returning errors — help me debug*</td>+ <td>*My model service is returning errors. Help me debug.*</td> </tr> </tbody>@@ -345,14 +345,14 @@ **Supported task types:** -- **Classification** — predict a category (churn yes/no, fraud detection, lead scoring)-- **Regression** — predict a number (revenue forecast, price estimation, demand prediction)-- **Time-series forecasting** — predict future values over time (sales forecast, capacity planning)-- **Clustering** — segment data into groups (customer segmentation, anomaly grouping)+- **Classification**: predict a category (churn yes/no, fraud detection, lead scoring)+- **Regression**: predict a number (revenue forecast, price estimation, demand prediction)+- **Time-series forecasting**: predict future values over time (sales forecast, capacity planning)+- **Clustering**: segment data into groups (customer segmentation, anomaly grouping) All you need to provide is: -- **Data source** — a table, view, or DataFrame-- **What to predict or analyze** — for example, "predict churn", "forecast sales", "segment customers"-- **Time budget** — how long you want to invest in building the model (default is 30 minutes)+- **Data source**: a table, view, or DataFrame+- **What to predict or analyze**: for example, "predict churn", "forecast sales", "segment customers"+- **Time budget**: how long you want to invest in building the model (default is 30 minutes) CoCo infers everything else (task type, target column, evaluation metric, train/test split@@ -363,12 +363,12 @@ The skill follows a 4-step workflow with built-in checkpoints: -1. **Understand and configure** — CoCo explores your data, proposes a configuration (task+1. **Understand and configure**: CoCo explores your data, proposes a configuration (task type, metric, time budget, trial plan), and waits for your approval.-2. **Quality gates** — Mandatory data quality checks (leakage detection, baseline scoring, EDA)+2. **Quality gates**: Mandatory data quality checks (leakage detection, baseline scoring, EDA) before any modeling begins.-3. **Build** — CoCo works autonomously on feature engineering, model training, and+3. **Build**: CoCo works autonomously on feature engineering, model training, and evaluation. It reports after feature engineering and after each training trial with metrics, leaderboard, and overfitting checks. You can interject at any time.-4. **Deliver** — CoCo updates the experiment manifest and presents next steps (deeper+4. **Deliver**: CoCo updates the experiment manifest and presents next steps (deeper research, training notebook, batch inference, Feature Store, monitoring, or retraining).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/project-definitions/use-template-functions+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-cli/project-definitions/use-template-functions@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ To enable the concatenation of SQL identifiers such as database names and schema names, and to provide flexibility in using quoted or unquoted identifiers in different contexts, %sf-cli% provides the following set of utility functions you can use in project template definition templates: -- [](#label-cli-fn.concat-ids)-- [](#label-cli-fn.str-to-id)-- [](#label-cli-fn.id-to-str)-- [](#label-cli-fn.get-username)-- [](#label-cli-fn.sanitize-id)+- [](#label-cli-fn-concat-ids)+- [](#label-cli-fn-str-to-id)+- [](#label-cli-fn-id-to-str)+- [](#label-cli-fn-get-username)+- [](#label-cli-fn-sanitize-id) <a id="label-cli-fn-concat-ids"></a>@@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ ## `fn.concat_ids()` -- Input: one or more string arguments (SQL ID or plain String)+- Input: one or more string arguments (SQL ID or plain string) - Output: a valid SQL ID (quoted or unquoted) @@ -23,5 +23,5 @@ - Calling `fn.concat_ids('id1_', '"quoted_id2"')` outputs `"id1_quoted_id2"` because one of the input values is a quoted identifier.-- Calling `fn.concat_ids('id1_', 'id2')` outputs `id1_id2` because none of the input values is a quoted identifier and none of the input values contains non SQL safe characters.+- Calling `fn.concat_ids('id1_', 'id2')` outputs `id1_id2` because none of the input values is a quoted identifier and none of the input values contains non-SQL safe characters. <a id="label-cli-fn-str-to-id"></a>@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@ ## `fn.str_to_id()` -- Input: one or more string arguments (SQL ID or plain String)+- Input: one or more string arguments (SQL ID or plain string) - Output: a valid SQL ID (quoted or unquoted) @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ ## `fn.id_to_str()` -- Input: one string argument (SQL ID or plain String)+- Input: one string argument (SQL ID or plain string) - Output: a plain string -If the input is a valid SQL ID, the function returns an unescaped plain String. Otherwise, the function returns the input string as is.+If the input is a valid SQL ID, the function returns an unescaped plain string. Otherwise, the function returns the input string as is. Examples: -- Calling `fn.id_to_str('id1')`, returns `id1` because it is already unquoted.+- Calling `fn.id_to_str('id1')` returns `id1` because it is already unquoted. - Calling `fn.id_to_str('"quoted""id.example"')` returns `quoted"id.example`.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/dependency-databases+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/dependency-databases@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ - [](/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/limitations) -With %declarative-app-plural%, providers can share data products using a manifest-driven model. In many apps, secure views reference objects in other provider databases. In classic secure sharing, you (the provider) grant REFERENCE_USAGE on each referenced database to the share. In %declarative-app-short-plural%, you declare those dependency databases in the manifest using `required_databases`, thus ensuring that installs — especially in other regions — can resolve cross-database references reliably. This also applies to semantic views, user-defined functions (UDFs), or procedures used by secure views.+With %declarative-app-plural%, providers can share data products using a manifest-driven model. In many apps, secure views reference objects in other provider databases. In classic secure sharing, you (the provider) grant REFERENCE_USAGE on each referenced database to the share. In %declarative-app-short-plural%, you declare those dependency databases in the manifest using `required_databases`, thus ensuring that installs, especially in other regions, can resolve cross-database references reliably. This also applies to semantic views, user-defined functions (UDFs), or procedures used by secure views. ## When to use required_databases -You must include a database in `required_databases` whenever a shared object in `shared_content` references objects in a database that is not listed under `shared_content/databases`. This is essential for cross-region deployments where the presence of those dependencies can't be assumed; for example, in the following situations:+You must include a database in `required_databases` whenever a shared object in `shared_content` references objects in a database that is not listed under `shared_content.databases`. This is essential for cross-region deployments where the presence of those dependencies can't be assumed; for example, in the following situations: - Secure views in the shared database that JOIN/SELECT from tables or views in other provider databases@@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ Cross-database dependencies are common. If you don't explicitly declare external databases, an app might validate or install successfully in the provider's region but fail in other regions because the required references can't be resolved. `required_databases` removes this ambiguity by providing a declarative list of dependency databases that must be present and resolvable wherever the app is built, released, and installed. -The package version release will be blocked if any dependency databases are not explicitly declared in *required_databases*. An error message will be generated at the time of BUILD, COMMIT, or RELEASE, specifically stating that the referenced database is missing from the manifest's *required_databases* section.+The package version release will be blocked if any dependency databases are not explicitly declared in `required_databases`. An error message will be generated at the time of BUILD, COMMIT, or RELEASE, specifically stating that the referenced database is missing from the manifest's `required_databases` section. ## When not to use required_databases@@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ Note that including a database in `required_databases` doesn't apply to: -- Objects fully contained in the databases listed under `shared_content/databases`+- Objects fully contained in the databases listed under `shared_content.databases` - Classic sharing, which uses privilege grants to shares (including REFERENCE_USAGE) instead of manifest declarations ## Replication limitations -Declaring databases in *required_databases* does not replicate those databases or their contents. It registers the dependency so the framework and listing workflows can prepare and resolve references appropriately.+Declaring databases in `required_databases` does not replicate those databases or their contents. It registers the dependency so the framework and listing workflows can prepare and resolve references appropriately. -To support cross-region installs and failover when your manifest uses *required_databases*:+To support cross-region installs and failover when your manifest uses `required_databases`: -- Identify dependency databases: For each entry under *shared_content.required_databases*, confirm which provider-owned database it maps to in your source account.+- Identify dependency databases: For each entry under `shared_content.required_databases`, confirm which provider-owned database it maps to in your source account. - Configure replication for each dependency: Set up database (or account) replication for every dependency database to the regions and accounts where you plan to build, release, and install the app. Use standard Snowflake replication features for this step.-- Keep names consistent: Ensure the database names in target regions exactly match the names you declare in *required_databases*. Name mismatches will cause BUILD/COMMIT/RELEASE to fail with an error indicating that the referenced database is missing from *required_databases*.+- Keep names consistent: Ensure the database names in target regions exactly match the names you declare in `required_databases`. Name mismatches will cause BUILD/COMMIT/RELEASE to fail with an error indicating that the referenced database is missing from `required_databases`. - Validate after replication completes: After the initial replication and any subsequent refreshes complete, run your BUILD, COMMIT, or RELEASE commands in the target region. If you see errors about unresolved or missing dependency databases, verify: - The database is replicated and available in the target account and region.- - The database name matches the value in *required_databases*.+ - The database name matches the value in `required_databases`. - Any chained dependencies those databases rely on are also replicated and correctly named.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/sap-sql/publish-data+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/sap-sql/publish-data@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@-# Publish Data from Snowflake to %sapbdc%+# Publish data from Snowflake to %sapbdc% - [](/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/sap-sql/setup)@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ before associating a share. See [](/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/sap-sql/setup) for details. -## Enable Share Back+## Enable share back Before publishing data to %sapbdc%, enable share back on the connector:@@ -27,5 +27,5 @@ [](/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/sap-sql/security). -## Grant Access to Snowflake Objects+## Grant access to Snowflake objects To publish Snowflake data to %sapbdc%, you first create a Snowflake share and@@ -96,5 +96,5 @@ You must define a primary key on each Iceberg table that you publish to %sapbdc%. In the preceding example, `id` is the primary key. Mark the same column as the key (`"key": true`) in the CSN document when you publish the data product. -### Create a Share+### Create a share To create a share, the role must have the `CREATE SHARE` privilege on the@@ -107,5 +107,5 @@ ``` -### Grant Access to the Share+### Grant access to the share Grant `USAGE` on the database:@@ -127,5 +127,5 @@ ``` -### Associate the Share with the Connector+### Associate the share with the connector After granting access, associate the share with the Zerocopy Connector:@@ -143,5 +143,5 @@ ``` -## Revoke Access+## Revoke access To disassociate a share from the Zerocopy Connector:@@ -162,5 +162,5 @@ ``` -## Publish a Data Product to %sapbdc%+## Publish a data product to %sapbdc% After granting access to Snowflake objects, publish the data product to
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-procedure+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-procedure@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-procedure), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-procedure) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-procedures) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-procedure), [](/sql-reference/sql/call),+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-procedure), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-procedure), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-procedures), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-procedure), [](/sql-reference/sql/call), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-user-procedures) @@ -526,5 +526,5 @@ ``` -To specify the package name and version number use the following form:+To specify the package name and version number, use the following form: ```@@ -616,5 +616,5 @@ [](/developer-guide/udf/python/udf-python-packages). -To specify the package name and version number use the following form:+To specify the package name and version number, use the following form: ```@@ -677,5 +677,5 @@ ``` -- When the code is imported from a stage, specify the fully-qualified handler function name as `<module_name>.<function_name>`.+- When the code is imported from a stage, specify the fully qualified handler function name as `<module_name>.<function_name>`. ```sql CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURE MYPROC(from_table STRING, to_table STRING, count INT)@@ -722,5 +722,5 @@ ``` -To specify the package name and version number use the following form:+To specify the package name and version number, use the following form: ```@@ -1272,5 +1272,5 @@ LANGUAGE PYTHON HANDLER='main'- RUNTIME_VERSION=3.10+ RUNTIME_VERSION = '3.10' EXTERNAL_ACCESS_INTEGRATIONS=(example_integration) PACKAGES = ('snowflake-snowpark-python')@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ LANGUAGE PYTHON HANDLER='main'- RUNTIME_VERSION=3.10+ RUNTIME_VERSION = '3.10' EXTERNAL_ACCESS_INTEGRATIONS=(example_integration)- secrets=('secret_variable_name'=secret_name)+ SECRETS = ('secret_variable_name' = secret_name) PACKAGES = ('snowflake-snowpark-python') EXECUTE AS CALLER
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/SCAI_Command_Reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/SCAI_Command_Reference@@ -644,5 +644,5 @@ **Authentication methods:** -- Standard: Username/password authentication (MVP : only method supported)+- Standard: Username/password authentication (MVP: only method supported) **SSL modes:**@@ -2577,8 +2577,8 @@ **Sections:** -- Snowflake : target-side grants and privilege checks-- DEW : DEW config file validation and system resource checks-- Orchestrator : Snowflake connectivity and workflow config schema validation-- Partition key : NULL-ratio and cardinality feasibility for configured (and suggested) partition columns+- Snowflake: target-side grants and privilege checks+- DEW: DEW config file validation and system resource checks+- Orchestrator: Snowflake connectivity and workflow config schema validation+- Partition key: NULL-ratio and cardinality feasibility for configured (and suggested) partition columns **Options:**@@ -3391,5 +3391,5 @@ **Prerequisites:** -- None : runs anywhere; no project or network connection required+- None: runs anywhere; no project or network connection required **Behavior:**@@ -3407,5 +3407,5 @@ | `--json` | Emit machine-readable JSON on stdout (no Spectre markup). | No | -**Output:** Spectre table grouped under area 'Testing : BTEQ' (one row per finding), or a JSON array with id, severity, message, detail entries when --json is set+**Output:** Spectre table grouped under area 'Testing: BTEQ' (one row per finding), or a JSON array with id, severity, message, detail entries when --json is set **Examples:**
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-quality-anomaly+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-quality-anomaly@@ -20,6 +20,6 @@ You can enable anomaly detection for the following system DMFs: -- [ROW_COUNT](/sql-reference/functions/dmf_row_count) — Use to identify anomalies in the volume of data in a table.-- [FRESHNESS](/sql-reference/functions/dmf_freshness) — Use to identify anomalies in the frequency with which a table is being+- [ROW_COUNT](/sql-reference/functions/dmf_row_count): Use to identify anomalies in the volume of data in a table.+- [FRESHNESS](/sql-reference/functions/dmf_freshness): Use to identify anomalies in the frequency with which a table is being updated. @@ -125,6 +125,6 @@ You can identify anomalies using the following: -- [](#label-dmf-anomaly-monitor-event-table) — A dedicated event table that records raw data quality results.-- [](#label-dmf-anomaly-monitor-local-view) — View in the SNOWFLAKE.LOCAL schema that contains flattened results.+- [](#label-dmf-anomaly-monitor-event-table): A dedicated event table that records raw data quality results.+- [](#label-dmf-anomaly-monitor-local-view): View in the SNOWFLAKE.LOCAL schema that contains flattened results. <a id="label-dmf-anomaly-monitor-event-table"></a>@@ -157,9 +157,9 @@ If the row in the event table corresponds to anomaly detection, the `resource_attribute` column also contains the following fields: -- `snow.data_metric.upper_bound`— Highest value that should be returned by the DMF based on the anomaly-detecting algorithm. If the+- `snow.data_metric.upper_bound`: Highest value that should be returned by the DMF based on the anomaly-detecting algorithm. If the value returned by the DMF is above this upper bound, it is an anomaly.-- `snow.data_metric.lower_bound` — Lowest value that should be returned by the DMF based on the anomaly-detecting algorithm. If the+- `snow.data_metric.lower_bound`: Lowest value that should be returned by the DMF based on the anomaly-detecting algorithm. If the value returned by the DMF is below this lower bound, it is an anomaly.-- `snow.data_metric.forecast` — Value that the anomaly-detecting algorithm predicted would be returned by the DMF.+- `snow.data_metric.forecast`: Value that the anomaly-detecting algorithm predicted would be returned by the DMF. <a id="label-dmf-anomaly-monitor-local-view"></a>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-model+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-model@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ When you install a %native-app%, Snowflake creates an APPLICATION object in your account. This object is the container for everything the app does in your environment. During installation, the-app's setup script runs and creates the objects the app needs inside this boundary — schemas, stored+app's setup script runs and creates the objects the app needs inside this boundary: schemas, stored procedures, Streamlit applications, and (for apps with containers) services. @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ The APPLICATION object has a clear boundary. Objects inside it belong to the app. Objects outside-it — whether pre-existing objects you own or new objects the app creates with your permission —+it (whether pre-existing objects you own or new objects the app creates with your permission) belong to you and remain under your ownership. -## The access model — what the app can and cannot touch+## The access model: what the app can and cannot touch The %naf% intentionally restricts what a %native-app% can see and do by default. It does not@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@ The app operates with its own internal roles, which are separate from your account roles. It has-access to all the objects it creates during installation — tables, views, stored procedures, and so+access to all the objects it creates during installation: tables, views, stored procedures, and so on. But outside its own database and objects it creates, the app can only access objects you have explicitly granted it access to. It cannot read arbitrary tables, cannot take data outside the@@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ to expose different capabilities or data that it owns, and for you to grant differentiated access to roles in your organization. The app manifest lists the available application roles that you can then-grant to roles in your account — for example, granting `app_role_marketing` to your `marketing`+grant to roles in your account (for example, granting `app_role_marketing` to your `marketing` role so the app shows what is meant for marketing to that role but not what is meant for finance. @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ **Your data does not leave Snowflake by default.** The app processes your data inside your account.-Data movement outside Snowflake — for example, an app calling an external API — requires a+Data movement outside Snowflake (for example, an app calling an external API) requires a separately approved External Access Integration (App Spec) that you control. @@ -94,5 +94,5 @@ [](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-responsibility). -## Apps with containers (SPCS) — what's additionally involved+## Apps with containers (SPCS): what's additionally involved Some Native Apps run containerized workloads using Snowpark Container Services (SPCS). These apps
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/workday/troubleshooting+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/workday/troubleshooting@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ This topic describes common errors you might encounter when setting up or using Workday Live Data Query (LDQ) from Snowflake, along with their causes and fixes. -## HTTP 404 — queries fail after a successful connection+## HTTP 404: queries fail after a successful connection **Symptom:** The connection succeeds, but subsequent queries fail with an HTTP 404 error.@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@ --- -## HTTP 400 — authentication request rejected+## HTTP 400: authentication request rejected **Symptom:** The authentication request is rejected by the Workday Authorization Server.@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@ --- -## HTTP 401 — authentication fails at the token endpoint+## HTTP 401: authentication fails at the token endpoint **Symptom:** Authentication fails at the token endpoint.@@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ --- -## Access token request failed — network error+## Access token request failed: network error **Symptom:** Python raises a connection error before authentication completes.@@ -54,5 +54,5 @@ --- -## Failed to obtain access token — 404+## Failed to obtain access token: 404 **Symptom:** The connector reaches the server, but the token endpoint path returns a 404.@@ -70,5 +70,5 @@ --- -## Failed to obtain access token — 401 (cryptographic failure)+## Failed to obtain access token: 401 (cryptographic failure) **Symptom:** The token request reaches Workday but authentication is rejected with a cryptographic error.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/manual-spcs-worker-setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/manual-spcs-worker-setup@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ Prepare these objects before creating a Worker service (the agent or CLI can help with images; you usually create the compute pool yourself): -1. **Compute pool** — hosts the SPCS services.+1. **Compute pool**: hosts the SPCS services. ```sql@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ See [Compute pool sizing](#compute-pool-sizing) for how to size the pool. -2. **Image repository** — stores Orchestrator and Worker container images. Your role needs WRITE on the repository.--3. **Container images** — push Orchestrator and Worker images to the repository. The %migration-skill% or SnowConvert AI CLI can help with image preparation and upload.--4. **Warehouse** — a warehouse for the service specification's `QUERY_WAREHOUSE`.+2. **Image repository**: stores Orchestrator and Worker container images. Your role needs WRITE on the repository.++3. **Container images**: push Orchestrator and Worker images to the repository. The %migration-skill% or SnowConvert AI CLI can help with image preparation and upload.++4. **Warehouse**: a warehouse for the service specification's `QUERY_WAREHOUSE`. ### Compute pool sizing
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-support+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-support@@ -13,6 +13,6 @@ The provider is the seller of record and is responsible for supporting the application. All issues-related to the app — functional bugs, unexpected behavior, performance problems, data questions,-integration failures — should be reported directly to the provider. The provider will engage+related to the app (functional bugs, unexpected behavior, performance problems, data questions,+integration failures) should be reported directly to the provider. The provider will engage Snowflake where appropriate. @@ -28,5 +28,5 @@ - Query IDs for any failed queries (available in query history) -## Snowflake Support — the narrow exception+## Snowflake Support: the narrow exception Snowflake Support is appropriate only for issues that are clearly at the platform level and not@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ **Second:** collect evidence using the monitoring queries in-[](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-monitor) — query `GRANTS_TO_ROLES` to see current+[](/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-monitor): query `GRANTS_TO_ROLES` to see current access, `APPLICATION_CALLBACK_HISTORY` to see recent callback executions, and the standard Snowflake `QUERY_HISTORY` and `ACCESS_HISTORY` views to see what queries ran and what objects were accessed. -**Third:** contact the provider. In most cases, unexpected behavior has an explanation — a new+**Third:** contact the provider. In most cases, unexpected behavior has an explanation: a new feature in an upgrade, a misconfiguration, or a bug. The provider should be able to explain or remediate.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-install+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-install@@ -28,6 +28,6 @@ distributed. -In either case, you can install from the `default` channel — typically for production-quality-versions — or, where available, from the `alpha` channel for previews or User Acceptance Testing+In either case, you can install from the `default` channel (typically for production-quality+versions) or, where available, from the `alpha` channel for previews or User Acceptance Testing (UAT) prior to production use. See [](/developer-guide/native-apps/release-channels-versions) for details.@@ -37,5 +37,5 @@ Installing a %native-app% creates an APPLICATION object in your account and runs the app's setup script, which creates the objects the app needs inside its boundary. The app is not fully-operational at this point — you will need to approve any App Specs and configure the explicit data+operational at this point: you will need to approve any App Specs and configure the explicit data access grants the app needs before it can deliver its intended value. Plan for this post-install configuration step with sufficient privileges so that you can approve or decline what the app asks@@ -48,6 +48,6 @@ - Any initial App Specs requiring your approval. -Review these before clicking through. If something in the list is unexpected — a privilege or App-Spec you were not told about during procurement — pause and ask the provider to clarify before+Review these before clicking through. If something in the list is unexpected (a privilege or App+Spec you were not told about during procurement), pause and ask the provider to clarify before proceeding.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-monitor+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/consumer-guide-monitor@@ -34,5 +34,5 @@ ``` -This returns all current grants to the application object — the objects you have granted it access+This returns all current grants to the application object: the objects you have granted it access to. @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ ### APPLICATION_CALLBACK_HISTORY -This view records executions of the app's App Spec callback procedures — the stored+This view records executions of the app's App Spec callback procedures: the stored procedures the app runs when its App Specs are approved or revoked. Use it to see when configuration changes were made and whether they completed successfully.-Configuration, connection and specification callbacks are captured by this view.+Configuration, connection, and specification callbacks are captured by this view. Reference/grant callbacks are currently not covered. @@ -89,5 +89,5 @@ The app's log messages and trace events can be shared with the provider to assist with-troubleshooting. This sharing is not enabled by default — you must actively set up an event table+troubleshooting. This sharing is not enabled by default: you must actively set up an event table and opt in to sharing.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/migrate-teradata+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/migrate-teradata@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ | **`tpt`** | Omit | Internal migration stage (same as `regular`) | **`tbuild`** on `PATH` or **`TPT_TBUILD_EXECUTABLE`**. Worker-side bulk export when WRITE_NOS isn't an option. | -### `regular` — partitioned SQL extraction+### `regular`: partitioned SQL extraction The Worker runs **partitioned `SELECT`** streams through **`teradatasql`** (preferred) or **`pyodbc`** with a registered Teradata ODBC driver. Data is converted to Parquet and uploaded to the Snowflake internal migration stage.@@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ ``` -**Workflow YAML (default — omit `extraction` block):**+**Workflow YAML (default: omit `extraction` block):** ```yaml@@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ ``` -### `write_nos` — server-side export to object storage+### `write_nos`: server-side export to object storage Teradata writes Parquet directly to **S3, Azure Blob, or GCS**. Fixed output settings: FORMAT PARQUET, COMPRESSION SNAPPY, MAXOBJECTSIZE 16MB, OVERWRITE FALSE.@@ -99,5 +99,5 @@ ``` -### `tpt` — Teradata Parallel Transporter on the Worker+### `tpt`: Teradata Parallel Transporter on the Worker The Worker generates a **TPT EXPORT** job, runs **`tbuild`**, converts delimited output to Parquet, then uploads like **`regular`**. Optional tuning: `tpt_delimiter` (default ASCII file separator U+001C), `tpt_max_sessions` (default `4`).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/workday/connect-and-query+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/workday/connect-and-query@@ -37,5 +37,5 @@ Install the `workday_ldq` package from your stage into the notebook's runtime environment. This makes the `DataServiceConfig` and `create_connection` APIs available. -The installation is per-session and must be re-run after each notebook restart. The connector's dependencies (for example, `trino`, `requests`, `lz4`) aren't bundled — `pip` downloads them from PyPI automatically, which is why the network rule includes `pypi.org` and `files.pythonhosted.org`.+The installation is per-session and must be re-run after each notebook restart. The connector's dependencies (for example, `trino`, `requests`, `lz4`) aren't bundled: `pip` downloads them from PyPI automatically, which is why the network rule includes `pypi.org` and `files.pythonhosted.org`. In the **first cell** of your notebook, run:@@ -66,5 +66,5 @@ ## Step 4: Configure credentials -The connector accepts credentials as an in-memory dictionary via `DataServiceConfig()`. The private key is retrieved at runtime from a Snowflake Secret using a temporary UDF — the key is never written to disk or persisted in the notebook.+The connector accepts credentials as an in-memory dictionary via `DataServiceConfig()`. The private key is retrieved at runtime from a Snowflake Secret using a temporary UDF. The key is never written to disk or persisted in the notebook. In a notebook cell, run:@@ -168,5 +168,5 @@ ### Run a query -Use a cursor to send SQL to the Workday data service. Queries run against Workday's Unified Data Catalog — not Snowflake tables.+Use a cursor to send SQL to the Workday data service. Queries run against Workday's Unified Data Catalog, not Snowflake tables. ```python@@ -203,5 +203,5 @@ ## Sample queries -These queries target Workday data — not Snowflake tables — and must be run through the LDQ connector. Paste each query string into a `cursor.execute()` call as shown above, not directly in a Snowflake Worksheet.+These queries target Workday data, not Snowflake tables, and must be run through the LDQ connector. Paste each query string into a `cursor.execute()` call as shown above, not directly in a Snowflake Worksheet. The examples below use `workday_core.public` as the catalog and schema. Your environment may use different names. Always run the discovery queries first to confirm what's available in your tenant.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-authentication-policy+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-authentication-policy@@ -27,5 +27,5 @@ [ SECURITY_INTEGRATIONS = ( '<string_literal>' [ , '<string_literal>' , ... ] ) ] [ MFA_ENROLLMENT = { 'REQUIRED' | 'REQUIRED_PASSWORD_ONLY' | 'OPTIONAL' } ]- [ MFA_POLICY= ( <list_of_properties> ) ]+ [ MFA_POLICY = ( <list_of_properties> ) ] [ PAT_POLICY = ( <list_of_properties> ) ] [ WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_POLICY = ( <list_of_properties> ) ]@@ -54,5 +54,5 @@ [ SECURITY_INTEGRATIONS = ( '<string_literal>' [ , '<string_literal>' , ... ] ) ] [ MFA_ENROLLMENT = { 'REQUIRED' | 'REQUIRED_PASSWORD_ONLY' | 'OPTIONAL' } ]- [ MFA_POLICY= ( <list_of_properties> ) ]+ [ MFA_POLICY = ( <list_of_properties> ) ] [ PAT_POLICY = ( <list_of_properties> ) ] [ WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_POLICY = ( <list_of_properties> ) ]@@ -287,5 +287,5 @@ It's possible for the value of the `MFA_ENROLLMENT` parameter to be `REQUIRED_SNOWFLAKE_UI_PASSWORD_ONLY`. This value is part of Snowflake's gradual deprecation of single-factor passwords, and cannot be set directly. If you run a-[](/sql-reference/sql/desc-authentication-policy) command and `MFA_ENROLLMENT = 'REQUIRED_SNOWFLAKE_UI_PASSWORD_ONLY`, then password+[](/sql-reference/sql/desc-authentication-policy) command and `MFA_ENROLLMENT = 'REQUIRED_SNOWFLAKE_UI_PASSWORD_ONLY'`, then password users must enroll in MFA if they are using %sf-web-interface%. @@ -294,5 +294,5 @@ <dd> -Human users who are using password or single-sign on (SSO) authentication must enroll in MFA.+Human users who are using password or single sign-on (SSO) authentication must enroll in MFA. </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-iceberg-table-rest+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-iceberg-table-rest@@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-iceberg-table) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-iceberg-table) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-iceberg-tables) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-iceberg-table) , [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-iceberg-table)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-iceberg-table), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-iceberg-table), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-iceberg-tables), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-iceberg-table), [](/sql-reference/sql/undrop-iceberg-table) </dd>@@ -444,5 +444,5 @@ When combined with `OR REPLACE`, forwards the purge intent to the external Iceberg catalog on the implicit drop-of the replaced table. Snowflake does not delete data files directly — it forwards the purge intent in the drop-table+of the replaced table. Snowflake does not delete data files directly; it forwards the purge intent in the drop-table request to the external catalog, which is responsible for removing the old table's underlying data and metadata files from storage.@@ -710,5 +710,5 @@ - By default, the implicit drop does not signal the catalog to delete the replaced table's data files. Specify `PURGE` (or set `PURGE_ON_DROP_TABLE` on the table, schema, or database) to forward- the purge intent to the catalog on the implicit drop. Snowflake never deletes external data files directly — the+ the purge intent to the catalog on the implicit drop. Snowflake never deletes external data files directly. The catalog is responsible for the actual file deletion. - For creating an [Iceberg table with write support](/user-guide/tables-iceberg-externally-managed-writes):
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/workday/snowflake-setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/workday/snowflake-setup@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Replace `impl-services1.wd12.myworkday.com` with the host from your token endpoint URL. The same host serves both the data service and the token endpoint. The `pypi.org` and `files.pythonhosted.org` entries are required so that `pip install` can download the connector's dependencies at notebook runtime. -## Step 6: Store the private key as a Snowflake Secret+## Step 6: Store the private key as a Snowflake secret -Store the RSA private key as a Snowflake Secret to prevent it from being hardcoded in notebooks or configuration files. The secret is encrypted at rest and only accessible to notebooks granted access through the external access integration in Step 7.+Store the RSA private key as a Snowflake secret to prevent it from being hardcoded in notebooks or configuration files. The secret is encrypted at rest and only accessible to notebooks granted access through the external access integration in Step 7. ### Using SQL@@ -167,5 +167,5 @@ ## Step 7: Create an external access integration -An External Access Integration (EAI) references the network rule and the private key secret, and acts as the Snowflake-level permission grant that allows a notebook to use both. You must attach the EAI to your notebook before any outbound calls to Workday succeed.+An external access integration (EAI) references the network rule and the private key secret, and acts as the Snowflake-level permission grant that allows a notebook to use both. You must attach the EAI to your notebook before any outbound calls to Workday succeed. Creating an external access integration requires the `CREATE INTEGRATION` privilege on the account, which was granted to `WORKDAY_LDQ_TEST_ROLE` in Step 2.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-tss+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-tss@@ -18,5 +18,5 @@ Before engaging with Snowflake to enable %snowpg-tri-secret-secure% for your account, you should carefully consider your responsibility for-safeguarding your key as mentioned in [](#label-customer-managed-keys). If the customer managed key (CMK) in the composite master key hierarchy is revoked,+safeguarding your key as mentioned in [](#label-customer-managed-keys). If the customer-managed key (CMK) in the composite master key hierarchy is revoked, your data can no longer be decrypted by Snowflake. @@ -27,5 +27,5 @@ All of our keys are maintained under strict policies that have enabled us to earn the highest security accreditations, including SOC 2-Type II, PCI-DSS, HIPAA and [HITRUST CSF](#label-hitrust-csf-cert).+Type II, PCI-DSS, HIPAA, and [HITRUST CSF](#label-hitrust-csf-cert). ## Activate %snowpg-tri-secret-secure%@@ -81,5 +81,5 @@ ### View the status of your CMK -You can call [](/sql-reference/functions/system_get_cmk_info_postgres) at any time, to check the registration and activation status of your CMK.+You can call [](/sql-reference/functions/system_get_cmk_info_postgres) at any time to check the registration and activation status of your CMK. For example, depending on when you call SYSTEM$GET_CMK_INFO_POSTGRES after the %snowpg-tri-secret-secure% activation process completes, the
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/consumer+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cleanrooms/consumer@@ -467,5 +467,5 @@ Providers run enabled templates in the consumer's account, with the usage billed to the consumer. If you want to limit the warehouse type or-sizes allowed to a provider when running a given template, call `set_provider_run_configuration`,+sizes allowed to a provider when running a given template, call `set_provider_run_configuration`. **Arguments:**@@ -542,5 +542,5 @@ - `template_configuration` - (Object) An object that provides limits on how a provider can run a specific template in this clean room. Provider-run analyses are run in the consumer's account, and billed to the consumer, so the consumer can set limitations on what- warehouses can be used for a given template.The configuration object has this form:+ warehouses can be used for a given template. The configuration object has this form: ```sqlsyntax@@ -1443,5 +1443,5 @@ **Arguments:** -- [cleanroom_name](#label-dcr-about-clean-room-names) *(String)* - Name of the cleanroom in which to set the activation policy.+- [cleanroom_name](#label-dcr-about-clean-room-names) *(String)* - Name of the clean room in which to set the activation policy. - `columns` - (Array) Name of columns of your own data that can be activated, in the format <code className="samp">{template name}:{database name}.{schema name}.{table name}:<em>column_name</em></code>.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/postgres/iceberg+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/postgres/iceberg@@ -183,9 +183,9 @@ [Snowflake storage for Apache %iceberg-tm% tables](/user-guide/tables-iceberg-internal-storage). For details, see [Encryption](/user-guide/tables-iceberg-internal-storage#encryption).-- **Incompatible type change.** When the source column type changes to a type that maps to a+- **Incompatible type change:** When the source column type changes to a type that maps to a different Iceberg type, the table is marked as failed and requires a resnapshot. See [Type mapping reference](#type-mapping-reference) for the complete source-to-Iceberg type mapping.-- **Parameter change within the same Iceberg type.** The connector doesn't recognize parameter+- **Parameter change within the same Iceberg type:** The connector doesn't recognize parameter changes within the same Iceberg type (for example, changing `decimal(10,2)` to `decimal(20,2)`). The column retains its current Iceberg type.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/workspaces+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/workspaces@@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ Workspace sharing is how you share [Snowflake Notebooks in Workspaces](/user-guide/ui-snowsight/notebooks-in-workspaces/notebooks-in-workspaces-overview),-the next generation notebook experience. Include `.ipynb` files in the workspace directory, and+the next-generation notebook experience. Include `.ipynb` files in the workspace directory, and consumers can run and interact with those notebooks in their own account. For more information, see [](#label-dsna-workspace-notebooks).@@ -166,5 +166,5 @@ <a id="label-dsna-workspace-notebooks"></a> -## Share next generation notebooks in a workspace+## Share next-generation notebooks in a workspace To share a
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/organization-accounts+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/organization-accounts@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ - View organization-level data collected from all accounts in the organization, including the query history from each account.-- Manage organization-level objects — for example, organization users — for all accounts, or a subset of accounts, in an organization.+- Manage organization-level objects (for example, organization users) for all accounts, or a subset of accounts, in an organization. - Enable Snowflake Marketplace terms for the entire organization. - Manage the lifecycle of accounts in an organization, including creating and deleting accounts.@@ -110,5 +110,5 @@ - Creating the organization account results in the ORGANIZATION_USAGE schema being populated with data, which [incurs additional costs](#label-org-account-views-cost) for your organization.-- You can't convert an existing ORGADMIN enabled account to be the organization account.+- You can't convert an existing ORGADMIN-enabled account to be the organization account. To create the organization account:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/ai_transcribe+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/ai_transcribe@@ -133,5 +133,5 @@ Factors such as sample rate, bit depth, and number of channels do not affect transcription, but they might make the- file too large to process if they are too high. Internally, AI_TRANSCRIBE uses monophonic audio at 16 KHz, and+ file too large to process if they are too high. Internally, AI_TRANSCRIBE uses monophonic audio at 16 kHz, and resamples input files when they are not already in this format @@ -625,5 +625,5 @@ | File too large. Maximum size is 734,003,200 Bytes, file exceeds this limit. | The provided audio file exceeds the maximum file size. | | Invalid file format. Only ['flac', 'mp3', 'ogg', 'wav', 'webm'] files are supported, or WebM file does not contain an audio stream. | The audio file is not one of the supported formats, which are listed in the error message. WebM files support multiple media types, so make sure the file contains an audio stream. If the file is in a supported format, check that it is not corrupted. |-| File will be too large after resampling it to 16000 Hertz. Expected size is 3,355,444,448,000.0 Bytes. | The provided audio file is too large after resampling to 16 KHz. If the provided audio has a lower sample rate, its resampled size is larger than the original, and could potentially exceed the maximum allowed file size. |+| File will be too large after resampling it to 16000 Hertz. Expected size is 3,355,444,448,000.0 Bytes. | The provided audio file is too large after resampling to 16 kHz. If the provided audio has a lower sample rate, its resampled size is larger than the original, and could potentially exceed the maximum allowed file size. | | Audio duration too long: 6052.10 seconds. Maximum allowed: 3600 seconds. or Audio duration too long: 7335.28 seconds. Maximum allowed: 7200 seconds. | The provided audio file is too long. If you are using timestamp granularity, the maximum duration is 60 minutes (3600 seconds). | | Unsupported detected language | The audio file contains a language that is not supported by AI_TRANSCRIBE. |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/views-semantic/querying+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/views-semantic/querying@@ -830,5 +830,5 @@ WITH SYNONYMS = ('Total sales quantity'), - store_sales.avg_7_days_sales_quantity as AVG(total_sales_quantity)+ store_sales.avg_7_days_sales_quantity AS AVG(total_sales_quantity) OVER (PARTITION BY EXCLUDING date.date, date.year ORDER BY date.date RANGE BETWEEN INTERVAL '6 days' PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW)@@ -881,5 +881,5 @@ METRICS ( ...- store_sales.avg_7_days_sales_quantity as AVG(total_sales_quantity)+ store_sales.avg_7_days_sales_quantity AS AVG(total_sales_quantity) OVER (PARTITION BY EXCLUDING date.date, date.year ORDER BY date.date RANGE BETWEEN INTERVAL '6 days' PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW)
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/postgres/maintenance+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/postgres/maintenance@@ -282,5 +282,5 @@ Minor version upgrades -- Are data safe.+- Are data-safe. - Require no special treatment. - Require stopping the connector for the duration of the upgrade to avoid reporting connectivity issues.@@ -352,5 +352,5 @@ 7. Stop the topmost processor **Set Tables for Replication** in the **Snapshot Load** group. 8. Stop the topmost processor **Read PostgreSQL CDC Stream** in the **Incremental Load** group.- 9. If you changed the value of the **Merge Task Schedule CRON** parameter, return it to `* * * * * ?`, otherwise queues won't be emptied until the next scheduled run.+ 9. If you changed the value of the **Merge Task Schedule CRON** parameter, return it to `* * * * * ?`. Otherwise, queues won't be emptied until the next scheduled run. Wait until all FlowFiles in the connector have been processed, and all queues are empty.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-multi-party-approval-policy+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-multi-party-approval-policy@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ - name: <rule_name> [ description: '<description>' ]- operations: ( <operation> [ , <operation> , ... ] )+ operations: [ <operation> [ , <operation> , ... ] ] approvers:- users: ( '<username>' [ , '<username>' , ... ] )+ users: [ '<username>' [ , '<username>' , ... ] ] [ required_approvals: <integer> ] [ request_duration_days: <integer> ]
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens@@ -20,5 +20,5 @@ - [Snowflake drivers](/developer-guide/drivers).-- Third-party applications that connect to Snowflake (such as Tableau and PowerBI).+- Third-party applications that connect to Snowflake (such as Tableau and Power BI). - Snowflake APIs and libraries (such as the [Snowpark API](/developer-guide/snowpark/index) and the [Snowflake Python API](/developer-guide/snowflake-python-api/snowflake-python-overview)).@@ -575,5 +575,5 @@ ``` -In the same way, you can use programmatic access tokens in place of a password in third-party applications (such as Tableau or PowerBI). Paste the programmatic access token in the field for the password.+In the same way, you can use programmatic access tokens in place of a password in third-party applications (such as Tableau or Power BI). Paste the programmatic access token in the field for the password. By default, using programmatic access tokens
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/about+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/about@@ -207,5 +207,5 @@ </div> -### 3. Independent license (Bring Your Own License - BYOL)+### 3. Independent license (Bring Your Own License, BYOL) You provide your own Oracle license that includes XStream entitlements (for example, Oracle@@ -251,5 +251,5 @@ - Oracle Embedded License (36-month commitment) - Oracle Embedded License (12-month commitment)-- Independent Oracle License (Bring Your Own License - BYOL)+- Independent Oracle License (Bring Your Own License, BYOL) Use the following table to determine the appropriate model for your organization.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-pipe+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-pipe@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-pipe), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-pipe) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-pipes) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-pipe)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-pipe), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-pipe), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-pipes), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-pipe) </dd>@@ -222,5 +222,5 @@ - `AUTO_INGEST = TRUE`: The regular expression filters the list of files in the stage and optional path (i.e. cloud storage location) in the COPY INTO *<table>* statement.- - `:AUTO_INGEST = FALSE`: The regular expression filters the list of files submitted in calls to the Snowpipe REST API+ - `AUTO_INGEST = FALSE`: The regular expression filters the list of files submitted in calls to the Snowpipe REST API `insertFiles` endpoint.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/private-managed-volumes-azure+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/private-managed-volumes-azure@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ 1. Verify that your Azure subscription is registered with the Azure Storage resource manager. This step allows you to connect to the managed storage volume from a private endpoint.-2. As a Snowflake account administrator, run the following commands in your Snowflake account. Record the resource Id of your non-failsafe and failsafe+2. As a Snowflake account administrator, run the following commands in your Snowflake account. Record the resource ID of your non-failsafe and failsafe Snowflake-managed storage volume's storage account respectively defined by the `privatelink-snowflake-managed-storage-volume-nfs` and `privatelink-snowflake-managed-storage-volume-fs` keys. For more information, see@@ -103,5 +103,5 @@ 5. Involve your network administrator to update the DNS settings in a private DNS zone. The settings must resolve the privatelink- URL to the private IP address(es) of the Azure private endpoint that connects to your Snowflake-managed storage volume's storage account.+ URL to the private IP addresses of the Azure private endpoint that connects to your Snowflake-managed storage volume's storage account. For more information, see
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/views-semantic/best-practices-modeling+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/views-semantic/best-practices-modeling@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@ These recommendations apply whether you author a semantic view manually or generate one with [Semantic View Autopilot](/user-guide/views-semantic/creating-with-snowsight), which is the fastest way to produce a high-quality-starting point. If you prefer to build semantic views programmatically, for example, in a CI/CD pipeline, see+starting point. If you prefer to build semantic views programmatically, for example in a CI/CD pipeline, see [](/user-guide/views-semantic/sql) and [](/user-guide/views-semantic/best-practices-dev). This section covers the following topics:@@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ - Write clear, distinct descriptions for each semantic view. Multiple very similar descriptions reduce selection accuracy. - Split by use case (for example, Sales vs. Legal vs. Marketing), not by similarity.-- Each semantic view is queried independently — Cortex Agents does not join across separate semantic views.+- Each semantic view is queried independently; Cortex Agents does not join across separate semantic views. - Selecting among semantic views adds slight latency (a few seconds for reranking).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/iceberg+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/oracle/iceberg@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ [Snowflake storage for Apache %iceberg-tm% tables](/user-guide/tables-iceberg-internal-storage). For details, see [Encryption](/user-guide/tables-iceberg-internal-storage#encryption).-- **Incompatible type change.** When the source column type changes to a type that maps to a+- **Incompatible type change:** When the source column type changes to a type that maps to a different Iceberg type, the table is marked as failed and requires a resnapshot. See [Type mapping reference](#type-mapping-reference) for the complete source-to-Iceberg type mapping.-- **Parameter change within the same Iceberg type.** The connector doesn't recognize parameter+- **Parameter change within the same Iceberg type:** The connector doesn't recognize parameter changes within the same Iceberg type (for example, changing `decimal(10,2)` to `decimal(20,2)`). The column retains its current Iceberg type.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/create-iceberg+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/create-iceberg@@ -89,6 +89,6 @@ +--------------------+-----+--------------+------+------------------+------------+ | name | ... | refresh_mode | rows | scheduling_state | is_iceberg |-|--------------------+-----+--------------+------+------------------+------------+-| DT_ORDERS_ICEBERG | ... | INCREMENTAL | 4 | RUNNING | true |++--------------------+-----+--------------+------+------------------+------------++| DT_ORDERS_ICEBERG | ... | INCREMENTAL | 4 | RUNNING | true | +--------------------+-----+--------------+------+------------------+------------+ ```
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-mcp+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-mcp@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ Snowflake supports Model Context Protocol revision `2025-11-25`. -Model Context Protocol (MCP), is an [open-source standard](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/getting-started/intro) that lets AI agents securely interact with business applications and external data systems, such as databases and content repositories. MCP lets enterprise businesses reduce integration challenges and quickly deliver outcomes from models. Since its launch, MCP has become foundational for agentic applications, providing a consistent and secure mechanism for invoking tools and retrieving data.+Model Context Protocol (MCP) is an [open-source standard](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/docs/getting-started/intro) that lets AI agents securely interact with business applications and external data systems, such as databases and content repositories. MCP lets enterprise businesses reduce integration challenges and quickly deliver outcomes from models. Since its launch, MCP has become foundational for agentic applications, providing a consistent and secure mechanism for invoking tools and retrieving data. The Snowflake-managed MCP server lets AI agents securely retrieve data from Snowflake accounts without needing to deploy separate infrastructure. You can configure the MCP server to serve Cortex Analyst, Cortex Search, and Cortex Agents as tools, along with custom tools and SQL executions on the standards-based interface. MCP clients discover and invoke these tools, and retrieve data required for the application. With managed MCP servers on Snowflake, you can build scalable enterprise-grade applications while maintaining access and privacy controls. The MCP server on Snowflake provides:@@ -17,5 +17,5 @@ - **Standardized integration:** Unified interface for tool discovery and invocation, in compliance with the rapidly evolving standards. - **Comprehensive authentication:** Snowflake OAuth by default, with optional External OAuth so MCP clients can authenticate against your organization's identity provider.-- **Robust governance:** Role based access control (RBAC) for the MCP server and tools to manage tool discovery and invocation.+- **Robust governance:** role-based access control (RBAC) for the MCP server and tools to manage tool discovery and invocation. For information about the MCP lifecycle, see [Lifecycle](https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-11-25/basic/lifecycle). For an example of an MCP implementation, see the [Getting Started with Managed Snowflake MCP Server](https://quickstarts.snowflake.com/guide/getting-started-with-snowflake-mcp-server/index.html) Quickstart.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-security-integration-oauth-external+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-security-integration-oauth-external@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-security-integration-oauth-external) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-integration) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-integrations)+[](/sql-reference/sql/alter-security-integration-oauth-external), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-integration), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-integrations) </dd>@@ -210,5 +210,5 @@ Specifies whether the OAuth client or user can use a role that is not defined in the OAuth access token. Note that with a-[Power BI to Snowflake integration](/user-guide/oauth-powerbi), the PowerBI user cannot switch roles even when this parameter is+[Power BI to Snowflake integration](/user-guide/oauth-powerbi), the Power BI user cannot switch roles even when this parameter is enabled.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/overview@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ **Target lag.** Target lag tells Snowflake how fresh the data must be. A target lag of 10 minutes means Snowflake tries to keep the data no more than 10 minutes behind the base tables, but actual lag can exceed the target when refreshes take longer than expected. You can also set `TARGET_LAG = DOWNSTREAM` on intermediate tables so they refresh only when their downstream dependents need fresh data. For details, see [](/user-guide/dynamic-tables/target-lag). -**Refresh modes.** Dynamic tables support several refresh modes. INCREMENTAL processes only the rows that changed since the last refresh. FULL refreshes the entire result set. AUTO lets Snowflake choose at creation time based on whether the definition supports incremental refresh.+**Refresh modes.** Dynamic tables support several refresh modes. `INCREMENTAL` processes only the rows that changed since the last refresh. `FULL` refreshes the entire result set. `AUTO` lets Snowflake choose at creation time based on whether the definition supports incremental refresh. -ADAPTIVE uses incremental refresh by default but automatically reinitializes when large upstream changes are detected. For advanced use cases, CUSTOM_INCREMENTAL lets you define your own refresh logic using DML statements. For details, see [](/user-guide/dynamic-tables/refresh-modes).+`ADAPTIVE` uses incremental refresh by default but automatically reinitializes when large upstream changes are detected. For advanced use cases, `CUSTOM_INCREMENTAL` lets you define your own refresh logic using DML statements. For details, see [](/user-guide/dynamic-tables/refresh-modes). **Automated scheduling.** Snowflake monitors your dynamic tables, detects upstream changes, and dispatches refreshes automatically in dependency-graph order. You can set `SCHEDULER = DISABLE` to manage refreshes manually or through an external tool such as dbt or Airflow. For details, see [](/user-guide/dynamic-tables/manage).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/2026/other/2026-07-29-data-quality-monitoring-dashboard-pupr+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/2026/other/2026-07-29-data-quality-monitoring-dashboard-pupr@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ The data quality monitoring dashboard is now available in public preview for Enterprise Edition accounts. -The dashboard provides an account-wide view of data quality health in %sf-web-interface%. Instead of reviewing results one object at a time, you can use the dashboard to assess the overall health of your data, triage open incidents, and understand which schemas are under active monitoring — all from a single page.+The dashboard provides an account-wide view of data quality health in %sf-web-interface%. Instead of reviewing results one object at a time, you can use the dashboard to assess the overall health of your data, triage open incidents, and understand which schemas are under active monitoring, all from a single page. Key capabilities include: - **Account-wide health summary**: View the percentage of healthy tables and monitoring coverage across your entire account at a glance.-- **Incident triage**: See all open data quality incidents — volume anomalies, freshness anomalies, and failed expectations — in a unified list with filtering by database, schema, and metric type.+- **Incident triage**: See all open data quality incidents (volume anomalies, freshness anomalies, and failed expectations) in a unified list with filtering by database, schema, and metric type. - **AI-assisted root-cause analysis**: Select **Investigate** on any incident to open Cortex Code with the incident context pre-loaded. Select multiple incidents to investigate correlated issues in a single thread. - **Schema-level breakdown**: Browse all monitored schemas with per-schema health metrics, and drill into a schema to see its top failing tables and metrics.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_set_privatelink_endpoint_hostname+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_set_privatelink_endpoint_hostname@@ -34,5 +34,5 @@ ```sqlsyntax-SYSTEM$SET_PRIVATELINK_ENDPOINT_HOSTNAME( '<provider_resource_id>' , '<host_name>' , [ , '<subresource>' ] )+SYSTEM$SET_PRIVATELINK_ENDPOINT_HOSTNAME( '<provider_resource_id>' , '<host_name>' [ , '<subresource>' ] ) ``` @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ <dd> -Specifies the new fully-qualified host name that should be used to access the resource in your VPC or VNet.+Specifies the new fully qualified host name that should be used to access the resource in your VPC or VNet. This value doesn't contain any port numbers and must match what you specified in the Snowflake object that you use to connect to the
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/private-manage-endpoints-azure+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/private-manage-endpoints-azure@@ -242,6 +242,6 @@ 2. Call the [](/sql-reference/functions/system_provision_privatelink_endpoint) system function to recreate the endpoint for the external service. Be sure- to specify the correct subscription, hostname, and subresource values.-3. [Replace](/sql-reference/sql/create-network-rule) the network rule and be sure to specify the correct hostname value in the+ to specify the correct subscription, host name, and subresource values.+3. [Replace](/sql-reference/sql/create-network-rule) the network rule and be sure to specify the correct host name value in the `VALUE_LIST` property.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/python-runtime-support-policy+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/python-runtime-support-policy@@ -79,6 +79,5 @@ During the deprecation period, Snowflake will no longer apply security patches or other updates-to the runtime. You can continue to use the runtime but you should mainly aim to use this time-to migrate any functions that still use the deprecated runtime to a more up-to-date runtime.+to the runtime. You can continue to use the runtime, but you should use this time to migrate any functions that still use the deprecated runtime to a more up-to-date runtime. Note that functions that use a deprecated runtime are not eligible for technical support.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/stored-procedure/scala/procedure-scala-overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/stored-procedure/scala/procedure-scala-overview@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ ### Structure and building handler code -You can keep handler source code in-line with the SQL that creates the procedure or keep handler compiled result in a separate location+You can keep handler source code inline with the SQL that creates the procedure or keep the handler's compiled results in a separate location and reference it from the SQL. For more information, see [](/developer-guide/inline-or-staged).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/convert_timezone+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/convert_timezone@@ -26,5 +26,5 @@ <dd> -String specifying the time zone for the input timestamp. Required for timestamps with no time zone (i.e. TIMESTAMP_NTZ).+String specifying the time zone for the input timestamp. Required for timestamps with no time zone (that is, TIMESTAMP_NTZ). </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/data_agent_run-snowflake-cortex+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/data_agent_run-snowflake-cortex@@ -23,5 +23,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/create-agent) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-agents) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-agent) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-agent)+[](/sql-reference/sql/create-agent), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-agents), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-agent), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-agent) </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/format_string_template+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/format_string_template@@ -35,5 +35,5 @@ <dd> -A string containing placeholders that will be replaced with formatted values. Placeholders use curly braces `{}` with optional format specifications.+A string containing placeholders that are replaced with formatted values. Placeholders use curly braces `{}` with optional format specifications. </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/map_construct+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/map_construct@@ -16,5 +16,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/functions/map_keys) , [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct) , [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null_structured)+[](/sql-reference/functions/map_keys), [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct), [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null_structured) </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-view+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-view@@ -256,5 +256,5 @@ Specifies the [aggregation policy](/user-guide/aggregation-policies) to set on a view. -Use the optional ENTITY KEY parameter to define which columns uniquely identity an entity within the view. For more information, see+Use the optional ENTITY KEY parameter to define which columns uniquely identify an entity within the view. For more information, see [](/user-guide/aggregation-policies-entity-privacy).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions-string+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions-string@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@ - [](/sql-reference/functions-regexp) -This family of functions perform operations on a string input value, or binary input value (for certain functions), and return a string or numeric value.+This family of functions performs operations on a string input value, or binary input value (for certain functions), and returns a string or numeric value. The functions are grouped by type of operation performed.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/mod+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/mod@@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ - Both <code className="samp"><em>expr1</em></code> and <code className="samp"><em>expr2</em></code> must be numeric expressions. They aren't required to be integers.-- The returned value is the remainder from truncation-based division (rounding towards zero), not floor-based+- The returned value is the remainder from truncation-based division (rounding toward zero), not floor-based division (rounding down). Therefore, if <code className="samp"><em>expr1</em></code> is negative, the returned value is negative. This behavior is different from some programming languages (such as Python), but consistent with standard SQL. For
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/object_agg+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/object_agg@@ -3,5 +3,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/functions-aggregation) (Semi-structured Data) , [](/sql-reference/functions-window) (General) , [](/sql-reference/functions-semistructured) (Array/Object)+[](/sql-reference/functions-aggregation) (Semi-structured Data), [](/sql-reference/functions-window) (General), [](/sql-reference/functions-semistructured) (Array/Object) </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/object_construct+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/object_construct@@ -303,5 +303,5 @@ 'dataset_size', (SELECT COUNT(*) FROM demo_table_1), 'distinct_province', (SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT province) FROM demo_table_1),- 'created_date_seconds', extract(epoch_seconds, created_date)+ 'created_date_seconds', EXTRACT(epoch_seconds, created_date) ) AS json_object FROM demo_table_1;
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-mcp-server+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-mcp-server@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/desc-mcp-server), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-mcp-server) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-mcp-servers)+[](/sql-reference/sql/desc-mcp-server), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-mcp-server), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-mcp-servers) </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-notification-integration-webhooks+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/create-notification-integration-webhooks@@ -98,5 +98,5 @@ You must omit the port number (`:443`) from the URL in the WEBHOOK_URL parameter.- For information about the Microsoft API data format, see [https://adaptivecards.io/](https://adaptivecards.io/) .+ For information about the Microsoft API data format, see [https://adaptivecards.io/](https://adaptivecards.io/).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/show-delegated-authorizations+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/show-delegated-authorizations@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@ Lists the active delegated authorizations for which you have access privileges. This command can be used to list the-DELEGATED AUTHORIZATIONS for a specified user or integration (or the current user), or your entire account.+delegated authorizations for a specified user or integration (or the current user), or your entire account. ## Syntax
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage/postgres_compute_usage_history+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/account-usage/postgres_compute_usage_history@@ -34,5 +34,5 @@ - The POSTGRES_COMPUTE_USAGE_HISTORY view and the %sf-web-interface% cost management tools can return different daily compute usage values. This discrepancy is caused by the methods used to determine compute usage. To determine these values, the- POSTGRES_COMPUTE_USAGE_HISTORY view uses the current session's [](#label-timezone) parameter and the %sf-web-interface% cost+ POSTGRES_COMPUTE_USAGE_HISTORY view uses the current session's [](#label-timezone) parameter, and the %sf-web-interface% cost management tools use Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). To resolve any discrepancies, Snowflake recommends setting the TIMEZONE parameter to UTC.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/organization-usage/multi_party_approval_requests+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/organization-usage/multi_party_approval_requests@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ This Organization Usage view returns one row for each [Multi-party Approval](/user-guide/multi-party-approval)-request in an account.+request in your organization. ## Columns
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/data-types-logical+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/data-types-logical@@ -180,5 +180,5 @@ The following example casts a text value to a BOOLEAN value. The example uses-the [](/sql-reference/functions/system_typeof) to show the type of the value+the [](/sql-reference/functions/system_typeof) function to show the type of the value after the conversion.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/parameters+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/parameters@@ -6031,5 +6031,5 @@ </dl> -This is the only account parameter that can be set by security administrators (i.e users with the SECURITYADMIN system role) or higher.+This is the only account parameter that can be set by security administrators (that is, users with the SECURITYADMIN system role) or higher. <a id="label-noorder-sequence-as-default"></a>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/stored-procedures/system_create_semantic_view_from_yaml+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/stored-procedures/system_create_semantic_view_from_yaml@@ -145,5 +145,5 @@ ## Usage notes -If the name of the database or schema is a [double-quoted identifier](#label-delimited-identifier) (for example, if the name+If the name of the database or schema is a [double-quoted identifier](/sql-reference/identifiers-syntax#label-delimited-identifier) (for example, if the name contains spaces), you must include double quotes around the name. For example:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/overview@@ -48,5 +48,5 @@ Use a **programmatic** authentication method for Orchestrator and Worker Snowflake connections. Programmatic Access Tokens (PATs) and key-pair authentication are both suitable. Interactive methods such as browser-based SSO are not recommended: AIM DMV opens and closes many Snowflake connections during a workflow, and interactive auth flows are a poor fit for that pattern. -If you use PATs, you'll need to establish a Network Policy or temporarily bypass the requirement from Snowsight. See [Programmatic access tokens](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens).+If you use PATs, you'll need to establish a network policy or temporarily bypass the requirement from Snowsight. See [Programmatic access tokens](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/programmatic-access-tokens). ## Managing Workers
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/data-migration-configuration-reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/data-migration-configuration-reference@@ -5,5 +5,5 @@ If you use the %migration-skill% instead of hand-editing these files, see [Data migration advanced configuration](../data-migration-validation/data-migration-advanced-configuration) for common scenarios and the prompts that generate and adjust this configuration for you. -For SnowConvert AI CLI commands that generate and submit these configs, see [Data migration](./data-migration).+For SnowConvert AI CLI commands that generate and submit these configs, see [Data migration (CLI)](./data-migration). ## Workflow configuration reference
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/data-validation+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/data-validation@@ -165,5 +165,5 @@ ### Query tagging -The Orchestrator and Worker set Snowflake [`QUERY_TAG`](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/parameters#query-tag) on every query. Filter in `QUERY_HISTORY` with `TRY_PARSE_JSON(query_tag):DMVF_WORKFLOW_ID`.+The Orchestrator and Worker set Snowflake [`QUERY_TAG`](/sql-reference/parameters#query-tag) on every query. Filter in `QUERY_HISTORY` with `TRY_PARSE_JSON(query_tag):DMVF_WORKFLOW_ID`. ### Normalization and metrics customization
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/data-validation+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/data-validation@@ -3,5 +3,5 @@ This page covers **SnowConvert AI CLI (`scai`) commands** for cloud data validation. For validation levels, architecture, and platform guidance using the %migration-skill%, see [Data validation](/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/data-validation). For workflow and Worker field definitions, see [Data validation configuration reference](/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/manual-migration/data-validation-configuration-reference). -Use this page when you run data validation from the CLI instead of Snowflake CoCo. Cloud validation commands mirror migration under `scai data validate …`, sharing `scai data worker …` and `scai data orchestrator …`.+Use this page when you run data validation from the CLI instead of Snowflake CoCo. Cloud validation commands mirror the data migration commands under `scai data validate …`, sharing `scai data worker …` and `scai data orchestrator …`. Supported source platforms: **SQL Server**, **Amazon Redshift**, **Teradata**, **Oracle**, and **PostgreSQL**. Platform-specific prerequisites (for example Teradata **HASH_MD5** for L3), Worker TOML, and data type mappings live on the AIM pages:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/snowconvert-ai-database+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/migrations/aim-for-datawarehouses/data-migration-validation/snowconvert-ai-database@@ -253,5 +253,5 @@ ### Correlate queries in QUERY_HISTORY -Both the Orchestrator and Worker set Snowflake [`QUERY_TAG`](https://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/parameters#query-tag) on every query:+Both the Orchestrator and Worker set Snowflake [`QUERY_TAG`](/sql-reference/parameters#query-tag) on every query: ```sql
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/2026/other/2026-08-20-dcr+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/2026/other/2026-08-20-dcr@@ -15,8 +15,10 @@ - **External and %iceberg-tm% tables in cross-region collaborations:** Collaborators can now share data offerings that reference external or Iceberg tables with parties in the same region as the collaboration owner, even when the collaboration itself is leveraging [Cross-Cloud Auto-Fulfillment](/user-guide/cleanrooms/laf). These offerings can't be shared with collaborators in other clouds or regions, because replication isn't supported for these object types in Data Clean Rooms.+- **Preset tables in clean room templates (public preview):** A template author can now preset a specific provider dataset in a template with a `preset_tables` block. The template logic can use this dataset and the analysis runner doesn't need to supply it at run time. [Learn more](/user-guide/cleanrooms/custom-templates#label-dcr-template-preset-tables). - **Legacy identity connectors removed from the web application:** As part of the ongoing [deprecation of the legacy Data Clean Rooms web application](/user-guide/cleanrooms/v1/web-app-introduction), the LiveRamp, Acxiom, Merkury, and PAIR third-party identity connectors have been removed. TransUnion remains available. Available identity connectors are listed in [the connectors documentation](/user-guide/cleanrooms/connector-identity). - **Legacy activation connectors removed from the web application:** As part of the same [deprecation](/user-guide/cleanrooms/v1/web-app-introduction), the following third-party activation connectors have been removed from the provider and consumer web interface: Google DV360 (PAIR and Customer Match), LiveRamp (SFTP and Share), The Trade Desk (UID 2.0 and CRM), and Yahoo DSP. Google Ads and Meta Ads Manager remain available and continue to be supported through the [Collaboration API](/user-guide/cleanrooms/overview). Available activation connectors are listed in [the connectors documentation](/user-guide/cleanrooms/connector-activation). - **Consecutive update requests no longer block each other:** Consecutive Add Template, Remove Template, Link Data Offering, and Unlink Data Offering requests can now be approved in a row in any order. Previously, approving one of them would cause other pending requests to fail a version check. This doesn't apply to Edit Collaboration requests, which are still subject to the version check described in the next update. - **Conflicting Edit Collaboration requests fail immediately:** An Edit Collaboration request is built against a specific version of the collaboration spec and can't be applied after another change updates that version. Previously the request stayed pending until someone approved it and only then failed. It now moves to the `FAILED` status as soon as the other change is applied, and the `details` column of [`VIEW_UPDATE_REQUESTS`](/user-guide/cleanrooms/collaboration-api-reference#label-dcr-collaboration-view-update-requests-reference) reports the reason. Resubmit the edit request against the updated collaboration if you face this error.+- **Automatic version rollover when approaching the patch limit:** When a collaboration approaches the per-version patch limit, Snowflake automatically increments the version and resets the patch counter. This removes the effective limit on the number of patches for a given collaboration. - General performance improvements and bug fixes. - Updates to private preview features.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/2026/other/2026-07-31-ai-transcribe-m4a-mov-support+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/2026/other/2026-07-31-ai-transcribe-m4a-mov-support@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ - **Transcribe recordings from Apple devices:** M4A is the default format for voice memos and audio recordings on iPhone, iPad, and Mac. Transcribe them directly for search, summarization, and analysis.-- **Process screen and video recordings:** MOV is the native container for QuickTime and macOS and iOS screen+- **Process screen and video recordings:** MOV is the native container for QuickTime, macOS, and iOS screen recordings. Transcribe demos, meetings, and webinars captured as MOV. - **Analyze media production assets:** MOV is widely used in professional video editing and camera workflows.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/2026/other/2026-07-17-oidc-federated-authentication-preview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/2026/other/2026-07-17-oidc-federated-authentication-preview@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ ``` -Users managed by Entra ID must grant consent to Snowflake, or an Admin must grant consent on their behalf. Your Registered App in Entra ID must also be configured to issue the optional `email` claim in ID tokens. See [OIDC federated authentication and SSO](/user-guide/admin-security-fed-auth-oidc#label-oidc-microsoft-managed-provider).+Users managed by Entra ID must grant consent to Snowflake, or an admin must grant consent on their behalf. Your Registered App in Entra ID must also be configured to issue the optional `email` claim in ID tokens. See [OIDC federated authentication and SSO](/user-guide/admin-security-fed-auth-oidc#label-oidc-microsoft-managed-provider). You can restrict login methods with authentication policies by setting `AUTHENTICATION_METHODS` to include `OIDC`. To require MFA after external
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowpipe-streaming-sdk-2026+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/clients-drivers/snowpipe-streaming-sdk-2026@@ -27,5 +27,5 @@ ### New features and updates -- Added elastic channels and table mode to the Snowpipe Streaming SDK for Node.js, bringing Node.js parity with the Java and Python SDKs for elastic ingestion. Elastic Channels require SDK version 1.6.2 or later. For more information, see [](/LIMITEDACCESS/snowpipe-streaming-elastic-channels).+- Added elastic channels and table mode to the Snowpipe Streaming SDK for Node.js, bringing Node.js parity with the Java and Python SDKs for elastic ingestion. Elastic channels require SDK version 1.6.2 or later. For more information, see [](/LIMITEDACCESS/snowpipe-streaming-elastic-channels). - Elastic channels that upload in file mode now stage data under the durable stage location when the server provides it, so elastic file-mode uploads receive the durable TTL. Non-elastic channels are unchanged.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/bcr-bundles/un-bundled/bcr-2349+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/release-notes/bcr-bundles/un-bundled/bcr-2349@@ -16,5 +16,5 @@ administrator control to restrict access when needed. -Automations is currently in private preview for selected accounts and moves to public preview between August 3–5, 2026, when the privilege is granted to the PUBLIC role by default across all accounts. Administrators who want to opt out can do so starting July 30, 2026, by running the revoke command shown below. Dates are subject to change; monitor the Snowflake release notes for the latest timeline.+Automations is currently in private preview for selected accounts and moves to public preview on August 3–5, 2026, when the privilege is granted to the PUBLIC role by default across all accounts. Administrators who want to opt out can do so starting July 30, 2026, by running the revoke command shown below. Dates are subject to change; monitor the Snowflake release notes for the latest timeline. ## To manage Automations access
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/about-workday-ldq+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/zero-copy/about-workday-ldq@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ Workday Live Data Query for Snowflake is in Early Adopter (EA) for Workday and in Preview for Snowflake. To request access, contact your Workday account representative. -Workday Live Data Query (LDQ) gives you real-time SQL access to Workday business data from Snowflake — without any ETL pipelines or data replication. Data stays in Workday; Snowflake queries it on demand through a Python connector running in a Snowflake Notebook.+Workday Live Data Query (LDQ) gives you real-time SQL access to Workday business data from Snowflake, without any ETL pipelines or data replication. Data stays in Workday; Snowflake queries it on demand through a Python connector running in a Snowflake Notebook. This integration is ideal for organizations that need up-to-date workforce and talent data inside Snowflake for analytics, reporting, or AI workloads, without the overhead and latency of a traditional data pipeline.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/mysql/about+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/mysql/about@@ -157,5 +157,5 @@ - Configure MySQL or MariaDB replication settings - Create credentials for the connector- - (Optionally) Provide the SSL certificate.+ - (Optionally) Provide the SSL certificate 2. A **Snowflake account administrator** performs the following tasks:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null_structured+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null_structured@@ -20,5 +20,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct) , [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null)+[](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct), [](/sql-reference/functions/object_construct_keep_null) </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/postgres/failover+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/postgres/failover@@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ ## Retrofit failover protection on an existing deployment -To gain failover protection on an existing deployment, there are two paths available: with re-snapshot or without re-snapshot. Follow the procedures for each path.+To gain failover protection on an existing deployment, there are two paths available: with re-snapshot or without re-snapshot. Follow the procedure for the path you choose. <a id="label-retrofit-without-re-snapshot"></a>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/salesforce-bulk-api/configure-connector+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/salesforce-bulk-api/configure-connector@@ -239,5 +239,5 @@ Comma-separated list of objects to offload from Salesforce (using direct API access), or regular expression to apply against all existing objects. The filter is case-insensitive, meaning that a filter set to `account` would match the object type `Account`. -This filter should only be used for objects that are **not** supported by the Salesforce Bulk API such as knowledge data, for example. This parameter should not overlap with the parameter **Filter**.+This filter should only be used for objects that are **not** supported by the Salesforce Bulk API, such as knowledge data. This parameter should not overlap with the parameter **Filter**. Example: `Knowledge.*`
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/setup-openflow-byoc+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/setup-openflow-byoc@@ -119,5 +119,5 @@ - Depending on the Openflow connector being created the required underlying objects will vary.+ Depending on the Openflow connector being created, the required underlying objects will vary. The example below is for illustration purposes only.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/st_buffer+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/st_buffer@@ -37,5 +37,5 @@ The units depend on the [spatial reference system identifier (SRID)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spatial_reference_system#Identifier) of the GEOMETRY object. For example,-[ESPG:4326](https://epsg.io/4326) units are degrees, while [ESPG:25855](https://epsg.io/25833)+[EPSG:4326](https://epsg.io/4326) units are degrees, while [EPSG:25833](https://epsg.io/25833) units are meters.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_add_privatelink_endpoint_hostname+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_add_privatelink_endpoint_hostname@@ -20,5 +20,5 @@ Adds an additional host name to an existing [private connectivity endpoint](/user-guide/private-connectivity-outbound) that connects to a service that supports more than one host name on the same endpoint, such as a Microsoft Fabric workspace. Use this function when Snowflake-needs to reach more than one host name through the same endpoint, for example the Iceberg REST catalog host name and the OneLake storage+needs to reach more than one host name through the same endpoint, for example, the Iceberg REST catalog host name and the OneLake storage host name for the same Fabric workspace.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/snowflake-to-kafka/setup+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-integration/openflow/connectors/snowflake-to-kafka/setup@@ -144,5 +144,5 @@ BYOC deployments must have previously configured [runtime roles](#label-deployment-byoc-setup-runtime-role) to use SNOWFLAKE_MANAGED.-- **BYOC:** Alternatively BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for authentication strategy.+- **BYOC**: Alternatively, BYOC can use KEY_PAIR as the value for the authentication strategy. </td>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_block_snowflake_managed_storage_volume_public_access_with_exception+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_block_snowflake_managed_storage_volume_public_access_with_exception@@ -103,5 +103,5 @@ ## Usage notes -- Only account administrators, that is users with the ACCOUNTADMIN role can execute this function.+- Only account administrators, that is, users with the ACCOUNTADMIN role, can execute this function. - This function can take a few minutes to finish executing. - This function can be used with Snowflake accounts on %azure% only. %aws% and %google-cloud% are not supported.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-skills+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-skills@@ -435,5 +435,5 @@ ### Skills with code -If your skills need to execute code, you must enable the code execution tool on the agent. All scripts referenced by a skill must be located in the same folder as the `SKILL.md` file. To attach stage-based skills to the full Cortex Code sandbox toolset (the `code_toolset_all` tool type), see [Attaching skills](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-coding-agent#attaching-skills).+If your skills need to execute code, you must enable the [code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool) on the agent. All scripts referenced by a skill must be located in the same folder as the `SKILL.md` file. To attach stage-based skills to the full Cortex Code sandbox toolset (the `code_toolset_all` tool type), see [Attaching skills](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-coding-agent#attaching-skills). ### Use skills in %sf-intelligence%
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-evaluations+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-evaluations@@ -968,5 +968,5 @@ - **Ground truth staleness**: Depending on how you word your input queries, results may drift over time and result in less accurate evaluation results. In particular you should try and scope input queries to specific, absolute dates and times. As an example, both of the input queries `What was our revenue?` and `What was our revenue for the first quarter?` will experience drift, while the query `What was our revenue between January and March of 2026?` is scoped to a specific window of time that can be consistently referenced in the evaluation dataset. - **MCP connectors**: Evaluations don't currently support MCP servers as tools. The evaluation still runs, but the agent doesn't call any MCP server tool during the run, so results won't reflect MCP tool behavior.-- **Code execution tool**: Evaluations don't currently support the code execution tool. An evaluation of an agent that uses the code execution tool fails to run.+- **[Code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool)**: Evaluations don't currently support the code execution tool. An evaluation of an agent that uses the code execution tool fails to run. - **Skills**: Evaluations don't currently support skills. An evaluation of an agent that uses skills fails to run.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_clustering_information+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/system_clustering_information@@ -117,5 +117,5 @@ <dd> -Total number of micro-partitions for which the value of the specified columns have reached a constant state (i.e. the micro-partitions will not benefit significantly from reclustering). The number+Total number of micro-partitions for which the values of the specified columns have reached a constant state (i.e. the micro-partitions will not benefit significantly from reclustering). The number of constant micro-partitions in a table has an impact on pruning for queries. The higher the number, the more micro-partitions can be pruned from queries executed on the table, which has a corresponding impact on performance.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/document-generation+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/document-generation@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@ orchestration. -Ask your administrator to enable the code execution tool on the agent if document generation isn't available+Ask your administrator to enable the [code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool) on the agent if document generation isn't available or fails to run.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/user-skills+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/snowflake-cowork/user-skills@@ -35,5 +35,5 @@ scripts can also run without it. -Ask your administrator to enable the code execution tool on the agent if chat-based skill creation isn't+Ask your administrator to enable the [code execution tool](/user-guide/snowflake-cortex/cortex-agents-code-execution-tool) on the agent if chat-based skill creation isn't available or a skill that needs scripts fails to run.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-acp+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-acp@@ -272,5 +272,5 @@ ### The agent hangs on startup or produces garbled output -Confirm that no shell startup file (`.bashrc`, `.zshrc`, etc.) or wrapper script writes to stdout. ACP uses stdout as the protocol channel; any stray output breaks the ndjson framing. Redirect diagnostic output to stderr or a log file.+Confirm that no shell startup file (`.bashrc`, `.zshrc`, and so on) or wrapper script writes to stdout. ACP uses stdout as the protocol channel; any stray output breaks the ndjson framing. Redirect diagnostic output to stderr or a log file. ### Tool approvals never appear
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/bundled-skills+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/bundled-skills@@ -377,5 +377,5 @@ - Create a custom AI function that classifies support tickets, extracts structured fields, or applies domain-specific scoring logic using AI_COMPLETE - Evaluate a custom AI function against labeled test data and compare models side-by-side to find the best cost-quality tradeoff-- Optimize a custom AI function automatically — tuning the prompt, SQL pre/post-processing, and model selection to improve accuracy and reduce cost+- Optimize a custom AI function automatically: tuning the prompt, SQL pre/post-processing, and model selection to improve accuracy and reduce cost - Get guided to the right built-in AI function for your task (AI_CLASSIFY, AI_EXTRACT, AI_SENTIMENT, AI_TRANSLATE, and more), with SQL drafted from live docs and validated before you run it
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/keyboard-shortcuts+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/keyboard-shortcuts@@ -47,5 +47,5 @@ Plan mode (Ctrl-P) and team mode (Ctrl-G) are independent toggles. They are not steps in the Shift-Tab permission-level cycle. -## History Navigation+## History navigation | Shortcut | Action |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cli-reference+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cli-reference@@ -257,5 +257,5 @@ ### Command details -#### `/sql`: Execute SQL examples+#### `/sql`: Execute SQL query Basic query:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-desktop/index+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/cortex-code-desktop/index@@ -11,5 +11,5 @@ CoCo Desktop is a native Mac/Windows desktop application that brings CoCo's full-agentic capabilities into an IDE-like surface — file editor, integrated terminal, agentic AI+agentic capabilities into an IDE-like surface: file editor, integrated terminal, agentic AI loop, agentic browser, agentic notebook, and deep Snowflake awareness.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/changelog+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/cortex-code/changelog@@ -175,5 +175,5 @@ - `/changelog` command: View release notes directly in the CLI. - `/mcp` manager overhaul: Split-pane view with search and filter, add/edit/delete server controls, source badges, OAuth state display, invalid-tool diagnostics, and correct disable semantics.-- SQL read-only mode: `--sql-read-only` launch flag and `/sql-writes on%off%status` slash command to restrict write operations.+- SQL read-only mode: `--sql-read-only` launch flag and `/sql-writes on|off|status` slash command to restrict write operations. - Project skill discovery: Added `.agents/skills` as a project-level skill discovery directory alongside the existing `.snowflake/cortex/skills`. - Clipboard shortcut: Added `ESC+C` to copy the current input to the clipboard.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tables-iceberg-configure-catalog-integration-rest-s3tables+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/tables-iceberg-configure-catalog-integration-rest-s3tables@@ -101,5 +101,5 @@ Where: -- `CATALOG_URI` is the S3 Tables Iceberg REST endpoint for your AWS Region+- `CATALOG_URI` is the S3 Tables Iceberg REST endpoint for your AWS region (for example, `https://s3tables.us-west-2.amazonaws.com/iceberg`). - `CATALOG_API_TYPE = AWS_S3TABLES` specifies the Amazon S3 Tables catalog type.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/views-semantic/creating-with-snowsight+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/views-semantic/creating-with-snowsight@@ -308,5 +308,5 @@ - **To modify or remove a fact, dimension, or metric:**- 1. Select **Facts**, **Dimensions**, or **Metrics** to display the list of facts, dimensions or metrics.+ 1. Select **Facts**, **Dimensions**, or **Metrics** to display the list of facts, dimensions, or metrics. 2. For the fact, dimension, or metric that you want to change: - Select **Edit** to modify the item.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/custom-incrementalization+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/custom-incrementalization@@ -305,5 +305,5 @@ | With RELY primary key | Primary key value | A DELETE then INSERT of the same key value cancel out (net zero change) | -If delete-then-insert of the same row should be invisible to your merge logic (for example, arising from INSERT OVERWRITE), add `RELY` to the primary key constraint so that Snowflake can compact these pairs before they reach CHANGES.+If delete-then-insert of the same row should be invisible to your merge logic (for example, arising from INSERT OVERWRITE), add `RELY` to the primary key constraint so that Snowflake can compact these pairs before they reach `CHANGES()`. `CHANGES(INFORMATION => APPEND_ONLY)` in a custom incremental dynamic table never uses primary keys for row identity.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/migrate-streams-tasks+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/dynamic-tables/migrate-streams-tasks@@ -36,5 +36,5 @@ ### Self-refreshing dynamic tables (Snowflake manages timing) -Set a TARGET_LAG value and Snowflake handles the refresh schedule. This is the simplest model, and suited for new pipelines or teams that want to reduce operational overhead.+Set a TARGET_LAG value and Snowflake handles the refresh schedule. This is the simplest model and is suited for new pipelines or teams that want to reduce operational overhead. ```sql
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-quality-schema-level+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/data-quality-schema-level@@ -152,5 +152,5 @@ The possible values for <code className="samp"><em>schedule</em></code> are the same at the schema level as they are at the object level. To view the possible values,-see [ALTER TABLE ...SET DATA_METRIC_SCHEDULE](#label-alter-table-data-metric-function-action).+see [ALTER TABLE ... SET DATA_METRIC_SCHEDULE](#label-alter-table-data-metric-function-action). The schedule you set at the schema level controls how often the DMF runs on every object unless you override it for specific tables or
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/single-use-refresh-tokens+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/single-use-refresh-tokens@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@ After a client application sets the `enable_single_use_refresh_tokens` request parameter to `TRUE` during the authorization code grant-flow, all future refresh token grant flows return a new refresh token and a new access token, and invalidates all previous access tokens and+flow, all future refresh token grant flows return a new refresh token and a new access token, and invalidate all previous access tokens and refresh tokens.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/thread_messages-snowflake-cortex+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/functions/thread_messages-snowflake-cortex@@ -25,5 +25,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/functions/data_agent_run-snowflake-cortex) , [](/sql-reference/functions/agent_run-snowflake-cortex)+[](/sql-reference/functions/data_agent_run-snowflake-cortex), [](/sql-reference/functions/agent_run-snowflake-cortex) </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-notification-integration-webhooks+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-notification-integration-webhooks@@ -98,5 +98,5 @@ You must omit the port number (`:443`) from the URL in the WEBHOOK_URL parameter.- For information about the Microsoft API data format, see [https://adaptivecards.io/](https://adaptivecards.io/) .+ For information about the Microsoft API data format, see [https://adaptivecards.io/](https://adaptivecards.io/).
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-enable-logging+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-enable-logging@@ -10,5 +10,5 @@ - [](/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-granting-privs) -This topic describes how to set up use event tracing to capture the log messages and trace events+This topic describes how to use event tracing to capture the log messages and trace events emitted by an app. It also describes how to enable event sharing to share log messages and trace events with providers.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-security-integration-oidc+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/sql-reference/sql/alter-security-integration-oidc@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ <dd> -[](/sql-reference/sql/create-security-integration-oidc) , [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-integration) , [](/sql-reference/sql/show-integrations) , [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-integration)+[](/sql-reference/sql/create-security-integration-oidc), [](/sql-reference/sql/drop-integration), [](/sql-reference/sql/show-integrations), [](/sql-reference/sql/desc-integration) </dd>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark/python/creating-udtfs+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark/python/creating-udtfs@@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ While Snowflake supports large partitions with timeouts tuned to process them successfully, especially large partitions can cause- processing to time out (such as when `end_partition` takes too long to complete). Please contact [Snowflake Support](https://docs.snowflake.com/user-guide/contacting-support) if you need the+ processing to time out (such as when `end_partition` takes too long to complete). Contact [Snowflake Support](/user-guide/contacting-support) if you need the timeout threshold adjusted for specific usage scenarios.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/quickstart+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-ml/quickstart@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ | Quickstart | Level | Description | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |-| [Build an End-to-End ML Model in Snowflake](https://quickstarts.snowflake.com/guide/end-to-end-ml-workflow/index.html?index=..%2F..index#1) | Beginner | Build, deploy and manage an XGBoost model in production, including full intro of Snowflake's MLOps capabilities |+| [Build an End-to-End ML Model in Snowflake](https://quickstarts.snowflake.com/guide/end-to-end-ml-workflow/index.html?index=..%2F..index#1) | Beginner | Build, deploy, and manage an XGBoost model in production, including a full introduction to Snowflake's MLOps capabilities | | [Orchestrate ML Pipelines with ML Jobs and Task Graphs](https://www.snowflake.com/en/developers/guides/e2e-task-graph/?index=..%2F..index#1) | Intermediate | Create a complete ML pipeline with data preparation, distributed model training, evaluation, conditional promotion, and automated cleanup orchestrated through Task Graphs | | [Scale Embeddings with Snowflake Notebooks on Container Runtime](https://www.snowflake.com/en/developers/solutions-center/scale-embeddings-gpus-snowflake-notebooks-container-runtime/) | Intermediate | Experiment with an open source embedding model and serve for large batch inference |
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/streamlit/streamlit-in-workspaces/streamlit-in-workspaces-create-run+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/streamlit/streamlit-in-workspaces/streamlit-in-workspaces-create-run@@ -88,5 +88,5 @@ For apps in workspaces, settings are stored per app, per user. Changing settings on your-development app doesn't affect the deployed app..+development app doesn't affect the deployed app. For deployed apps, settings are stored on the Streamlit object and apply to all
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/streamlit/streamlit-in-workspaces/streamlit-in-workspaces-overview+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/streamlit/streamlit-in-workspaces/streamlit-in-workspaces-overview@@ -84,5 +84,5 @@ Apps in Workspaces run on a compute pool (container runtime). You are billed for compute-pool usage while an app is running. Compute nodes get released after 3 hours of last use.+pool usage while an app is running. Compute nodes are released after 3 hours of inactivity. To deploy a Streamlit app from a workspace, your role also needs:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/consumer/access-shared-workspace+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/consumer/access-shared-workspace@@ -87,5 +87,5 @@ A notebook service that you create for an app is scoped to that application instance. It can only-run the workspaces and notebooks in that instance, and workspaces that aren't bound to an app, or+run the notebooks in that instance. Notebooks in workspaces that aren't bound to an app, or that belong to a different app instance, can't use it. Each app instance needs its own notebook service.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/package+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/package@@ -102,5 +102,5 @@ ### Create or update a manifest file -You can create or update a [manifest](/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/manifest-reference) file, which describes the app package and its shared content–for example, notebooks, tables, and views. It defines other metadata, such as [app roles](/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/app-roles) included with the app.+You can create or update a [manifest](/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/manifest-reference) file, which describes the app package and its shared content: for example, notebooks, tables, and views. It defines other metadata, such as [app roles](/developer-guide/declarative-sharing/app-roles) included with the app. The manifest file must be named `manifest.yml`, and must be added to the root level of the app package.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/deploy+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/deploy@@ -86,5 +86,5 @@ `code_workspace`, uploaded source goes to that **workspace**. When it sets `code_stage` instead, uploaded source goes to an internal **stage**. Personal-databases don't support stages, so PDB deploys use a workspace.+databases don't support stages, so personal database deploys use a workspace. `snow app setup` usually writes `code_workspace` as the default. For a standard
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-executing-sql+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-executing-sql@@ -303,5 +303,5 @@ #### Query execution behavior -Multi-statement SQL separated by semicolons is not supported both in `spark.sql()` and `SnowflakeSession.sql()` which is standard Spark behavior.+Multi-statement SQL separated by semicolons isn't supported in either `spark.sql()` or `SnowflakeSession.sql()`, which is standard Spark behavior. Execute multiple statements as separate `spark.sql()` or `SnowflakeSession.sql()` calls. Only a single trailing semicolon (with optional whitespace) is safely stripped and executed.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/getting-started+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowflake-app-runtime/getting-started@@ -350,5 +350,5 @@ <a id="label-getting-started-owners-callers-rights"></a> -### Owner's rights vs. caller's rights+### Owner's rights versus caller's rights When your app runs a query, it executes in one of two modes:
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
判定根拠: 書式・空白のみの変更
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-limitations+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/snowpark-connect/snowpark-connect-limitations@@ -541,5 +541,5 @@ - Lookaheads and lookbehinds aren't available. - Unicode character class support differs.-- Group index behavior differs (empty string vs. error on non-matching groups).+- Group index behavior differs (empty string vs error on non-matching groups). This isn't fixable in %spconnect% because it's a fundamental engine-level difference.
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-managing-applications+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/developer-guide/native-apps/ui-consumer-managing-applications@@ -172,4 +172,5 @@ | The app was installed from a paid listing, but payment information was not provided or is not current. | Pay for the listing. See [](/collaboration/consumer-listings-paying) for more information. | | The trial duration of the listing has exceeded. | Contact the app provider. |+| The provider disabled the app. | Contact the app provider. | </div>
(この変更は要約対象外です。diff を参照してください)
変更内容: 3行以下の小規模な更新
--- ahttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-extensions+++ bhttps://docs.snowflake.com/en/user-guide/snowflake-postgres/postgres-extensions@@ -83,4 +83,5 @@ | PostGIS SFCGAL | Geospatial utilities | PostGIS SFCGAL functions | `CREATE EXTENSION postgis_sfcgal;` | | PostGIS Topology | Geospatial utilities | PostGIS topology spatial types and functions | `CREATE EXTENSION postgis_topology;` |+| PostGIS Tiger Geocoder | Geospatial utilities | PostGIS tiger geocoder and reverse geocoder | `CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder;` | | Postgres FDW | Foreign Data Wrapper | Foreign data wrapper for connecting to other Postgres databases | `CREATE EXTENSION postgres_fdw;` | | Prewarm | Functions | Utilities to prewarm your cache, helpful for standby failover | `CREATE EXTENSION pg_prewarm;` |
| セクション | S | A | B | C | 計 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Loading & Unloading Data | 0 | 1 | 27 | 14 | 42 |
| User Guide | 0 | 0 | 27 | 15 | 42 |
| SQL Commands | 0 | 2 | 25 | 12 | 39 |
| Developer Guide | 0 | 3 | 20 | 11 | 34 |
| Migrations | 0 | 1 | 21 | 8 | 30 |
| Native Apps Framework | 0 | 0 | 17 | 6 | 23 |
| SQL Functions | 0 | 1 | 6 | 15 | 22 |
| Snowflake Cortex (AI & ML) | 0 | 0 | 13 | 5 | 18 |
| Release Notes | 3 | 1 | 5 | 6 | 15 |
| Clean Rooms | 0 | 3 | 10 | 1 | 14 |
| Snowflake CLI | 0 | 1 | 10 | 1 | 12 |
| Cortex Code | 0 | 0 | 5 | 6 | 11 |
| Snowflake Postgres | 0 | 3 | 5 | 2 | 10 |
| SQL General Reference | 0 | 0 | 6 | 4 | 10 |
| Snowflake ML | 0 | 0 | 3 | 2 | 5 |
| Account Usage | 0 | 0 | 4 | 1 | 5 |
| Connectors & Drivers | 0 | 0 | 4 | 0 | 4 |
| Organization Usage | 0 | 0 | 3 | 1 | 4 |
| Streamlit in Snowflake | 0 | 0 | 2 | 2 | 4 |
| Snowpark Container Services | 0 | 0 | 3 | 0 | 3 |
| Snowpark | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 |